Complete Guides Archives - MoneyMiniBlog https://moneyminiblog.com/category/complete-guides/ Money and Productivity. Short, Sweet & Simple. Fri, 02 Dec 2022 23:43:56 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.2.2 https://moneyminiblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/cropped-mmb-512-32x32.jpg Complete Guides Archives - MoneyMiniBlog https://moneyminiblog.com/category/complete-guides/ 32 32 The Complete Guide to Maximizing Your Productivity https://moneyminiblog.com/complete-guides/productivity/ https://moneyminiblog.com/complete-guides/productivity/#comments Thu, 04 Jan 2018 11:00:34 +0000 http://moneyminiblog.com/?p=205151 The Complete Guide to Maximizing Your Productivity

This guide will show you how to increase and maximize your productivity in the office and at home.

The post The Complete Guide to Maximizing Your Productivity appeared first on MoneyMiniBlog.

]]>
The Complete Guide to Maximizing Your Productivity

This guide will show you how to increase and maximize your productivity in the office and at home.

What You'll Learn:

  • Actions you can take right now to improve productivity
  • The most effective part of productivity that we all forget
  • How to create a blueprint for your self-development
  • How to spend all of your time productively
  • Productivity tips from the super-productive achievers
  • Some specific things I’ve found to increase productivity
  • How to be more productive through infographics
  • All of the best productivity tools and books

Preface

10 Important Actions You Can Take Right Now

When you’re reading productivity articles, you don’t want vague ideas, you want actionable steps that you can take to literally increase your productivity today. You want practical, applicable tips.

I’ve tried my best to make this blog full of actionable tips you can apply to every day of your life.

This article may be the most actionable of them all.

Here are 10 of the most important actions you can take right now, today, to increase your productivity by leaps and bounds…

In the Preface, I’m going to briefly go over much of what’s in this guide. Each point has the relevant chapter linked below it.

1. Create Your Plan

(Chapter 2)

If you want to actually accomplish something, you need goals. If you want to achieve those goals, you need a plan. A plan to improve. A plan to grow. But how do you create that plan? It’s simple, here are 5 basic steps to create your own personal development plan:

  1. Make a list of your priorities
  2. Formulate goals based on those priorities
  3. Develop a strategy to accomplish your goals
  4. Write down your priorities, goals and strategy, in one place
  5. Develop daily rituals to continuously act on your plan and your strategy

Once you have a plan in place, all you have to do is keep acting on it and reevaluate it monthly. Plans change as your goals change, so you’ll want to make sure you’re staying on track.

2. Clear Your To-Do List

(Chapter 3)

To-do lists are great, but how often do we let them get so full that we can’t even see the bottom?

It’s OK. It happens.

That’s why you need to clear your list.

Note: First, let me make something clear: I have a “brain dump” list for random notes and ideas that pop into my head. I think it’s a great idea to keep a list like that, but know that it should not be the same list as your to-do list. On another note, you shouldn’t be using your email inbox as a to-do list either. If it’s an actionable item, put it on your list and archive the email. That makes getting to inbox zero much easier, doesn’t it?
For clearing your list, it really comes down to a few things. You must:

  • Eliminate unnecessary tasks
  • Automate anything that can be automated
  • Delegate things that you don’t have to do yourself
  • Postpone things that are less of a priority
  • Break Down your list into action steps
  • Schedule everything that’s left

3. Conquer Your Mornings

(Chapter 5)

I find my mornings to be the most productive time of the day. I can accomplish more between 4am-8am than I can the entire rest of the day.

There is something magical about the morning time. If you don’t believe me, I suggest trying to rise early for 30 days. If it’s not for you, you don’t have to keep doing it, but I’m betting you’ll be on board.

Becoming a morning person is actually pretty easy.

Start by making sure you’re getting enough sleep, then begin to make a gradual shift to an earlier wake-up time. Start by waking up 15 minutes earlier than normal for one week. Then begin to keep reducing your wake-up time by 15 minutes every few days until you’re where you want to be.

Try some or all of these positive and productive ways to start your day to make the transition as easy as possible. Sure caffeine can help, but don’t strictly rely on drinking a pot of coffee to become a morning person. It doesn’t work like that…or at least, not for long.

4. Maximize Your Energy

(Chapter 1)

The most important (and most forgotten) part of your productivity is your energy level. You could read a million productivity tips, but if you don’t have the energy to take action, they won’t help much. So how do you maximize your energy?

First off, while sleep is very important, your energy is NOT all about sleep. In fact, if you’re feeling fatigued, a few minutes of exercise could do more for you than a quick nap.

As long as you’re getting enough sleep and most importantly, sleeping in 1.5 hour increments (sleep cycles: ex: 6 hours, 7.5 hrs, etc.), then you will need to increase your energy from other places.

Diet and exercise are the two most helpful areas to increase your energy. Learn how to gradually adopt healthy eating habits and slowly add more exercise into your daily routine. You will feel better…and the results are pretty quick.

5. Take Back Your Time

(Chapter 3)

Where does your time go?

We all feel like there’s not enough time in the day, but why? Do you know where your time is spent or do you spend your evening wondering where the day went? It’s time to take control and here’s how to do it:

  • Make a list of where your hours are spent (work, home, school, etc.)
  • Time your non-fixed activities (gym, grocery shopping, TV, etc.)
  • Make a schedule to include things you need and want to do
  • Plan for lazy blocks of time and even entire lazy days

It’s perfectly fine to relax and even to be lazy, but you need to plan it out. Like anything, you’ll want to reevaluate your schedule to make sure it’s working and improve its efficiency.

6. Minimize Your Commitments

(Chapter 3)

You’re probably overcommitted. We all are. You may be someone who needs to say “no” more often.

Most importantly, you need to prioritize your commitments and eliminate the junk.

All your commitments should be getting you closer to your goals. If they aren’t, they need to go. If you truly want margin and freedom in your life, you must limit yourself to the important things.

7. Reduce Your Choices

(Chapter 3)

You make choices everyday, but you may be making more than necessary.

Living a choice-minimal lifestyle will free up your time for the things that are really important. Here are a few areas in which you can reduce your choices:

  • Spend less time deciding what to wear. Limit your wardrobe to all matching items.
  • Spend less time deciding what to eat. Separate your meals into pleasure (take your time to decide) and fuel (eating the same things over and over). I prefer dinners as my pleasure meals and I eat the same things for breakfast and lunch.
  • Spend less time complaining and regretting. Both of these are just useless. Complaints help no one and they hurt you by shifting your mindset into the negative. Regrets serve no purpose. Live life, make mistakes, learn from them, move on.

8. Create Positive Habits

(Check out the Habits Guide for more on this)

Positive habits are the foundation of a successful life. Whether that includes better financial habits, reading, working out or whatever fits into your life, positive habits will get you where you want to go.

So how do you create a positive habit? You start small.

Want to run a marathon, without prior running experience? Start by running half a mile or less. Then slowly move up to running more. Start so small that it almost seems too easy.  So small you can’t say “no” to doing it.

Positive habits are something you need to focus intently on and you must consistently practice them.

You have room for positive habits, even if you’re “too busy”. Of course, to create more room for positive habits, you may need to break some bad habits, but don’t just break them, replace them!

9. Create More Discipline

(Check out the Habits Guide for more on this)

I’ve said that energy is the most important part of productivity and that’s true, but even if you have energy, a lack of self-discipline can still prevent you from improving and growing. But that’s perfectly fine, because discipline is something you can improve.

Discipline is contagious, to others and in your own life. Discipline begets discipline.

Try starting a new morning running routine. You’ll find that it’s easier to stick with your other habits. When you’re disciplined in one area, it’s easier to become discipline in another.  Completing tasks and accomplishing goals releases endorphins that can literally get you addicted to succeeding.

Just remember, much of discipline is about not being hard on yourself when you’re undisciplined. You can try the old-school military-style discipline if you want, but more and more studies are showing that it’s better to forgive yourself when you stumble or when you stop for a period of time.

10. Include Your Family

(Chapter 3)

It’s easy for us to get so caught up in improving ourselves and increasing our productivity that we forget to bring the family along.

This is not only key for being productive, but it’s key for a healthy family.

Your spouse wants to be productive too, so help him/her to implement the new techniques you learn. Apply productivity hacks in your work and then bring them home so the whole family can benefit from them.

You can even start teaching your kids about productivity. And the best part is that once they learn to be more productive, that will increase your productivity even more!

Chapter 1

The Most Effective and Most Forgotten Part of Productivity

I have written plenty of articles on productivity and I have read thousands.

I’ve read articles, books, guides…pretty much anything you can think of, but I’ve noticed there’s something that gets skipped over a lot.

This is probably the most important part of productivity, yet it’s usually mentioned in a sentence or two and then forgotten.

What is this mysterious piece of the puzzle? I’m glad you asked, let me tell you…

Your Energy

That’s it. The most important element of your productivity is your energy level. Without energy, nothing gets done.


The most important element of your productivity is your energy level.
Click To Tweet


Most of the time this gets dismissed by a simple “of course, you need to eat right and exercise” or something along those lines. That’s not enough. This is a vital aspect. Seriously.

How can you utilize the latest productivity hack or advice if you don’t even have the energy to get off the couch? Now I didn’t write this to only tell you what the problem is; I’m going to give you the solution too…

Chris Bailey conducted a year of productivity experiments.

In his findings he realized that all of the productivity advice he consumed and wrote about over the course of that year could be categorized into three areas:

  • Time
  • Attention
  • Energy
Of course we have to have the time to do what needs to be done. And your level of attention is directly related to your level of energy.

Now that I have your time and attention (see what I did there)…I’d like to dive straight in and tell you what you need to know about increasing your energy levels, because without energy, productivity advice is useless.

Energy is Not All About Sleep

Energy has less to do with sleep than you may think. Sure, you need to get enough sleep and try to plan your sleep around your sleep cycles (about 90 minutes each), which means sleeping in multiples of 90 minutes (ex: 6 hours, 7.5 hours, 9 hours). You’ll also want to limit your caffeine, alcohol and heavy meals before bed and make sure you have a good mattress.

Other than that, your energy is about how you live your day.

New research suggests that exercise can fight fatigue better than taking naps and sleeping more. Exercise boosts your energy levels. If you wake up feeling tired, try going for a walk or doing some jumping jacks, then see how you feel. Trust me, it works.

In studies where groups have tried exercising vs. not exercising when tired, the first group was shown to have more energy. I think this sums up the typical thought process against exercising when tired:

“Too often we believe that a quick workout will leave us worn out — especially when we are already feeling fatigued,” said researcher Tim Puetz, in a news release. Dr. Puetz recently completed his doctorate at the university and is the lead author of the study. “However, we have shown that regular exercise can actually go a long way in increasing feelings of energy — particularly in sedentary individuals.”

There you have it. Exercise is key to more energy. But that’s not all. Your diet is equally, if not more important. Enough with the studies, research and quotes from the docs…here are several ways to increase your energy:

  1. Strategize your caffeine consumption, instead of overdoing it
  2. Exercise first thing in the morning, even if only for a few minutes
  3. Drink lots of water, especially right after you wake up
  4. Keep early morning meals light; think smoothies, fruit and vegetables
  5. Consume less heavy carbs (ex: white bread/flour, simple sugars, etc.)
  6. Don’t hit the snooze button, it will only make you feel more groggy
  7. When all else fails, take a nap or tie this in with #1 and take a coffee nap

If you really want to take your productivity seriously and get stuff done, you need to work on increasing your energy levels. Sleep right, eat right and exercise. That’s really what it’s all about. Even if you work a desk job, you can still get up and take a walk every couple hours. That will bring some energy back to your day.

As far as eating right goes, I personally know that I feel better than ever when I am eating a Paleo based diet. Fruits, vegetables, nuts and meat. No heavy grains, heavy starches or simple sugars. That works for me; find what works for you. Likewise, a green smoothie can give you the same boost as a cup of coffee. And remember to plan your meals around your productivity.

If you want to be productive, focus on your energy.

The Productivity Tip That Sounds Stupid, But Works

This productivity tip may sound ridiculous, but when you think about it, it makes sense.

Want to Be More Productive? Here’s the Secret…

I’m going to give this away right now, in the beginning, but you must know three things:

  1. It’s going to sound really stupid.
  2. It works, so ignore how stupid it sounds.
  3. You must keep reading to take full advantage.

I need you to bare with me and hear me out, so put your thinking cap on (I love clichés).

Here it is: the best way to be more productive is to be productive.

We’re both adults here, so let’s be honest. You don’t feel like doing stuff…way too often, as far as you’re concerned. You want to be more productive, but you don’t “feel” like being productive. Well there is the energy factor mentioned above, and you need to be self-aware of your own moods and methods, but as an adult, you’ve just got to start doing.

I know you don’t feel like it, but since when has that been a thing for adults? You do it anyways, and here’s why:

When you start getting stuff done, checking off that to-do list, and seeing results, the motivation comes. Motivation is not something you need in order to start getting things done; motivation is something that comes with action. And you know it. Action is powerful; it creates motivation, and it cures fear.


Action is powerful; it creates motivation, and it cures fear.
Click To Tweet


When you start seeing progress, it’s easy to keep going. But you have to get started. That’s why this isn’t talked about in every productivity article — because it’s hard. But all you have to do is get started, see what I’m talking about, and then it will click. From there, you’ll be able to do this all the time.

Riding Motivation Waves

You know what a motivation wave is, because you’ve experienced it before.

That time when, out of nowhere, you decided to organize your entire DVD library. Or the time your house was messy for weeks until one day you decided to clean and you cleaned the entire house before dinner. Those are motivation waves. They’re very real, and you must take advantage of them.

Sometimes they show up unannounced, and we don’t know why, but you have to use them wisely. But the more important thing to know is that you can create motivation waves by taking action and getting stuff done. Motivation always follows action.

Listen to Dr. B.J. Fogg, originator of the Tiny Habits movement, briefly explain motivation waves:

You’ve experienced this, right? I think we all have.

Putting it All Together

Remember, motivation waves don’t always come unannounced. You can create them with action.

So once you start acting, and you create a motivation wave, ride it out. Here’s what it looks like:

  1. Take action.
  2. Let the motivation hit.
  3. Ride the motivation wave.

If you want to know more about motivation waves, here’s a more detailed video from Dr. Fogg:

Once you start to implement this on a regular basis, you will start to see huge results.

You’re essentially batching tasks together, and using action to create the motivation required to complete those takes.

And it will work wonders. Try it.

The next time you have a couple hours free, make a list of things you need to do, and start acting on them. Watch how it gets easier and easier as you go through the list. The motivation will get stronger as you check off more things and get everything done.

It’s not hard to get things done, it’s only hard to get started.

You could always boost the time by taking caffeine (see the toggle below) before you get started, but only if you’re working in the first part of the day. The caffeine and the motivation wave will keep you awake if you start too late.

This isn’t all just a “good idea,” it’s an actual method that works. I have used this method over and over, and the motivation does come. And then riding a motivation wave feels so productive. There’s no better way to get a large task, or a long list of small tasks done. And there’s no better way to spend a few free hours.

How to Effectively Use Caffeine to Boost Your Productivity

Do you drink coffee everyday?

If you’re over 18, you probably do. Statistically.

Over 50% over Americans (over the age of 18) consume coffee on a daily basis.

You may be the kind of person who gets cranky when you don’t have your coffee, or you may be able to go without it.

Either way, if you drink it everyday, you are sabotaging yourself from the benefits you could be getting from that age-old energy booster known as caffeine.

Here’s how you should be doing it…

Caffeine: You’re Doing it Wrong

I am guilty of drinking coffee everyday. It’s like a ritual for me (or at least it used to be).

It’s mostly a mental thing.

Consuming caffeine daily can really increase your body’s tolerance…which means it basically stops working. (Or, at least, it takes much more for the same effect)

To start getting the most out of caffeine, your first step is to quit drinking it for a week. An entire week.

That’s 7 days, if you’re wondering. (Or if you are trying to justify why a “business week” would be suitable)

You will need to take this step before you can really get started on the road to using caffeine effectively.

6 Tips for Effective Caffeine Consumption

Once you have spent an entire week caffeine-free, you are ready to implement these strategies…

1. Spread It Out

Try drinking coffee or tea over a longer period of time. This will release the caffeine more steadily, over a longer period, which will help sustain your energy levels.

2. Drink Water First

If you typically drink coffee first thing in the morning, try drinking a large glass of water first. Hydrating your body can increase your energy and you may not even need the coffee. Or you can use caffeine later in the day when you start to lose energy.

3. Consume Less Caffeine

Don’t go back to drinking coffee daily (switch to decaf if you must). Use caffeine when you need it. It will be much more effective to only use caffeine when you have a big job to do or when you need an extra boost.

4. Stick With the Basics

Coffee and tea can be great for implementing a moderate amount of caffeine. Stay away from the sugary drinks (including artificial sweeteners). They can give you the initial boost, but you will most likely end up crashing shortly after. If you haven’t noticed, I have been mostly mentioning coffee and tea for a reason (not Monster and Red Bull).

5. Eat Right

If you’re consuming more protein/complex carbohydrates and less junk/simple carbohydrates, you will automatically feel better. It will also allow caffeine to work more effectively since it won’t be competing with a bunch of processed nonsense.

5. Wait Before Another Cup

Don’t be so quick to grab a second cup of coffee or tea. You may not need it, or it may be more effective to save it for later. Give the caffeine time to start working. Wait before you make the quick decision to grab another cup.

6. Eat First

Consuming caffeine on an empty stomach can be a bad thing. I admit that I like taking caffeine on an empty stomach when I really want to get a boost and it is very effective for that, but don’t make it a habit. Here’s why:

“Drinking coffee on an empty stomach, such as first thing in the morning, stimulates hydrochloric acid production. This can be a problem because HCl should only be produced to digest meals. If your body has to make HCl more often in response to regular cups of coffee, it may have difficulty producing enough to deal with a large meal.”

More Ways to Caffeinate

With all this coffee talk, it’s easy to forget that there are literally thousands of ways to consume caffeine and coffee is just one of them.

Caffeine pills are a great way to just get the caffeine. They can be a better alternative to sugary coffee or energy drinks. These caffeine pills are great.Of course, like anything, you don’t want to take them all the time or in excess.

Another (and more natural) option is Guarana. Guarana is a plant (it actually comes from the seed) with naturally occuring caffeine.

Green Coffee Bean Extract and Green Tea Extract are other great options for more natural energy boosters.

With most energy boosting options, it’s still caffeine. It’s important to take caffeine in moderation for your health and for the best results, but if you can use it responsibly, it can be a great boost.

Chapter 2

6 Steps to Create Your Self-Development Blueprint

What is a self-development blueprint?

It’s simply a game plan or a blueprint for improving your life and yourself.

We’re constantly growing and learning. It helps to make a plan. Learning is much more effective when it’s strategic.

Are you reading books, listening to audio and watching videos? Most of us are.

Are they getting you closer to your goals? Let’s start working on your game plan…

Step 1: Start With Your Priorities

Start by asking yourself these 3 questions:

  • Why do I want to improve myself?
  • Why do I want to be more productive?
  • What’s the most important thing in my life?

Everything else is dependent upon your answers to those three questions.

They may seem like obvious questions, but you need to make sure you can actually answer them. Have you ever thought about it?

You must answer these questions before you can set your goals, because your goals should be based on the answers.

Step 2: Turn Your Priorities Into Goals

Your priorities define your goals.
Every time you set a new goal, ask yourself if it’s inline with your priorities. Every goal will take you closer to your priorities or farther away.

Set S.M.A.R.T. goals. I’m sure you’ve heard it before, but that’s because it works…

Specific. Measurable. Attainable. Realistic. Time-Bound.

Step 3: Develop Your Strategy

This is where the self-development really starts. You need a strategy.
You can read self-help books all day long, but if they aren’t related to your goals and priorities, are you really doing much good?

You should be developing a reading/listening/watching list of books/audio/video that you want to take in.

Find the best format for you. Some people like turning the crisp pages of a new book, others listen to books while they’re out for a run. Or you may need to watch a video to help you focus and learn visually.

If you’re like me, you do all three! The point is to find your favorite format and take advantage of it.

You should always have a list of relevant teaching ready. Plan it in advance. Don’t wait until you finish a book to start searching for a new book. Plan ahead.

And be realistic with the information you take in. If it’s productive for you to read several books at once, do it, but if you’re only able to focus on one at a time, read one at a time.

You may want to plan different areas at different times of the day. Finance in the morning, productivity in the evening, health at supper time? You know if you’re capable of doing it. Be honest with yourself.

Step 4: Create Your Plan

You’ve got your priorities and your goals. Now you know your strategy. Let’s put it into action.
Your plan should be written (like your goals) and it should be broken down.

Use these 4 steps to create your plan (we’ll use books as an example):

  1. Write it down. Write down everything, from the books you want to read to the goals you plan to accomplish.
  2. Break it down. Figure out how many books you need to read each year and which goals you will complete.
  3. Break it down, again. Break it down by month, then to the week. Then you should know how much you need to do.
  4. Create your days. We will get into daily rituals in a moment. For now, just figure out how much you need to accomplish each day.

If you’re married, it’s good to create a plan together…and then tweak your individual plans.

Step 5: Develop Rituals

You should have a full plan now. The best way to accomplish your plan is to chip away at it with small, daily habits. And you’ll want to create rituals.
The word “ritual” might make you think of religious activities or ceremonies, but that’s not what we’re talking about here. We need to get away from routines and work towards having rituals. Routines are boring, they never change and they aren’t effective.

Here is how I define a ritual (I’m keeping it simple! You’re welcome.):

An activity or group of activities, practiced daily, that leads you toward your goals.

When you’re planning, use a schedule. And schedule your rituals.

If you’re married, share a schedule with your spouse. My wife and I use Google Calendar. We both have iPhones, so we are able to sync our calendars. If one of us adds an event, the other automatically gets it. Perfecto!

I have a morning ritual and an evening ritual. I would recommend both. They have worked extremely well for me.

Step 6: Check, Re-Check and Check Again

Like any ongoing plan, your self-development blueprint should be ever-changing. It will grow as you grow.

Measuring your progress is the key to improving your plan.

Don’t think of this as just a self-development blueprint, think of it as a life blueprint.

Your plan for improving yourself is your path to achieving your goals.

I’ll end with one of the most common proverbs on planning, but think about it in context to your life plan:

“If you fail to plan, you are planning to fail.” -Benjamin Franklin

Chapter 3

Choosing to Spend Your Time Productively

Let me guess.  You have a to-do list and you add to it everyday.

You promptly go through each item and check it off, one after one.

By the end of the day, your list is completely empty and awaiting whatever tasks tomorrow holds.

Not so much?

Since you’re here, reading this article, I assume that it doesn’t go so smoothly. It doesn’t go so smoothly for me either.

You are constantly adding to your list and occasionally checking something off.

Enough is enough. When your to-do list is so full that you forget about things at the bottom, it’s time to change something.

Here’s how to completely clear your to-list today and start getting stuff done, without overwhelming yourself…

Before You Clear the List

In David Allen’s famous book “Getting Things Done“, he talks about the importance of clearing your head and getting all of those thoughts out to make room for new thoughts. This is probably my favorite part of his entire book.

I think keeping a clear head is a must, to be as productive as possible, so I do this all the time.

I personally use an app that syncs to my Google task list, called GoTasks.

There’s not much to it. It’s simple. And I like it like that.

I have several different lists, including one I call “The Master List”. This is the list I use to brain dump.

If I hear of a book or website I want to check out, I instantly put it on this list. If an idea pops into my head…this list. Literally everything goes here. Then later, I’ll come through and sort it into my “Reading List” or my “Idea List”, etc…

Now you know how my list is created. Your list may be similar, but either way, let’s talk about clearing it.

6 Steps to Clear Your To-Do List

Here are the steps I take to clear my list. You can do this today and I recommend doing it at least once per week from this point on. It may take several hours the first day, but after you do it once, you can do it weekly and it will actually be a fairly quick process.

  1. Eliminate – Go through every single item on your to-do list and eliminate the unnecessary tasks. Some you may have already completed, some may be out-dated and others may just not make sense anymore. Eliminate as much as you can.
  2. Automate – You may have reoccurring tasks on your list (i.e. bills) that you don’t have to be doing yourself. Automate as much as possible and you will create time for other tasks. At minimum, you can automate most parts of your finances.
  3. Delegate – You may have things on your list that need to be done, but that doesn’t mean you have to do them. Decide what you’re willing to delegate and find the right person for the job. Try websites like Fiverr and Elance to find help.
  4. Postpone – Many of the things on your list should simply be postponed. They may be important things that need to be done, but there also may be so many more important things that you just can’t do them right now. It’s OK to postpone.
  5. Breakdown – Now you should have a list full of the top priorities and the must-do items. Break them down into reasonable increments and small sessions. You’re getting ready to start scheduling everything that’s left.
  6. Schedule – Now that you have everything broken down and you know about how much time you’ll need for each, put everything into your schedule. Once it goes into your schedule, check it off your to-do list. You now have a time slot for everything.

That’s it. Your schedule is the most important part. If you want to get things done, you must make time for them, therefore you must schedule them.

It’s Really That Simple

If you can’t find time in your schedule for a task, you may need to put it off. You will also need to stick to your schedule to make this work.

For really large projects, schedule it daily.

For example: If you’re writing a book, figure out how many words or pages you want your book to be. Divide that number by the number of days you want to complete your book in. Then write that many pages or words each day.

Once you put this stuff into your schedule, you’ll be amazed at how it actually gets accomplished. To-do lists are awesome, but only when we actually do the things on the list!

I am guilty of having an overflowing to-do list. That’s exactly why I knew I had to find a way to clear it, and of course, share that way with you. It can be stressfull to feel like you’re never going to clear your list.

Now I hope you feel like you can clear it. 

4 Productivity Principles You Need to Know

You want to work smarter, not harder. You want to be more efficient – more productive.

But what are some practical and applicable principles and techniques that can help you do that?

Here are four of the foundational principles you need to follow to achieve more in less time…

1. Pareto Principle

Pareto Principle – The 80/20 rule, which states that roughly 80% of the effects come from 20% of the causes or 80% of the results come from 20% of the work.

Think about it. In your work, business or side hustle, where do the results come from?

Asking this question will help you determine where to invest your time.

This also goes for your personal life as well. Exercise, dieting and personal development are a few examples.

This rule really shows you that you don’t have to be perfect, you just have to focus on what’s important.

Put this into action: Write down your top three most productive things in your work and in your personal life. Try to put at least 80% of your focus on your top items and watch the results role in. You may find that you’re spending 80% of your time on things that really don’t matter – things that are only getting you 20% of the results.

2. Parkinson’s Law

Parkinson’s Law – An adage that work expands so as to fill the time available for its completion. In other words, if you plan a one hour block for a task, you will work at a pace that gets the task done in an hour.

If I plan to write an article in two days, I will write it in two days. If I plan for 90 minutes, I’ll get it done in 90 minutes.

This is one of those crazy laws of life that just seems to work. Use it your advantage.

Most importantly, if you know you can finish something within a given time period, stop wasting your time and dragging it out.

Put this into action: Use an actual timer and start setting some limits. Set a time to begin and a time to stop working.

3. Pomodoro Technique

Pomodoro Technique – The process of breaking your work into chunks. 25 minutes of work, followed by a 5 minute break – that’s one pomodoro. Once you complete four pomodoros, take a longer break (20-30 minutes).

Parkinson’s Law is in full force with the Pomodoro Technique. Before long, you’ll know what you’re capable of during a 25 minutes pomodoro and you will start knocking things out.

Put this into action: Get a timer and start the clock. Work for 25 minutes, rest for five. After four times, take a 30 minutes break. Then repeat the process.

4. Eisenhower Matrix

What is important is seldom urgent and what is urgent is seldom important. -Dwight Eisenhower

I’ve heard this referred to as many different things and countless authors have used it in their books, but it’s most commonly referred to as the Eisenhower Matrix. It’s as simple as it looks, but it does require you to be honest about your tasks.

You’ll separate everything you need to do for the day into four categories:

  • Urgent and important (do these immediately).
  • Important, but not urgent (create your plan to do these).
  • Urgent, but not important (delegate or automate these).
  • Neither urgent nor important (eliminate these).

The problem is that we tend to focus too much of our time on the “urgent, but not important” and too little of our time on the “important, but not urgent”. And that’s completely backwards. Often, the “important, but not urgent” things are going to produce the greatest results in your life.

If something is important, but not urgent, that means 1) it could be one of the most important things you’ll ever do, and 2) it’s easy to keeping putting it off.

Put this into action: Create your own box. It doesn’t need to be fancy; a simple paper and pen box will do. Write down a list of everything you need to do (or could do) today. Put each item in it’s place. Then follow the place in parenthesis above for each item (ex: do urgent and important tasks immediately, eliminate neither urgent nor important tasks, etc.).

If You Want Freedom, Limit Yourself

So now that our to-do list is in order, we have to ask ourselves a few questions…

What’s the point of productivity apps, to-do lists and organizational methods?

Why does an article about “10 quick productivity hacks” catch your attention so easily?

The answer is simple: freedom.

We’re all looking for more time and ways to work “smarter, not harder”…and we should be. But you may be missing the first step.

What’s the first step? Well, if you want more freedom in your life, first you must limit yourself…

Why Another Tool, App or Hack Isn’t the Answer

Increasing your productivity is awesome. Half of this blog is dedicated to doing exactly that, but it’s important to increase your productivity in the right areas.

You may be spending hours to make something more efficient, when in reality, it should just be eliminated.

Tools are great for working smarter and getting organized, but first, figure out what needs to go. Then you can start using the tools to make yourself more productive with what’s left.

What You Need in Your Life

What is truly important to you? Family? Relationships? Your business? Leaving an inheritance? A legacy?

That’s your starting place.

Are you working hard towards things that aren’t important? You may be. We’ve all been guilty of it.

Limiting yourself starts with limiting distractions.

So what are your distractions? Television? Video games? The internet? Facebook?

It’s true that being productive means accomplishing what you’ve set out to accomplish, thus, playing video games for a couple hours on a day you’ve set aside to play video games for a couple of hours is actually…productive. But that can’t be everyday.

Your Top 20 (Or Your Top 10, Rather)

Think of a quick, mental list of the top 20 most important things in your life. How important are the last 10 things? Are they even necessary?

In my list, I would include my relationship with Jesus, spending time with my family, my commitment to the Air Force, exercise and this blog in the top five. The next five may include some important things like reading and traveling, but I can assure you that the last 10 items would need to go.

How much can you cut out and how much more time would that give you to focus on your top 10?

What You Need [to cut out] in Your Life

Personally, I know that I could spend much less time scrolling my Facebook news feed and I have. I’ve trimmed my life down to the bare bones and I keep trimming away.

How do you decide what you should cut out? Simple, just ask yourself if it’s getting you closer to your goals on the top 10 items. If it is, keep doing it. If it’s not, cut it out.

Playing video games with my kids on a Saturday gets me closer to my family goals. Playing video games by myself for 15 or 20 hours a week gets me farther away from my family goals. Therefore, I don’t have time for the latter.

Here’s How Freedom Through Limitation Works

If you want freedom, you must limit yourself. Overindulgence is not the answer.

I could try to explain “freedom through limitation” and the importance of it all day, but instead, I’ll save your time and use an example to sum it all up. Here’s how this works:

Cheat days are a great example and they work for almost everything.

The most common use for cheat days is dieting, but it can also work for other things you typically overindulge in, like technology. Here’s how it works: give yourself one day each week to overdo it. Eat whatever you want, watch TV all day, play video games from morning until midnight, if you want.

But here’s the kicker: you have to stay disciplined for the rest of the week. A cheat day on a diet won’t be effective if you’re cheating throughout the week as well. Once you get this down, it’s extremely freeing. The food will taste better, the games will be more fun and you’ll still be working toward your goals.

The best part? You won’t feel guilty for doing it.

I remember the first cheat day I gave myself when I first started the Body for Life diet, that helped me lose 50 pounds of fat. It was a good day. I ate everything that I had wanted to eat all week. It felt great knowing that I was still climbing toward my weight loss goals, as I was eating half of a large deep dish pepperoni pizza.  And after an entire day of it, I was ready to not look at unhealthy foods for another week.

Set Limits and Give Yourself Freedom

So if you want to put this into action today, start with a cheat day in some area. See how freeing it is and then branch out into the rest of your life.  Adding discipline into your life will only give you more freedom.  Limits allow for freedom; the freedom to live your life to the fullest.

If you want true freedom in life, you must limit yourself. When we overindulge on a daily basis, we feel terrible (mentally and physically), we feel guilty and we often feel sorry for ourselves.  We don’t even enjoy the things that we continuously overindulge in.  Moderation and limitation brings the enjoyment back.

If you want to feel better and be happier, set some limitations.  You’ll thank yourself.

How to Focus Your Time on What Matters

We are always trading our time for something. Everything we do is a trade-off.

If you want to be happy, accomplish your goals and live a fulfilled life, you’ll have to stop focusing on what doesn’t matter and start focusing on what does.

How do you do that? You’ve got to take your time back. Start by spending less time on these 5 things:

1. Spend less time on “what to wear”

Create an easier method for getting dressed, like eliminating things in your wardrobe that don’t match. This way you’ll know you can wear any shirt, shoes and pants together and they will match. Or you could go even more minimal and use a method like President Obama’s idea to only wear blue and grey suits. Focus your time and energy on more important things. Some people are actually starting to wear the same thing everyday to avoid this daily decision and focus their time on what matters.

2. Spend less time on “what to eat”

Separate your meals into two categories: meals for fuel and meals for pleasure. Instead of using those valuable morning brain cells (some of us only have so many in the morning) to decide what you’ll have for breakfast, simply have the same thing everyday or plan your meals ahead of time. Figure out which meals are truly for pleasure, such as dinner with the family or eating out with friends and use those meals to carefully decide what you’ll eat; for the rest of your meals, don’t waste time on them.

3. Spend less time accommodating others

This goes back to learning how to say “no”. You only have about 25,000 days in your adult life, don’t spend them accommodating the needs of other people. Caring about others is important; however, being a people-pleaser can be a trap that steals your time. You can apply this in several ways, such as avoiding unknown phone calls and only checking email once or twice per day. Unknown calls steal your time and break your focus, and they are almost always unimportant (read: if they’re important, they’ll leave a message). Checking your email constantly can be extremely distracting and most of the items in your inbox are for someone else’s agenda. Put others on your time.

4. Spend less time complaining

We all know that complaining doesn’t help anything and we all do it at one point or another. Not only does complaining not help, but it actually shifts us into a negative mindset and kills our focus. Try a 30 day no-complaint challenge. Simply go 30 days without complaining about a single thing and then see the results. When you’re forced to practice optimism in every situation, you’ll be surprised at how much better things will go. You’ll have ideas that would have never happened if you were complaining – you’ll be forced to look for solutions and change situations instead of complaining about how bad they are. Try it and let me know the results.

5. Spend less time regretting

We’ve all missed opportunities. If we make a mistake and learn from it, it’s no longer a mistake, but more of a growing experience or a lesson. Look back on anything that you’re not happy with. Make up your mind to take a lesson away from whatever it is and then forget about it. It’s done. It’s over. It already happened and it can’t be changed. Now that you’re no longer complaining, it only makes sense to stop regretting. If you eliminate the time you spend regretting, you’ll force yourself to be future-minded instead of living in the past. You’ll reap some awesome benefits when you’re living in the present and looking to the future. The past is over so get over it.

Here’s the bottom line: Eliminate trivial choices so you can spend more time making decisions about things that matter.


Eliminate trivial choices so you can spend more time making decisions about things that matter.
Click To Tweet


Want even more time in your day? Figure out how much time you spend on everyday things and learn what’s stealing your time.

A Weekly Review to Give You 10 Extra Hours Each Week

The idea of a weekly review was first made popular by David Allen.

He suggests that you cut out a block of time each week to review the previous week, and an additional block of time to plan the upcoming week.

I’ve learned a lot from his methods and I incorporate much of his teachings in my processes.

But the fact is, you don’t want a weekly review that takes several hours to complete.  Because you won’t do it.

Here’s a quick weekly review that doesn’t take all day, and will save you countless hours throughout the week…

1. Clear

  • Clear your work area.  This includes your physical desk, and your computer desktop.  File all of the loose papers and close all of the unneeded windows on your computer.
  • Clear your inbox.  Inbox zero is a good goal, but don’t obsess over it.  When I clear out my inbox, I file it into “Action Required” if there is action to be taken on the email, “Reference” for non-action emails that I may need information from, and “Archives” for everything else.  If you need to find an email, do a quick search.  This will eliminate all the time spent filing, and searching has actually been shown to be quicker than looking for a filed email.
  • Clear your head.  You should have a way to collect ideas that come to you throughout the day, but if you’ve been thinking about something and you haven’t written it or typed it down yet, do that now.  I created a simple “Idea Capture” list in GoTasks to accomplish this.

2. Reflect

  • Review the previous week.  Figure out what went right and what went wrong.  The good and the bad, because you can learn from all of it.  Come up with a list of questions to ask yourself like “What did I do well?…and not so well?” and “Did I reach my goals?”, etc..
  • Review the specific hours you spent.  Did you spend more or less time reading than you wanted to?  What about working on your side project?  Journaling? Exercising? Writing?  This will really highlight when you’ve been putting something off for a long time.  It only takes a few weekly reviews to realize that you’re never going to get to some things unless you start putting them in your schedule now.
  • Review your “someday, maybe list”.  If you don’t have a “someday, maybe list”, you should start one.  It’s one of David Allen’s ideas that stuck with me.  You know all of those big dreams and ideas you have, like learning a new language, taking a self-defense class or going skydiving?  Things you’ve always wanted to do, but you can’t do them right now? You’re never going to actually do any of that if you don’t write it down somewhere to remind yourself that you want to do it. Just don’t forget to actually review this list each week.

3. Plan

  • Schedule your to-do list.  Make sure everything that’s done is checked off, and look at what isn’t done.  Once it’s down to only things you haven’t yet completed, you’re ready to schedule.  The only way you’re really going to clear your to-do list is to schedule what’s on it.
  • Schedule your upcoming week.  Yes, schedule everything.  I schedule time for work, writing and exercise, but I also schedule time for reading, journaling and doing whatever I want.  That’s right, it’s perfectly productive to have time set aside to do whatever you feel like doing at the time, but letting that happen all the time is morbidly unproductive.  I even schedule when I’m going to run errands based on where I’ll be throughout the week.
  • Learn to be flexible.  Sometimes you have to say “no” to people when you already have things on your schedule, even if it’s something that can be done later.  It’s important to stick to your schedule; however, you don’t want to become a time nazi.  It’s ok to break away from your schedule occasionally, just don’t make it a habit.

I do my weekly review on Sunday evenings.  It doesn’t matter when you do it, only that you do it.

Final Tip: One thing that’s helped me a lot with my to-do list is adding a “next action” beside each item.  This makes it super easy to schedule.  If you have a large project on your to-do list, simply ask “what’s the next action that needs to happen for this item?”  It may be as simple as doing some internet research.  If that’s the case, schedule that internet research.  This is a sure way to be productive and to clear your to-do list.

The most important thing is to not make this review process easy enough so you’ll actually do it. Mine takes about 30 minutes, and never more than one hour. That’s less than one hour for an entire week. That’s what people mean when they say a one hour weekly review can save tons of hours throughout the week.  It’s true.  One hour of planning can add up to 10 hours of productivity to your week.  Planning is powerful.

How Much Time Does it Take You to _________?

Time is like money – if you don’t tell it where to go, you won’t know where it went until it’s gone. And sometimes you won’t even know where it went after it’s gone.

In order for you to really maximize your hours everyday, you’ve got to know where your time goes, especially with the things you do day in and day out.

So before you start planning every minute and scheduling time for the most important things, you’ll need to figure out where your time is going right now. Start by asking yourself these questions…

How Much Time Does it Take You to…

  1. How much time does it take you to brush your teeth and floss? You are flossing, right?
  2. How much time does it take you to take a shower?
  3. How much time does it take you to get dressed for work?
  4. How much time does it take you to drive to work?
  5. How much time does it take you to drive home? Is the traffic worse or better?
  6. How much time does it take you to eat breakfast? Lunch? Dinner?
  7. How much time does it take you to work out? Run? Lift weights?
  8. How much time does it take you to shop for groceries each week? Or month?

We Have an Inaccurate Perception of Time

The truth is that until you know how long these trivial, daily tasks take, you won’t really have an accurate idea of how much time you have for the top priority items. We all seem to have a false sense of how long it actually takes us to do things. That’s why “just give me five more minutes” rarely actually means five more minutes.

It may seem silly to time yourself completing these everyday happenings, but in the end, you’ll be glad you did. You may even find an extra 15 or 30 minutes that you didn’t know you had. Until I timed my daily tasks, I didn’t realize that I would have an extra 10 or 15 minutes each morning after getting ready for work. Now I use that time to read, which means I can read a couple extra books every month by using time I never knew I had.

Your life shouldn’t be so robotic that you develop an ulcer from all the stress of completing everything right on schedule, but you should get an idea of how much time it really takes you to do the things you do.

Just be careful. Figuring how long it takes you to do these things could lead to:

  • Constantly being on time for work and meetings
  • New found time to do the things you’ve been wanting to do
  • More time with your significant other or children
  • A calm, not rushed, feeling in the mornings
  • The ability to accomplish more all around
  • An extremely productive life

It may sound silly, but knowing where your time goes is just as important as knowing where your money goes. That’s why you budget your money. This is like budgeting your time, or more like logging your time expenditures.

Try this for a couple weeks and let me know your results. You’ll be glad you did. 

What’s Stealing Your Time? Here’s How to Take Control

The average person spends 9 years of their life watching TV.

That’s just from watching TV a few hours everyday.

But that’s not you, right? I mean, you don’t spend hours and hours in front of the TV.

That’s unproductive and a waste of your time…and you know it.

But what about Facebook? We spend 700 billion minutes on Facebook every month, across the world.

And then considering that we spend 174 billion minutes on YouTube each month, it’s hard to imagine that there is any time left.

I think we all remember the first time we logged onto YouTube. Those suggested videos in the sidebar will get you…and keep you…for days.

As you will see in a moment, I used to waste hours everyday without even realizing it.

Here is how I figured out where my time was going and how I took control of it…

Slipping Off My High Horse

When my wife and I decided to cut out our cable, we knew we were making the right choice.

People started acting like we were crazy. We heard a lot of…

“You don’t have cable?” and “Oh, I couldn’t live without cable; I don’t know how you do it”

We knew that since people were criticizing us, we were probably making the right choice. Because most people aren’t doing the things that take them closer to their goals.

But as soon as I climbed atop my high horse, I immediately fell off and got kicked in the face…because after a few months, it dawned on me…

I replaced my tube time with a different tube…YouTube and of course, the dreaded…Facebook.

Before I realized it, I was spending a couple hours each day watching videos and browsing my feed. I was on track to spend 9 years of my life on my computer and my smartphone. That’s not any better than TV! With the amount of stupid videos out there, I think it’s worse.

So, here’s what I did…

Track Your Time, Seriously

I knew I needed the internet, because I have to write all of these mediocre amazing finance and productivity articles, but that wasn’t an excuse for me to waste my life in my news feed.

So, I started tracking everything. Here are a few big things you should track each month:

  • Television Time
  • Internet Time
  • Social Media Time
  • Video Game Time

Don’t lie to yourself. It’s really easy for us to try to justify the ways we waste time, so it’s important to be honest.

Sure, there are some videos on Facebook that you learn from, but for every great informative and helpful video, there are 1,000 more useless videos.

How to Take Control of Your Time

The good news is that you can change all of this.

You may spend too much time on some unproductive things and that’s normal, but once you replace them with productive things, you will start to see some serious changes in your life.

Here are 5 tips for taking control:

  1. Time yourself. Seriously, use a timer and figure out how much time you spend on each activity you engage in.
  2. Create barriers. Make it more difficult to do the unproductive things. Delete apps or at least hide them.
  3. Plan productivity. If you plan productive things, you won’t have as much time for useless things. Use a schedule!
  4. Plan laziness. Set aside a certain amount of time, that you determine, just for allowing yourself to be unproductive.
  5. Schedule everything. Schedule your days a week in advance. Make a plan and know what’s going on each day.

Final Words

It’s fine to relax, but these time-wasters aren’t always as relaxing as you may think and you need to know exactly how much time they are stealing.

The more productive you are, the better you feel. It’s science. Accomplishing tasks and goals literally releases endorphins that make you happy and lead to more accomplishment.

Don’t feel guilty. If you don’t like the way you spend your time, simply change it. You’ll be surprised how much you can accomplish when you cut the time-wasters.

For further reading on how you can spend your time more productively, check out Brian Tracy’s book: Time Power.

Chapter 4

Let Them Do the Work: Learning From Others

There are plenty of things that have already been figured out by others.

There’s no need to make “trial and error” your primary form of learning.

So let’s dive into some ways you can learn how to be productive from people who have already been successful at it.

First, we’ll go back and take a look at what we can learn from Benjamin Franklin about productively, in regards to the 13 virtues he lived by. Then, we’ll look to some awesome podcasts you can subscribe to right now. Finally, we’ll close this chapter with several TED talks that will positively shift your paradigm.

Benjamin Franklin’s on Productivity

Benjamin Franklin was widely known for his practices and habits…specifically: his virtues.

He was a lifehacker before it was cool.

He believed in living a fulfilling and productive life, which is what brought him to these 13 virtues.

I’ll go over each one and show you how to apply them to your life to increase your productivity.

The 13 Virtues

  1. Temperance. Eat not to dullness; drink not to elevation.
  2. Silence. Speak not but what may benefit others or yourself; avoid trifling conversation.
  3. Order. Let all your things have their places; let each part of your business have its time.
  4. Resolution. Resolve to perform what you ought; perform without fail what you resolve.
  5. Frugality. Make no expense but to do good to others or yourself; i.e., waste nothing.
  6. Industry. Lose no time; be always employ’d in something useful; cut off all unnecessary actions.
  7. Sincerity. Use no hurtful deceit; think innocently and justly, and, if you speak, speak accordingly.
  8. Justice. Wrong none by doing injuries, or omitting the benefits that are your duty.
  9. Moderation. Avoid extremes; forbear resenting injuries so much as you think they deserve.
  10. Cleanliness. Tolerate no uncleanliness in body, cloaths, or habitation.
  11. Tranquillity. Be not disturbed at trifles, or at accidents common or unavoidable.
  12. Chastity. Rarely use venery but for health or offspring, never to dullness, weakness, or the injury of your own or another’s peace or reputation.
  13. Humility. Imitate Jesus and Socrates.

1. Temperance

Eat not to dullness; drink not to elevation.

Food provides energy, but overeating (or eating the wrong kinds of food) can kill productivity. How productive would you be after eating a couple thousand calories of junk? People do it everyday. McDonald’s for lunch, and then they wonder why they feel so tired in the afternoon.  Or a huge bowl of sugary cereal for breakfast, and then they think they have some sort of Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, because they’re “always tired.”  By the way, CFS is very real, and I’m not making light of it, but if you’re constantly tired, try changing your diet first.  As far as drinking goes, drinking too much alcohol will not only eliminate any chance of productivity for that day, but it will steal the day after as well.  To sum it up: eat like an adult and drink responsibly.

2. Silence

Speak not but what may benefit others or yourself; avoid trifling conversation.

Trifling (unimportant or trivial) conversation is one of the biggest time wasters of this day. Small talk is fine for a few minutes, but don’t get carried away. How often have you talked to someone for 30 minutes, only to realize you didn’t talk about anything of importance? Yeah, me too. We’re all guilty of doing this a little too much. Don’t let it steal your time. On a similar note, there’s absolutely no place for negativity in the realm of productivity.  Negativity is useless.

3. Order

Let all your things have their places; let each part of your business have its time.

Home organization can steal so much time. As they say, “a place for everything, and everything in it’s place.”  Make sure you have a place for everything in your home. Nothing will waste more time than walking around trying to figure out where something goes. It may take a few days to make a place for everything, but it will save countless hours down the road.  Make a place for everything, or get rid of it, and make time for what’s truly important.

4. Resolution

Resolve to perform what you ought; perform without fail what you resolve.

Do what you set out to do. But an important step before that is to actually set out to do something. Plan your time before it happens. Set daily goals and beyond. You need an agenda to strive for, and then you can accomplish the day’s work.

5. Frugality

Make no expense but to do good to others or yourself; i.e., waste nothing.

Do the right things. Don’t waste the precious things. Time is one of the most wasted things of our day. Like I said above, set out your plan and do it. If you always do what you planned to do, time is not wasted. That can mean getting a lot of work done, or relaxing the day away. If you plan to do it, it’s productive – work, as well as rest.

6. Industry

Lose no time; be always employ’d in something useful; cut off all unnecessary actions.

Define and eliminate the unnecessary. Resolve to live a choice-minimal lifestyle. Get rid of the distractions. That could mean negative friends, clutter around your home, or something as simple as cable TV.

7. Sincerity

Use no hurtful deceit; think innocently and justly, and, if you speak, speak accordingly.

Choose your words carefully. Say what you mean and mean what you say. Don’t drag others down, and again, don’t waste your time on meaningless conversation. Strive to always do right and good, whatever that means to you.

8. Justice

Wrong none by doing injuries, or omitting the benefits that are your duty.

Hold yourself responsible and accountable to others. Do what you need to do and don’t do what you shouldn’t do. Don’t make excuses. Sometimes just eliminating what you shouldn’t be doing can add hours to your day. And you know what you should and shouldn’t be doing.

9. Moderation

Avoid extremes; forbear resenting injuries so much as you think they deserve.

As simply and cliché as I can put it, “everything in moderation”. Hard work is good, relaxation is good, fun is good, but all of those can be detrimental if you overdo it. Try to stay clear of extremes – they’re usually harmful.

10. Cleanliness

Tolerate no uncleanliness in body, cloaths, or habitation.

Live a clean lifestyle. Stay disciplined to be clean in your hygiene and habits. Eat a clean diet. Keep clean friends, not just in hygiene, but in their habits and lifestyle.

11. Tranquillity

Be not disturbed at trifles, or at accidents common or unavoidable.

We all make mistakes. Successful people usually make more than anyone, and that’s because they understand the power of learning from their mistakes. Don’t let mistakes or errors hold you back. Learn and move on, and you’ll get better. Every time.  It’s only truly a mistake if you don’t grow from it.

12. Chastity

Rarely use venery but for health or offspring, never to dullness, weakness, or the injury of your own or another’s peace or reputation.

This was a pretty bold statement for the times. It’s pretty plain and simple: don’t indulge in sexual actions that will compromise your body or your emotions. With a culture of casual sex and one-night stands, this is an important topic. I’m not telling you how to live your life – that’s up to you – but from what I know and from what studies show, this type of behavior is only going to cause problems. Don’t think about the short-term pleasure, think about your long-term character and emotional stability.

13. Humility

Imitate Jesus and Socrates.

Humility is one of the foundations of character. This should be obvious as to how it applies to your character, but how does it apply to productivity? In several ways. The most important being this: practicing humility helps you learn and move on easier than someone who is prideful. If someone corrects you, accept the correction and take a lesson from it. Even if they’re wrong, there’s still a lesson to be learned.  Defending your position or explaining why someone else is wrong is a waste of time.  Don’t worry so much about what others think.

Read these virtues for yourself and truly think about how they apply to your life.

10 of the Best Productivity Podcasts Right Now

“There are few uses for a smart phone that are more productive than listening to a good podcast.” *
-Abraham Lincoln

If you’re into podcasts, you know there are thousands to choose from.

It can be overwhelming to find the best ones. And how do know which podcasts are the best? Reviews? Ratings? Recommendations?

I’ve been listening to podcasts for years and I’ve listened to the good and the bad.

I could put together a list of the top 100, but I’ll save your time. Why subscribe to hundreds of podcasts when there are plenty of old episodes to go through?

Even if you just listen to few, you’ll be busy browsing the archives for months if not years. So here are the top 10 best podcasts on productivity for 2015…

1. The 5 AM Miracle

New show released: Weekly

The 5 AM Miracle is hosted by Jeff Sanders. I’ve been listening to his podcast for a few years now and I look forward to it every week. This show is dedicated to “dominating your day before breakfast”. Jeff gives all kinds of advice on productivity, increasing energy levels, waking up early and getting things done. He also talks about plant-based nutrition for increasing your energy levels and he eats a lot of bananas.

2. Achieve Your Goals

New show released: Weekly

Achieve Your Goals is Hal Elrod’s podcast, usually hosted by Nick Palkowski. Hal Elord is the author of The Miracle Morning, which I highly recommend. Hal talks about different strategies and ideas for achieving your goals and he has some highly-accomplished guests on weekly to teach you how they achieve their goals. I listen to every new episode when it’s released and I have gone through the archives to hear all the old ones.

3. This is Your Life

New show released: Weekly

This Your Life is Michael Hyatt’s podcast, hosted by Michele Cushatt. Michael Hyatt, former Chairman and CEO of Thomas Nelson Publishers, shares everything he has learned as a CEO to help you with your productivity. The show is geared towards bloggers and writers, but everyone can benefit from the information he shares. He often gives tips and ideas that I haven’t heard elsewhere. It’s not the basic advice that you can hear on any other podcast.

4. Daily Discipline

New show released: Weekly

Daily Discipline is hosted by Rory Vaden. Rory goes into detail about how to create more discipline in your life. He interviews an expert guest each week. He is also the best-selling author of Take the Stairs and Procrastinate on Purpose. He usually speaks for the first part of the episode and then interviews a guest in the second part. He gives some seriously practical and applicable advice on productivity through discipline and habits.

5. Entrepreneur on Fire

New show released: Daily

Entrepreneur on Fire is hosted by John Lee Dumas. John gives you actual advice that you can use. It’s all actionable tips and ideas. He releases a new episode every single day, as he chats with experts including Tim Ferriss and Seth Godin. If you’re ever not sure what to do, just scroll through his archives for hundreds of episodes on everything you could imagine.  He’s actually not too far from having a thousand episodes in his archives (just under 900 right now).

6. The Art of Charm

New show released: 3x/week

The Art of Charm is hosted by AJ and Jordan Harbinger. These are two regular guys who are interviewing experts from all over, asking the questions that you want to ask. The show is funny, fun to listen to and informative. They also talk about relationships and self-confidence.  If you’re looking for a productivity podcast, you’ll learn a lot from this one.

7. Beyond the To-Do List

New show released: Usually weekly

Beyond the To-Do List is hosted by Erik Fisher. This is one of the most popular productivity podcasts and for good reason. Erik has talked to just about every productivity expert out there. This show is all about achieving goals and becoming more productive with all kinds of practical tips. He also talks about priorities and how to know which work to get done.

8. The Productivityist

New show released: Weekly

The Productivityist is hosted by Mike Vardy. This show is hit or miss, but the good episodes are really good. The first episode I ever listened to seemed boring and I almost turned it off, but he said something that caught my attention, so I decided to listen to another episode and I loved it. So, be sure to try out a few different episodes before making your decision with this one.  Also, the beginning of the episodes can be a little slow, so stay tuned through the first part.

9. The Tim Ferriss Show

New show released: Weekly

The Tim Ferriss Show is hosted by, you guessed it, Tim Ferriss. This show is categorized under investing, since that’s the main focus, but I thought it made sense to put it on this list. First, this is a finance and productivity blog, so a podcast with both of those things needs to be on here. Second, this show is full of advice from all kinds of experts (including Tony Robbins and Ramit Sethi) on everything you could imagine. It will give your productivity and your finances a boost for sure.

10. The Productivity Show

New show released: At least weekly

The Productivity Show is hosted by Asian Efficiency. This is my most recent find. It’s also one of the newest podcasts on this list. I’ve read the Asian Efficiency blog before, but I really enjoy the podcast. The show is based heavily on David Allen’s GTD philosophy, though they also talk about other effective productivity hacks and time management techniques. So far, from my recent listening, I think I’m going to love this podcast. They also talk about habits and rituals a lot, which I love.
*Note: Abraham Lincoln did not actually say the beginning quote. At least, not as far as I know.

6 TED Talks That Will Change the Way You View Productivity

I’m a long-time fan of TED talks. In fact this post is kind of a “part 2.”

I wrote 6 TED Talks That Will Change the Way You Think About Money in early 2015.

Ever since I published that, I’ve wanted to post about productivity TED talks. Here it is.

The whole idea of a TED talk is to change your thinking. I’ve watched countless hours of these talks, and the speaker is always attempting to either change your mind, or your mindset. That’s exactly what these speakers do. And that’s a good thing.

These six videos are extremely useful and helpful in changing the way we view productivity.

1. Smash Fear, Learn Anything

Tim Ferriss is no stranger to the productivity world. His book, The Four Hour Work Week, is on my productivity book list for a good reason. In this talk, Tim explains how he is able to learn things faster than what is generally considered possible, and how you can too.

2. Inside the Mind of a Master Procrastinator

Tim Urban, from Wait Buy Why, gets personal and transparent with how procrastination affects his daily life. I love how he doesn’t pretend to have everything figured out, but there is still a lot we can learn from this talk.

3. Forget Big Change, Start With a Tiny Habit

In this TEDx talk, BJ Fogg explains how tiny habits can change your life. I’ve written about tiny habits here, but this video explains most of what you need to know. If you want to create a new habit, start small and grow from there. You’ll be amazed at what you can accomplish.

4. The Power of Habit

Charles Duhigg, author of The Power of Habit (also on my productivity book list), explains the basic ideas surrounding the research and experiments he did to write his book. You’ll want to read the book after watching this video, but you’re going to get a lot out of the video itself. This is another TEDx talk.

5. The Art of Stress-Free Productivity

David Allen, author of Getting Things Done, gives this TEDx talk to explain most of his philosophy on productivity. He admits to being very lazy, which is why a system is so important. Watch the video, and then be sure to read his book. It’s one of my top five favorites on productivity.

6. Too Busy for Productivity

In this TEDx talk, Carlin Daharsh goes into detail about being busy versus being productive. This is such an important point, because we all get busy. Life will keep you busy, but stopping to realize that busy doesn’t equal productive is the first step to true productivity.

Chapter 5

A Few Things I’ve Found to Increase Productivity

My morning ritual is the foundation of my productivity, from day to day.

So we’ll start there…

I have two personalities. My night self and my morning self.

Sometimes we don’t get along.

When my night self decides to stay up a little later, my morning self isn’t too happy.

My night self goes to sleep thinking about all of the great and productive things I’m going to do in the morning.

But sometimes my morning self wakes up thinking my night self is an over-achiever and I should go back to sleep.

Sound familiar? Here is how I am able to combat my morning self and get stuff done…

My Morning Ritual

My day begins at 5am, as I roll spring out of bed and make my way to the computer.

I write for an hour and then I’m off to the gym.

When I get to the gym, I lift weights for an hour. (while listening to a great audiobook or podcast, of course)

Then I get my daily hour of cardio, either with my squadron or on my own.

After that, I head back home, work on my blog for about half an hour before getting ready and heading off to work.

But it wasn’t always like this…

How I Became a Morning Person

I decided one day that I wanted to be a morning person. I woke up earlier than I ever had before.

I had the most productive morning of my entire life, so then the next day I woke up and did it again, right? Nope.

I let my morning self defeat me the following day. That’s when I realized that I have to learn how to deal with the morning me, by planning ahead the night before.

My night self was all about the things I was going to accomplish in the morning, but my morning self thought my night self was crazy and expected too much. I would wake up thinking about the mountain of tasks I planned to do. It was intimidating.

Eventually, all of that changed and I started waking up consistently and energetically. Every morning.

Here are some things that I started doing:

  • Sleeping 7 hours (minimum) each night
  • Drinking water as soon as I wake up
  • Having a ritual at night to wind down
  • Rewarding myself for waking up daily
  • Only drinking caffeine before noon

I know this is where most people would say something about the importance of breakfast, but since I subscribe to the intermittent fasting philosophy, I don’t eat breakfast…at least, not until lunchtime.

It’s important to eat high quality, real food. However, many studies are starting to show that when you eat makes very little difference.

How to Perfect Your Mornings

I used to sleep until noon. I wasn’t always a morning person.

It is possible to “become a morning person”. You just have to take it one step at a time.

Here are some ways to deal with the morning you:

  • Commit to One Thing: The idea behind this is that you commit to doing just one thing that gets you out of bed, like brushing your teeth or drinking a glass of water. After that, you can go right back to bed. However, once you are up and thinking clearly, you will usually stay up.
  • Think About One Thing: Stay in the “one-thing” mindset. As soon as you wake up, you’re mind is flooded with everything you have to do all day. That’s not very motivating for the morning you. Take it one step at a time. By the time you get to the other things, you’ll be wide awake.
  • Schedule a Nap Later: It’s much easier to get out of bed when you know you can take a nap later on. Naps are actually used by some of the most productive people in history, including Winston Churchill, Thomas Edison and John F. Kennedy. So don’t feel lazy, it’s productive!
  • Plan Your Mornings: You’re more likely to wake up if you prepare the night before. Set out your clothes, setup your coffee for easy preparation, write a to-do list…these are just a few of the ways you can plan your morning. Remember, a productive morning starts the night before.
  • Drink Some Water: The morning is the most important time to hydrate your body, because you just went 7 or 8 hours with no water! And water is the most important thing we put into our body, which makes it a great start to the day. After drinking a large glass, you may not even need coffee.
  • Stop Hitting Snooze: The snooze button is our first opportunity to practice discipline or procrastination. Don’t start your day with procrastination. Once your morning self gets out of bed, you’ll realize those 9 minutes weren’t worth it. Why not, just buy an alarm clock without a snooze?

While we’re talking about alarm clocks, you could always try this:

The Key to Habit Building

If you’re used to waking up at noon and you decide to start getting up at 5am, that shouldn’t happen in one day.
That’s a 7 hour difference! And making that change instantly can guarantee failure.

The key positive habit building is starting small and increasing gradually.

Try waking up 30 minutes earlier, each day, for a few days. If you find that you’re very tired that way, just start cutting back by 5 minute increments.

Make small changes. Build habits gradually and you will stick with them.

It’s also much easier to get up when you have a blueprint for your life, like this one you created in Chapter 2.

3 Apps That Are Taking My Productivity to the Next Level

I don’t like to have a hundred different apps on my phone.

The more I have, the less benefit I get from the ones I do have.

For me, the 80/20 rule definitely applies to the apps I use on a daily basis.

I’m using [actually less than] 20% of my apps for 80% of my productivity.  And here they are…

1. Blinkist

Blinkist offers over 1,500 book summaries, with 40 new summaries each month.  And these are the good books.

Blinkist creates the best book summaries I’ve ever read.  You can use it on the website, or you can use the app on your phone.  When you use the app, you can even get the audio version of the book summary.

I never knew book summaries could be this effective.  I’ve read book summaries before, but I always felt like they were lacking.  These are different.  I have to highlight and review the summaries a few times to feel like I’ve retained most of the points.

Just to test out the quality, I went through several summaries of books that I’ve already read, and it seemed like the summaries captured over 90% of the book.  For example, I started with David Allen’s Getting Things Done, and compared the notes that I had taken from reading the book once through and listening to the audio book once.  From both sets of notes, there were only a handful of things that weren’t in the book summary, and those things weren’t that big of a deal.

It goes back to the 80/20 rule.  With few exceptions, 80% of the information comes from 20% of the book.  If you select the right pages, you can get 80% of the book from reading 20%.  That’s what book summaries are.  Of course, it’s still good to read, but adding book summaries to the mix is a way to change it up and get more out of your overall reading plan.  This is similar to how I recommend going back through the books you’ve read and just reading the highlights, except someone else took the highlights out for you.

Not only does Blinkist have some of the best books (including most of the books on my top finance books and top productivity books), but the summaries are well written and easy to read.  Here are a few of the books from one page:

I signed up for the free 3-day trial, and quickly upgraded to Blinkist Plus, because I could see the value immediately.

Of course, if you sign up and you don’t care for it, there is a 30 day no-questions-asked money-back guarantee.

2. Productive App

Productive App is the best habit tracking app I’ve ever used.

I have completed more of my habits each day since I got the app than I ever have in my life.

Building good habits is the foundation of a successful life.  You won’t start to achieve goals, without first building good habits.

You can set habits for morning, afternoon, evening, or “any time during the day.”  And the app makes you want to complete things.  You want to slide your finger across the item and check it off.  If you check off everything for the day, you have a perfect day.  Then you can try to go for a streak of perfect days.  It’s fun to look in your “Life Stats” and see how many perfect days you’ve had.

I’ve put my entire morning ritual and evening ritual into the app to track.  And I’ve added several habits to each of those rituals since.

Since I have downloaded Productive App, I have:

  • Written my MITs (Most Important Tasks) for the next day, every night
  • Stuck with my exercise routine, and gradually increased it weekly
  • Taken my vitamins every single day, morning and evening
  • Weighed myself every morning
  • Flossed every evening

These are all things that I did some days, maybe even most days, but now I do them everyday.

If I open my phone and want to get on Facebook, or some other unproductive app, I first open Productive App.  If I have a habit to do, I’ll do that instead of opening Facebook. It’s amazing how much less I open other apps now.  I have a lot of habits in the app.  Mostly tiny habits.

As a side note, this app was actually created by Jaidev Soin, the creator of the Balanced app, which was one of my favorite apps in the past.  Everything that Balanced was lacking is available in Productive App.

You can download Productive App for free, and track your habits.  I upgraded to Premium within the first day.  It’s only a few dollars, and it couldn’t be more worth it.  I would easily pay 10 times that much, now that I’ve used it for a couple months.  With Premium, you can add unlimited habits.  And you get access to stats and data to help you see trends, strengths, and weaknesses in your habit building.

3. Swipes

[Swipes has been discontinued, sadly. 🙁

Swipes is a task managing app.  But it’s different.  And better than the rest.

Swipes took the GTD (Getting Things Done) philosophy and turned it into an app.

You add tasks like a regular task manager, but that’s the only thing that’s like a regular task manager.  First, you have to actually do the task at a certain time.  If you add an item, it will ask you when you want to accomplish it.  If you don’t do the item, it will prompt you to reschedule.  So your items never go undone, they just get rescheduled.  And you can only reschedule a task a few times before you realize how much you’re procrastinating.

The other amazing part of this app is the action steps.  If you have a project to do, that’s not a single task.  And this app recognizes that by using “action steps” that you can add to a task.  The task might be “Make a Presentation,” but the action steps will include “Create an Outline, Draft the Review, Submit to Supervisor, etc..”  That alone is worth having the app.  It helps to break down the projects that seem so daunting.

Here’s a quick screenshot of a few of my tasks:

Swipes is free for now, but they’re working on a premium version. I suggest downloading it before the premium version is released, so that you have a chance of being grandfathered in if they remove features from the free version.

3 New Things I’ve Been Doing to Increase My Productivity

I’m a walking productivity experiment.

I like to try new things and find new ways to increase my productivity. Then I bring you the results and let you decide whether or not to implement these things in your life.

I’ve been doing three new things that have really been working to make my life more productive and actually, all three of these are saving me money too.

These are kind of random, but brilliant and you won’t find these all over the internet like most tips. Here’s what I’ve been doing…

1. James Bond Showers

You may have read about the benefits of cold showers, but have you heard of a James Bond shower? I first read about them on The Art of Manliness and this is how they work:

  1. Turn the water on to hot temperature.
  2. Wash your hair and your body like normal.
  3. When you’re ready to rinse, turn the water to cold.
  4. Turn off the shower. Step out. Feel amazing. Look like this:

So why are these showers so awesome, or more importantly, why are they so productive? Well there are several reasons to take cold showers. I’m not going to bombard you with the information you can get all over the internet, but here is what I have noticed since I started taking James Bond showers (or cold showers in general):

  • I feel more alert.
  • My energy levels significantly increase for hours.
  • I spend less time in the shower, since the water is cold.
  • Therefore, I save money by using less water (especially less hot).
  • This may just be a mind game, but they seem to put me in a good mood.

I feel better overall when I take them and it’s still this way after several months. I can’t recommend them enough. Just try it a few times and see if you notice a difference. If you do, you’re welcome. If not, just go back to your regular old boring hot showers.

2. Activating Caffeine

If you have ever ingested caffeine while you were sitting down and remained sitting down, you probably noticed that it didn’t do much for you. Sure, it may keep you from falling asleep, but it most likely didn’t make you feel any more energetic. There’s a reason for this…

Caffeine has a much stronger affect when you start moving after taking it. If you wake up and get caffeine in one form or another, try doing a quick set of jumping jacks or going for a brief run or a brisk walk. You’ll notice almost immediately that the caffeine basically activates.

Here’s how well this has worked for me:

I used to drink two cups of coffee each morning, then it went to three, four and I ultimately realized I had a problem at six cups. It wasn’t the coffee’s fault. It was doing its job, but I was just sitting there drinking an entire pot of coffee, so I wasn’t getting the full benefit.

Now I have changed two things. First, I bought this amazing Aeropress Coffee Maker, which is super cheap, easy to use and only takes a few minutes to brew…

Next I started consuming only one cup of coffee (granted there will be a little more caffeine in coffee made with an Aeropress), but I started doing 10 minutes of exercise soon after I finished my cup. Not only does this mean I’m consuming less coffee and caffeine, but I’m also saving money by not buying as much coffee in the first place.  This all just one more way to use caffeine more effectively.

Exercise can increase the affects of caffeine and I highly suggest taking caffeine before you workout; however, you don’t want to overdo it. Too much caffeine before an extended workout can rapidly increase your heart rate to unsafe levels. The bottom line: don’t be an idiot.

3. Eating the Same Meals

I recently started a new diet to lose a few pounds and to write about the results (walking experiment, remember?). Well so far, I’ve lost 17 pounds and I’m just now in my fourth week. Also, I’m feeling great while doing it. I’m tracking all my results and I’ll be writing about it soon, but for now, I just want to go over the productivity part of this diet.

I’m eating the same meals over and over again. It seems that most successful dieters who planned to lose fat and/or gain muscle have had the best results by eating the same meals over and over again.

This works in a few ways to make me more productive:

  1. Meal-time decisions. I literally only have to think about what I’m going to eat when I cook my meals, which is only a few times per week – I can cook in bulk since I know I’ll be eating the same few meals again and again.
  2. Less cooking time. Since I am cooking in bulk, I only spend a few hours each week in the kitchen. Not only am I not having to decide what to eat, but I can cook my food faster in general. It just takes cooking a few meals to have my food for the entire week.
  3. It saves money. Buying food in bulk is a common tip for saving money, but often it doesn’t make sense – especially if the food is going to go bad before you use it. When you’re eating the same meals over and over, you can buy in bulk and know it will get used.

Chapter 6

The Best Productivity Tools and Books

The Best Productivity Apps

The most effective habit trackers, task managers and calendar apps.

Habit tracking app in the form of a role playing game.

Create multiple to-do lists with repeatable tasks and deadlines.

Awesome, simple habit track with a Life Log in the pro version.

Simple, but effective. A great way to track all of your time.

Syncs with Google Calendar to give you a simpler interface.

A great way to track habits and keep up with habit streaks.

All Productivity Tools

Increase Productivity

These are all of the productivity apps I’ve personally used and liked. If I don’t think it’s worth using, I don’t recommend it.

The Best Blender for Everything

Vitamix 5200

I wanted one of these for years, after I noticed that multiple large-chain smoothie shops were using these all day for years without issues. Now that I own one, I would never own another blender again.

R

For Everything and Forever

The 64 oz container works well for any mixture, and these blades will last a long time.

R

It Cooks for You

The friction allows this blender to heat things. It even comes with a full recipe book.

R

Super Easy to Clean

Add some hot water and a drop of dish soap. Blend for 30-60 seconds. Rinse.

R

Different Speeds

Put it on high for max speed or variable to have complete control over the speed.

The Best Way to Make Coffee

Aeropress

This is my favorite way to make coffee. Make it as strong or weak by adjusting how quickly you push the coffee through. Completely non-electrical; only requires hot water.

You Choose the Strength

You choose how long to leave the coffee grains in the water by the speed you push.

No Grains in Your Coffee

The micro-filter doesn’t allow even the smallest grains to pass through.

No Need to Plug In

No electricity required, which makes it easy to take with you anywhere you go, from business meetings to the campsite.

Unbelievably Affordable

At just under $30, this is a steal. I’ve had mine for over two years with no signs of wear.

The Best Programs

Productivity Programs

These programs are awesome if you want to get the most bang for your buck. You can learn more in one program than people learn from 50 books.

47 Strategies

Jeff Sanders is the host of the 5am Miracle podcast. He’s an experience productivity guru, and he knows the most effective systems to take your productivity to the next level and accomplish your grandest goals. In 47 Strategies, you will access your entire life and figure out which areas you can improve. This system is well worth it, just to have the tools and keep them.

Brian Tracy's Programs

Brian Tracy is a classic productivity author. He’s written an insane amount of books and many of them are insanely popular (think: Eat That Frog). In his courses, he will walk you through different objectives based on the course. There are several options ranging from creating habits to time management to sales. Find the program for whatever you want to improve.

The Best Journals

Productive Journals

Guided journals are a great way to start a journaling habit, and to accomplish any goal through daily reflection. These journals will help you answer big questions and set goals in place.

The Mastery Journal

The ultimate productivity journal.

The Sunrise Manifesto

Increase happiness in 10 minutes a day.

The Freedom Journal

Accomplish your #1 goal in 100 days.

Menu

Habit Creating and Goal Setting

(Back to menu)

  1. The Slight Edge by Jeff Olson
  2. The Power of Habit by Charles Duhigg
  3. Mini Habits by Stephen Guise
  4. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People by Stephen Covey
  5. The 8th Habit by Stephen Covey
  6. The 5 A.M. Miracle by Jeff Sanders (read my review)
  7. Manage Your Day-to-Day by Jocelyn K. Glei
  8. The Miracle Morning by Hal Elrod
  9. 23 Anti-Procrastination Habits by S.J. Scott
  10. The One Thing by Gary Keller and Jay Papasan
  11. Ready Aim Fire! by Erik Fisher and Jim Woods
  12. How Successful People Grow by John Maxwell
  13. Willpower by Roy F. Baumeister and John Tierney
  14. The Now Habit by Neil Fiore
  15. Changeology by John Norcross
  16. Sticky Habits by Barrie Davenport
  17. Take the Stairs by Rory Vaden
  18. Procrastinate on Purpose by Rory Vaden
  19. Failing Forward by John Maxwell
  20. Making Habits, Breaking Habits by Jeremy Dean
  21. Succeed by Heidi Grant Halvorson
  22. Redirect by Timothy D. Wilson
  23. Habit Stacking by S.J. Scott
  24. Smart Change by Art Markman
  25. Changing for Good by James Prochaska, John Norcross and Carlo DiClemente

Time Management and Getting Things Done

(Back to menu)

  1. Getting Things Done by David Allen
  2. Ready for Anything by David Allen
  3. No Excuses! by Brian Tracy
  4. Eat That Frog by Brian Tracy
  5. Time Power by Brian Tracy
  6. Getting Results the Agile Way by J.D. Meier and Michael Kropp
  7. The 4-Hour Workweek by Timothy Ferriss
  8. The Power of Full Engagement by Jim Loehr and Tony Schwartz
  9. Lifehacker’s Guide to Working Smarter, Faster, and Better by Adam Pash
  10. The Willpower Instinct by Kelly McGonigal
  11. The One Thing by Gary Keller
  12. The Checklist Manifesto by Atul Gawande
  13. Time Warrior by Steve Chandler
  14. The One Minute To-do List by Michael Linenberger
  15. Master Your Workday Now By Michael Linenberger
  16. Control Your Day by Jim McCullen
  17. To-Do List Makeover by S.J. Scott
  18. 18 Minutes by Peter Bregman
  19. How to be a Productivity Ninja by Graham Allcott
  20. The Productive Person by James Roper

Thinking and Mindset

(Back to menu)

  1. Mindset by Carol Dweck
  2. The Magic of Thinking Big by by David Schwartz
  3. Peaks and Valleys by Spencer Johnson
  4. Mindfulness in Plain English by Bhante Henepola Gunaratana
  5. Who Moved My Cheese? by Spencer Johnson and Kenneth Blanchard
  6. Rapt by Winifred Gallagher
  7. The Anatomy of Peace by The Arbinger Institute
  8. How to Stop Worrying and Start Living by Dale Carnegie
  9. Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Goleman
  10. Linchpin by Seth Godin
  11. How Successful People Think by John Maxwell
  12. The Difference Maker by John Maxwell
  13. The E-Myth Revisted by Michael Gerber
  14. The Dip by Seth Godin
  15. The Innovator’s Dilemma by Clayton Christensen

Leadership and Dealing With People

(Back to menu)

  1. How to Win Friends and Influence People by Dale Carnegie
  2. How to Have Confidence and Power in Dealing With People by Les Giblin
  3. Positive Personality Profiles by Robert A Rohm
  4. How I Raised Myself From Failure to Success in Selling by Frank Bettger
  5. The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership by John Maxwell
  6. How to Influence People by John Maxwell
  7. Leadership Gold by John Maxwell
  8. Full Engagement by Brian Tracy
  9. Great Leaders Grow by Ken Blanchard and Mark Miller
  10. The 5 Love Languages by Gary Chapman

Minimalism

(Back to menu)

  1. The Power of Less by Leo Babuata
  2. Minimalism by Joshua Fields Millburn and Ryan Nicodemus
  3. The Joy of Less by Francine Jay
  4. Simplify by Joshua Becker
  5. Everything That Remains by Joshua Fields Millburn and Ryan Nicodemus

Thanks!

I just want to say thank you! I appreciate you reading my guide.

I put a lot of work into this, and I truly hope it benefits you.

If you have any questions about anything, please reach out to me.

All feedback is welcome…

2 + 11 =

The post The Complete Guide to Maximizing Your Productivity appeared first on MoneyMiniBlog.

]]>
https://moneyminiblog.com/complete-guides/productivity/feed/ 8
The Complete Guide to Taking Advantage of Credit Cards https://moneyminiblog.com/complete-guides/credit-cards/ Mon, 18 Dec 2017 11:00:41 +0000 http://moneyminiblog.com/?p=205076 The Complete Guide to Using Credit Cards

Credit cards can be your best friend or your worst enemy. In this guide, I’ll show you how to be friends.

The post The Complete Guide to Taking Advantage of Credit Cards appeared first on MoneyMiniBlog.

]]>
The Complete Guide to Using Credit Cards

Credit cards can be your best friend or your worst enemy. In this guide, I’ll show you how to be friends.

What You'll Learn:

  • The Benefits and Downfalls of Using Credit Cards
  • How to Make Money When You Spend Money
  • Effective Ways to Actually Raise Your Credit Score
  • How to Get Out of Credit Card Debt if You’re in Too Deep
  • How to Protect Yourself From Identity Theft
  • Answers to Common Credit Questions and Busted Myths

Preface

Why You're Broke and How to Fix It

There is a difference between being broke and being poor.

Broke is a temporary states of finances.

Poor is a mindset.

Before you go on, promise me you will never refer to yourself as poor again. Even if you feel like you are.

You may be broke, but you’re not poor.

Here is why you may be broke and how to stop it…

1. You Bought Too Much House

If your house payment is more than 50% of your income, you can’t afford it.

25% of your income or less is where you really want to be with a house payment. Or even better…0%!

How to Fix it:

2. You Bought Too Much Car

This one blows me away.

Most middle class people are broke because they bought a vehicle they can’t afford.

Figure out how to buy a car you can afford here.

If you have to finance it, you can’t afford it. Most people don’t want to hear that, but it’s true.

Just think about what your retirement would look like if you were able to invest that car payment each month.

New cars and luxury cars are nice, but wait until you can afford them and you don’t have to finance.

How to Fix it:

3. You Spent Money You Didn’t Have

This is the most relevant reason to this guide.

You may be broke because you thought having a credit card meant you didn’t actually have to pay for things.

This is one of the most common reasons to be broke (especially for us Americans).

The good news is this is one of the easiest to fix!

How to Fix it:

  • Find extra work to pay it off quicker
  • Call the company and ask for a settlement
  • Consolidate to a lower interest rate

4. You Decided to Go to School

There is nothing wrong with that. School is expensive.

If you have excessive student loan debt, you really only have one option.

It doesn’t go away.

How to Fix it:

  • Be disciplined and hard-working to pay it off

5. You Had Medical Issues

Sometimes your finances are out of your control.

Medical debt can eat you alive, but you can do something about it.

There are a few ways to reduce or eliminate medical debt, depending on the situation.

How to Fix it:

  • Call the company/collector and negotiate
  • Ask the collector for a settlement
  • Be disciplined and hard-working to pay it off

Final Words

Ultimately, if you’re broke, it’s because you spend more than you earn.

That comes in the form of financing, credit cards and other creative ways.

People come up with new ways to go broke everyday.

Stop spending more than you earn and you will stop being broke. It may take time, but it will happen.

Once you get out of the rut, stay out!

Remember one last thing…there are other situations that can make you broke that aren’t as common. Some are in your control and some are not, but either way, only you can fix it.

Chapter 1

The Benefits and Downfalls of Credit Cards

Credit cards can be a bit of a slippery slope. Many swear by them, while many others despise them. If you’re in serious credit card debt, stop here and skip to Chapter 4. The truth is if you’re a responsible adult, credit cards can actually be very useful for a few reasons:

  • Credit cards eliminate the need to carry cash
  • Credit cards make your purchases easy to track
  • Credit cards can offer lucrative reward programs (Chapter 2)
  • Credit cards can help you raise your credit score (Chapter 3)

All of those things are possible as long as you insert [the responsible use of] in front of the above sentences. Credit cards can be a great thing, but they can also be your worst enemy. Here are a few of the downfalls…

The Downfalls of Credit Cards

  • Credit cards allow you to spend money you don’t have (Refer back to the Preface)
  • Credit cards come with a high percentage rate for revolving balances
  • Credit cards make spending money easier, which often leads to overspending

You could just as easily insert [the irresponsible use of] in front of those sentences. The bottom line is this: if you use credit cards responsibly, they can make your life better. If you use credit cards irresponsibly, they can make your life hell.

If you’re not sure whether you should be using credit cards or cash, read “Cash or Credit?” below…

Cash or Credit?

Cash or credit? What do you use?

I’m a fan of Dave Ramsey, but I don’t think everyone has to be stuck using only cash.

I’m a fan of credit card rewards, but I don’t think everyone is responsible enough to use them.

So how do you really decide whether to purely use cash or whether to get some credit card rewards?

Here’s how you can decide for yourself…

Cash or Credit: A Quick History Lesson

Credit existed long before credit cards.  It was common for local stores to give you a line of credit, especially if you owned a business, but this was thought of more as a charge account that you would pay off all at once.  It had nothing to do with minimum monthly payments or collecting interest.  It was simply a way for business owners to get what they needed throughout the month and then pay the bill all at once, similar to a tab in a bar.

Later on, select department stores and gas stations came out with their own cards to promote customer loyalty.

In 1950, the Diner’s Club card was created as a means to merge some of these cards into one.  People thought it was a bit much to have 5 or 10 cards in their wallet for different stores, though some people today would laugh at only having 5 or 10.

Today, the total U.S. consumer debt is $2.5 trillion, and people sign up for a bout 6 billion credit cards each year.

Credit started to get out of control and so did individual debt.  Thus, people like Dave Ramsey came about promoting a lifestyle free of credit cards and free of debt.  Of course, since Dave started his anti-credit trend, he has had some backlash.  Others have went the other direction by explaining the benefits of credit cards and why you need them.

As you can see, it’s a common trend for people to go back and forth.  So let’s talk about cash, credit and you.

The Case for Cash

Dave Ramsey has a point.  Most people aren’t responsible enough to use credit cards.  Statistics prove this over and over.

That means the majority of people, especially is the U.S., should cut up their credit cards and switch to cash.

This is why it makes me nervous to see all of the articles that talk about Dave being an idiot and how everyone should have credit cards.  I get the point, credit cards have benefits, but broadly speaking to everyone about how they need credit and credit cards is dangerous business, and it’s not true.  Most people would be better off without them, because most people can’t control them.

Note: You also have to remember that article headlines are written to grab your attention, and when you see headlines like “This is Why Dave Ramsey is Completely Wrong About Everything”, they are really just dramatizing the fact that some people can responsibly use credit cards.  They don’t really believe he’s entirely wrong, but you’re more likely to click that, rather than “Why I Disagree With Dave Ramsey About a Few Things”.

Who should use cash?

  • If you’ve filed for bankruptcy due to credit card debt in the last 10 years
  • If you repeatedly don’t pay off your balance in-full at the end of each month
  • If you have credit card debt that you are working to pay off

If credit cards make you nervous, just use cash.  If you believe that all debt is bad, even for the remainder of the month, just use cash.  There is no one-size-fits-all answer here, just know that it’s not wrong to only use cash and never incur any debt.

The Case for Credit Cards

Credit cards generally provide more fraud protection than debit cards.  Credit cards offer more protection than cash on no-return items and items that may be difficult to return.  Credit cards offer some nice sign-up bonuses.  Finally, credit cards offer some lucrative rewards.  We pay for our vacations and most of our children’s Christmas with credit card rewards.

That being said, credit card companies wouldn’t be earning billions if the majority of people were responsible with them.

So after you’ve completely paid off your credit card debt, and you’re in a place where you can pay them off in-full each month, you should start looking into some of the more rewarding credit cards.

Who should use credit cards?

  • If you’ve never struggled to pay them off in-full each month
  • If you keep track of your spending, and don’t spend more than you have
  • If you don’t have any outstanding credit card debt from previous months

These rules aren’t set in stone.  I’m a great example of someone who has been in credit card debt, learned my lesson and paid off all of my credit card debt.  Once I was completely free of credit card debt, I started using credit cards for the rewards.

Credit cards rewards are great, but they are just that: rewards.  Rewards are meant for people who deserve them.  This is evident when you look at the terms for the rewards, such as completely losing them if you’re late on your payment – that’s a common term for most credit cards.

If you’re responsible in using them, you won’t have to worry about that.  If you are worried about losing them because you make a late payment, there’s a good chance you shouldn’t be using them in the first place.

It all comes down to this: if you can use credit cards responsibly, use them.  If you can’t, use cash.  And be honest.

I cringe when I hear someone say that everyone should use cash or everyone should use credit cards.  That’s simply not true.

Chapter 2

How to Make Money When You Spend Money

Remember when you were able to go months without spending any money at all?

Me neither.

It seems like it was somewhere in my childhood, but…it’s been a while.

We spend money. All the time. That’s life.

Why not make money while we spend? It’s very possible and here are 11 ways to prove it…

Get Smart About Credit Cards

We all know about the credit card rewards out there.

You see the ads in the mail everyday…

“Earn up to 5% cash back on your purchases”

“We offer the highest cash back of any card”

The truth is that nobody offers the highest cash back on everything.

That’s why you need more than one credit card to get as much cash back as possible.

Let me go ahead and preface the rest of this article by saying two things about credit cards:

  1. If you use credit cards, pay them off fully every month
  2. There are other ways to make money when you spend

Now let’s get back on track…

Choosing the Right Card

It’s common for certain cards to offer a higher cash back for certain purchases.

The percentages will be different, depending on the category, such as:

  • Groceries
  • Gas
  • Specific stores
  • Home improvement

Find cards that match your normal purchases.

It’s important that I say “your normal purchases”. Don’t get caught in the trap of buying things you don’t need, or things you wouldn’t normally buy, just to get the cash back. That doesn’t make sense, unless you are a crazy person, but you’re not a crazy person, you are a money-savvy genius…or close to it, at least.
If you have a hard time remembering which card is which, just take a Sharpie and write “Gas” or “Groceries” on the card.

Also, make sure you do your research to find the best cards.

I shop on Amazon.com all the time, so I have an Amazon.com Visa that earns 3% cashback on Amazon purchases. That’s my most used card.

If you have multiple rewards programs, you can keep track of them all with Points.com.

Like I said earlier, there are other ways to make money while spending it. You don’t have to use credit cards. That’s only one way. Let me show you the rest…

Get Paid to Shop

There are a plethora of websites that offer rewards for shopping through them.

Basically you will buy everything you normally buy, but instead of going to the store or the website, you go to one of these sites first. You are then linked to whichever website you want to shop with.

For every dollar you spend, you earn a certain amount of cash back for shopping this way.

Then you can use your credit card to make the purchase and get rewarded twice!

Here are the other 10 ways to earn while you spend:

  1. Swagbucks – Earn money for all kinds of things.
  2. Ebates – My favorite! Earn while you shop.
  3. Fat Wallet (inactive) – Another great way to earn while you shop.
  4. Memo Link – Earn while you shop here too.
  5. My Points – A fourth way to earn while you shop.
  6. My Deals Club – Great coupons and coupon codes.
  7. Extrabux – Up to 30% cash back through them.
  8. Shop At Home – Cash back for online shopping.
  9. Giving Assistant – Yet another cash back shopping site.
  10. Mr. Rebates – One more cash back website for you.

Maybe you were already taking advantage of these rewards. Maybe not. But hopefully now you will.

There are so many ways to earn while you spend, why not take advantage of them all?

Chapter 3

How to Raise Your Credit Score

A credit score is like your in-laws.

Some are really great. Some are not so great. And some people like to pretend they don’t exist.

Well, they do exist (your credit score that is…and probably your in-laws too) and whether you have a great credit score or a poor one, there is always room for improvement.

You can always do better.

Here are some tips for improving your credit score, no matter how good or bad it is…

Do the Right Thing Today

You may have a past full of missed and late payments, but it’s never too late to start paying on time.

The first step of improving your credit is to make sure it doesn’t get any worse.

This may mean you have to stop using your credit cards. At least for now.

You went a little crazy there. I think I see your driver’s license in there.

Paying your bills on time is one of the most important parts of your credit, so start doing the right thing today.

Ask For Help

It never hurts to ask for help.

If you are falling behind or if you have had some hard times, let your lenders know. You may be able to get some reductions and forgiveness.

This could save you some points on your credit. No matter how bad it is now. Even if they can’t help, it never hurts to ask.

Self-Repair Your Own Credit

Don’t use a credit repair company. Let me repeat that…

DO NOT use a credit repair company.

They cannot do anything for you that you cannot do for yourself…and for free.

You can make the same phone calls they can. And you can have inaccurate credit information removed just as easily by calling yourself.

Keep Watching

There are great companies, like Credit Karma and Credit Sesame, that can keep you up to date on your credit score. Use them.

The quicker you stop inaccurate information, the easier it can be to have it removed from your record.

It’s also easier to catch identity thieves. Identity theft can really hurt your credit score. You should keep a close watch on your credit score and your credit reports to catch all errors.

Do What You Know

There are some obvious things to do when you’re trying to improve your credit score.

You probably know all or most of these, but I didn’t want to leave them out…

  • Ask creditors to have your credit limit raised
  • Paying off auto loans in 18-24 months is ideal
  • Keep low (or no) balances on your credit cards
  • Keep your debt-to-income ratio as low as possible
Contrary to popular belief, you do not have to keep a revolving balance on your credit cards to boost your credit. Just pay them off, in full, every month. Also, raising your credit limit is only important if you’re carrying a balance from month to month.

Sometimes It Just Takes Time

There is one thing that you don’t have control over…time.

Part of your credit score is determined by the length of your credit history.

You can’t have a really high score if you have only had credit for a year.

You may have to wait to give your accounts time to mature, just make sure you keep your accounts open so that account history can grow.

Your overall time of having credit is important, but it’s also important to show that you have had several accounts opened for an extended period of time. This can be anything from a credit card to a loan.

Just make sure you pay off your credit cards in full and on time.

5 Simple Steps for Spring Cleaning Your Credit

Spring is in the air.

It’s beautiful out, so obviously the first thing you want to do is step outsidethink about your credit!

Right?

Maybe not, but it’s a great time to do a quick spring cleaning.

You’re already spring cleaning “everything else”, why not clean up the thing that you buy “everything else” with. I’m joking, of course. I know you don’t buy everything with credit cards.

Or at least, if you do, you pay them off every month…don’t you? Sure you do!

Here are some simple and, most importantly, free steps to cleaning up your credit…

1. Pull Your Free Credit Report (Only One!)

You may already know that the only “federally authorized” source in the United States to provide you with a free credit report is AnnualCreditReport.com.

Most people seem to think that you get one free credit report per year, but you actually get three.

What? I get 3 per year? This calls for a thumbs up and a picture of said thumb up.

You can pull one from each of the three nationwide consumer reporting agencies (credit bureaus):

Pull your first report of the year from any of these, but only pull one report. Save the other two reports to check on updates to your credit later in the year. Space each of them out over several months to check for updated accuracy and any new discrepancies.

Once you have your report…

2. Review Your Credit Report

Reviewing your credit report is fairly self-explanatory and easy to do.

You are looking at 3 main areas:

1. Potentially Negative Items

This should be the very first section. These are basically any discrepancies, which are items that have been turned over to a collections agency. They usually stay on your credit for up to 7 years after the initial missed payment.

2. Accounts in Good Standing

This section lists all of the debt reported to the consumer agencies. These accounts should be in good standing, but it’s important to look for inactive accounts and accounts that you don’t recognize. More on this later.

3. Requests for Your Credit History

There will be two sections here.

The first is the inquiries the are shared with others. These are inquiries for things like applying for a new credit card or loan. When you here about credit inquiries affected your credit negatively, that would be this section.

The next section is the inquires that are only shared with you. This is for minor things like a credit monitoring service. These inquiries DO NOT affect your credit.

3. Make Corrections

If you have negative items, look at each one to determine if it is supposed to be there or not.

If it’s inaccurate, simply call the company that reported the charge first. If it can be worked out with them, great! If not, you will need to get in contact with the actual credit reporting agency. Here are the numbers…

  • Transunion: 800-916-8800
  • Experian: 888-397-3742
  • Equifax: 866-640-2273

Even if it’s accurate, you may still be able to have it removed from your credit. It never hurts to call and try.

Look for unused accounts as well. If you have old credit cards that you haven’t used in years, consider closing those accounts or using the cards.

It does help your credit to have a longer history on accounts, but if you already use several cards and you don’t need it, close it. By leaving it open and not monitoring the account, you are risking someone else stealing your information and using the account.

Now that you have made the proper corrections…

4. Get Your Free Credit Score

You have a few options for getting your credit score for free.

Try one of these sites:

They both offer a free credit score and free credit monitoring, but I personally think Credit Sesame is a little better.

I like that they offer free identity theft protection.

Plus, the last time I had a change to my credit, Credit Sesame actually sent me an alert email 3 days earlier than Credit Karma. Three days could mean a lot if there would have actually been some sort of fraud.

More on identity theft in Chapter 5.

5. Stay Organized

You have pulled, reviewed and corrected your credit report…to the best of your ability. All you have to do now is stay organized.

Pull another one of your 3 free credit reports in a few months to see if anything has changed (for better or worse).

Always keep at least one copy of your credit report for reference.

You may also want to make a list with all the phone numbers of the credit cards in your wallet. This way, if your wallet is lost or stolen, you will have a quick list to let the companies know ASAP. Again, more in Chapter 5.
Also, keep an eye on your credit score. Credit Sesame will provide you with a new score once per month (or more in their paid service).

Take Action

That’s it! Get to it.

It shouldn’t take long to go through these steps. Especially since now you can view your credit report and score instantly online.

No more waiting on snail mail.

It really doesn’t take long to do this if you do it every year.

Chapter 4

6 Take-Action Steps to Get Out of Credit Card Debt

Do you know the total credit card debt of the United States population?

793.1 billion dollars.

Now you know. And now you have a sick feeling in your stomach. At least, I do.

Does that mean credit cards are evil? Nope.

It just means people are stupid uneducated.

That’s the problem. Here’s how to fix it…

Step 1: Access the Damage

Sometimes the first step is the hardest and that can definitely be true with credit card debt.

Face your debt.

Run the numbers and actually figure out how much credit card debt you have.

Go ahead and pull your free credit report at AnnualCreditReport.com, then head to Credit Sesame for your free score.

Once you know where you stand, it’s time to move on.

Step 2: Control Yourself

If you are in serious credit card debt, you have no self-control with them.

Easy fix. Stop using credit cards.

You don’t have to cut them up, and you don’t need to close all the accounts, but stop using them until you have paid them off and can pay them off, in full, every month.

Quick Tip: Don’t close all the credit card accounts, because your debt to credit ratio will lower and that can negatively affect your credit score.

You can always lock them in a safe or freeze them in a bowl of water. Or just stop using them and put them away like a normal person, whatever works for you. Just kidding! Freezing them is way more fun. Don’t be normal!

Step 3: Organize Yourself

Now that you know how bad it is, it’s time to do something about it.

Create a budget (learn how here), including all of your credit card payments.

Do you have enough income to cover all your expenses? You may not.

Step 4 can help with that…

Step 4: Cut Your Expenses

Cut. It. Out. (Full House reference, anyone? No?)

What do you need to cut out to eliminate your debt?

You can always cut something. Reevaluate your needs vs. your wants. Especially if one of your main wants is to be debt free.

Step 5: Make Your Choice

Now that you have faced your debt and cut your expenses, you should know whether or not you can fix this yourself or if you need professional help.

If you can do it yourself, do it yourself.

Only get professional help if you don’t see any possible way for you to do it on your own.

If you do need professional help, here is a good resource to find a good debt relief company.

Here is a list of approved non-profit credit counseling agencies.

I think you can do this though, if you think you can too, move on to step 6…

Step 6: Do It Yourself

I knew you could do it.

Paying off debt is easy in practice, but it can be difficult in discipline.

It’s all about discipline.

The most important thing is to not get into any new debt, once you begin paying it all off.

Once you have made that decision, you can call the companies and negotiate to bring the amount of debt down. This is as simple as calling the number on the back of the card, getting to customer service, and asking to speak to a supervisor. Supervisors are able to lower your interest rates more than the customer services reps. They may even be able to lower your balance.

When negotiating, it’s important to have some leverage. Just go find some cards that are offering a 0% balance transfer fee, with a 0% interest rate (usually for a certain length of time) and there’s your leverage. It’s easier to negotiate when you have the option of transferring your balance somewhere else.

The overall goal is to get a lower interest rate.

If you can’t get a 0% interest rate, you may want to transfer your balance. (The Chase Slate card is currently offering a 0% interest rate for 15 months on balance transfers, and no fee to transfer.)

I see no reason not to transfer your balance, if it will save you money overall. The problem is when you are not able to pay off a balance transfer before the interest rate goes up. So, before you transfer a balance, do this:

  1. Figure out the total amount of debt your are transferring
  2. Divide your debt by the number of low/no interest months
  3. Decide if you will be able to pay that much each month

If you are, then it’s worth looking at. If you’re not, you need to figure out if the interest rate will be lower than you’re currently paying or higher. And remember to expect the unexpected. Just because you can make that payment now, doesn’t mean you will be able to make it for a year or longer.

As a side note, I would suggest that you NEVER use a home equity line of credit (HELOC) to pay your debt. That can be an incredibly dangerous plan.

Chapter 5

Identity Theft and How to Stay Safe

Identity theft is a risk that you face on a daily basis provided that you own a credit card and do business online. Every time you purchase an item online, you expose yourself to this menace. Today, identity theft has been identified as one of the fastest growing crimes in the world and the numbers keep on growing almost on a daily basis. We are all experts when it comes to identity theft not by choice but circumstances. Truth is told, with identity theft, the odds are that: you, your friend or your family member has been a victim of the same.

In as much as identity theft has grown to become one of the biggest American concerns, the subject is often at times misunderstood. We are always looking for ways to fix the problem instead of attempting to prevent identity theft. We should always remain vigilant as we attempt to prevent this. Here are a few things you need to know about identity theft otherwise known as credit card fraud.

1. Identity theft is as real as it gets

Many people think that this crime is a joke therefore most likely not going to affect them. In most cases, with identity theft, it is a matter of when and not if. A film dubbed ”Identity Thief”, which features Melissa McCarthy and Jason Bateman, goes to show you just how pervasive this crime has got. Even with that said, there is no need to lose sleep as yet because the issue is containable.

2. Identity theft criminals will always be one step ahead of you

One thing with online fraudsters is that they are tech savvies who are always looking new ways to con people. As you think of a way to prevent one occurrence, they are already designing new ways to scam you. A report released by Avivah Litan of Gartner Group technologies revealed that less than 1 in 700 identity theft crimes lead to arrests meaning that most of the criminals normally get away with the crime. At the end of the day, we end up being left with a society filled with experienced hackers. These threats tend to evolve quickly to such an extent where before the police are able to handle one old technique, the hackers would have already moved to something new.

3. Your credit card number is not needed for the scam to go through

Contrary to what most people think, hackers do not really need your credit card to steal your identity. They are very experienced and crafty at the same time. At times, they only need one piece of information to complete the puzzle. Once they have that piece of information, they can automatically gain access to the rest of the information. Therefore, the best way to protect yourself would be to lock up your important documents in a safe or better yet in a safe place at home.

4. Personal information revealed online is often enough

As mentioned above, identity thieves only need a piece of your information to scam you. Even if they get your non-financial personal information, to them this is more than enough. As innocent as you may be trying to provide your personal facts on social media or any other channels, this might expose you to identity thieves. The best way of protecting yourself would be to never list your full birthdate, home address, telephone number or any other important information on any social media channel or even a job searching site.

5. Wi-Fi Hotspots can be a threat

We all can agree on just how convenient Wi-Fi hotspots can get. However, this convenience possesses a huge security risk as it can expose you to identity thieves. Always make a point of avoiding generic Wi-Fi hotspots names while in public. The biggest threat is that, once you’ve gained access to these hotspots which is often made easy, the hackers can access every bit of information they want from your phone, computer or tablet. Information such as your password, username, credit card numbers and any relevant data may be at risk.

6. Credit cards have stronger fraud protection than debit cards

You need to take note of the fact that credit card protections offered are stronger as compared to debit card protections. Ideally, the law has it that Credit cards have a set restricted amount that one is liable for at $50. On the other hand, depending on when you report a debit card theft, the card holder is liable for $50 up to the full amount.

7. Military members are highly susceptible

The military men and women are trained in such a way that they are conditioned to provide anything that is asked of them. Throughout their service, they are asked to provide personal information which they normally oblige. The most unfortunate thing about this is that they do carry on with this even after leaving the service. This in turn makes them susceptible to data grabbers and identity theft.

8. New account fraud is on the rise

In this form of ID theft, hackers usually breach databases and end up stealing social security numbers or any other financial information. Then they go ahead to open new accounts fraudulently using someone else’s name. This form of ID theft is currently on the rise and is responsible for nearly half of the total dollars lost to ID theft.

9. Identity theft is becoming increasingly hard to detect

The main reason as to why there is a rise in cases of ID theft is that most of these cases are becoming increasingly hard to detect. In the example of new account fraud, it is hard to detect unless you develop a habit of constantly looking at your credit card report or you use a credit monitoring system.

10. Identity theft cases are not easy to erase

As mentioned above, detecting identity theft is not easy. And when it is detected, it can take up to 33 hours or even more to resolve the case. Once that is done, the recovery phase is even longer as one can take up to months or even years before getting back to the financial state they were prior to the theft.

Is Your Credit Card Information Really Safe?

Credit cards are becoming the go to way to pay. With everyone using credit cards, there has been a growing concern for your safety with using them. How do you know when your credit card information is safe and when it’s not? Is it safe to use credit cards online?

Read on to get some answers…

First off, let me clear something up. Using your credit card online can actually be safer than using it at brick and mortar businesses.

Example: one of the common ways people have their credit card information stolen is at restaurants since servers will often take your card out of site to charge it.

So how can you prevent that?

The first thing you should be doing is watching your finances closely. It’s not overkill to check your banking account online everyday. It’s not the end of the world if you miss a day, but the important thing is that you are always watching what goes in and comes out of your bank account.

A Gateway to Identity Theft

Once people have your credit card information, usually they will just spend your money until the card is locked, but it can actually be worse! They can use it as the first step towards stealing your identity, especially if they got more than credit card information in the first place.

If someone has your credit card information, you usually don’t know how they got it, so you don’t know how much more information they have.

Here are 6 tips from TransUnion on how to prevent identity theft:

  1. Only carry essential documents with you.
  2. Keep new checks out of the mail.
  3. Be careful when giving out personal information over the phone.
  4. Stay on top of your credit.
  5. Protect your social security number.
  6. Follow your credit card billing cycles closely.

Using Credit Cards Online

Only use websites that you trust when providing any credit card information. Don’t forget to look for the “https” before the website address in the URL box to know that you are on a secure server.

When you are using online banking or otherwise storing your credit card or banking information online, make sure you use secure passwords. If possible you passwords should contain the following:

  • Uppercase letters
  • Lowercase letters
  • Numbers
  • Special Characters (ex: ! @ # $ ( ) [ ] )

Use different passwords for every website.

If it helps, you can find a method of including part of the website title in every password so that you can remember them. For example, you could always begin the password with the first letter of the website and end it with the 3rd letter of the website. This way your passwords are different, but you have a pattern for remembering them.

If you keep all your passwords together somewhere, it’s best to write them down on paper instead of keeping them on your computer. When creating passwords, remember: the more complex, the better.

Your Wallet Just Got Stolen. What Do You Do?

Imagine getting home on Friday night, after a stressful week. You’ve been looking forward to this moment all day. All you want to do is just throw some sweatpants on and just veg out on the couch. You turn the TV on, grab some drinks from the fridge and get your favorite pair of sweats. You go to take off your pants, you empty your pockets, and you heart sinks….

Your wallet. It’s gone.

If this has ever happened to you, you know the sense of fear that accompanies this horrible event. Your entire life is contained in your wallet. There’s credit cards, debit cards, ID, money, insurance card and membership cards. You now could be the victim of identity theft, with repercussions for years.

Here’s a step-by-step guide of what to do should the worst happen…

Before your wallet is lost or stolen: lighten your wallet’s load and scan/photocopy everything inside.

This one tip alone can save you a ton of stress. If you’re like most people, you only use one debit or credit card most of the time. Too many people carry tons of cards “just in case”. Also, take your social security card out of your wallet, along with any passwords, addresses and so on. All of these are like pure gold to an identity thief.

Take everything that you have in your wallet and scan it into a computer. I mean everything – license, health insurance cards, even gift cards to your favorite restaurant. Update it as needed, and make sure that the document is password protected. This is incredibly important because you’ll know exactly what has gone missing and all the numbers to call.

You’ve just noticed your wallet is gone. Don’t panic and retrace your steps.

One of our readers told us a story about a date night with her husband. She went into their favorite restaurant, purse in tow, and went straight to the bar. After a few drinks, she reached into her purse to pay the tab. She realized her wallet was missing. Did she lose it? Did someone steal it?

If you find yourself in a similar situation, remain calm. Make sure you look in all the places it could be, and be reasonably certain that there’s no chance of it just popping up. If you’ve been to stores or restaurants, give them a call and report that you’ve lost your wallet.

Yours truly (the author) actually lost his wallet in a clothing store one afternoon. I got home, realized it was gone and called the retailer. Thankfully, they had it and I rushed back in to retrieve it.

You can’t find your wallet. You’re sure that it’s gone for good. Here’s what to do:

Step 1: Contact Your Credit/Debit Card Issuers

Some people will tell you to cancel the cards immediately, but this isn’t a good idea, since it could adversely affect your credit score. What you should do is report your card as lost or stolen. Every card issuer has procedures in place that will suspend those numbers to keep your money safe. You’ll call their number and hear something like, “To report a lost or stolen card, press 2.” In fact, here are the numbers of the four major card companies:

  • Discover: 1-800-347-2683
  • American Express: 1-800-528-4800
  • Visa: 1-800-847-2911
  • MasterCard: 1-800-627-8372

Make sure that you get brand new cards, with new account numbers. Ask for the same credit limits and the same (or lower) interest rate, with any cashback/miles/rewards transferred to the new cards. Plus, under the Fair Credit Billing Act, you’ll face no liability for a thief’s shopping spree if you report the card as lost/stolen before the charges occur. If someone charges your account before your alert your card issuer, you’ll be on the hook for up to $50.

If you use any of those cards for automatic payments, inform the appropriate companies immediately. This is very popular with student loan repayments – you just link up your student loan to a debit card and put it on autopilot. But if your card is suspended, the payment will not go through and your debt will remain unpaid. This could affect your credit score.

Remember to act fast. You’ll be glad you did, because victims of debit card fraud only pay up to $50 as long as they report the card lost or stolen within the first two business days of realizing the card’s disappearance. It’s most likely that your bank won’t hold you liable for anything as long as you let them know immediately. If wait longer than two days, your liability limit shoots to $500, and if you wait longer than sixty days, you’ll lose any and all money stolen from your accounts. I don’t know why you’d ever wait sixty days, though….

Here are some bank numbers:

  • Wells Fargo: 1-800-869-3557
  • Citibank: 1-800-950-5114
  • Bank of America: 1-800-432-1000
  • TD Bank: 1-888-751-9000
  • Chase: 1-800-935-9935

Step 2: File a Police Report

If your wallet has been stolen, it’s a good idea to let the police know. It’s also a crucial step towards protecting your identity. Make sure you get a copy of the police report! If the theft results in identity theft, you can file a complaint with the Federal Trade Commission, fill out an identity theft affidavit form and attach the police report. This goes a long way in protecting yourself, as it will become evidence in your favor in the case of fraud or identity theft. What you DON’T want to do is get asked, “Well, why didn’t you report the loss?” Not a good look!

Step 3: Set Up Fraud Alerts

This is an important step, because without it, thieves could still open new lines of credit in your name. You need to set up a fraud alert with one of the three major credit reporting agencies: Experian, Equifax, or Transunion. Once you set up an alert with one, the law requires that agency to report your loss to the others and an alert will be set on all three of your credit reports for free (for an initial 90 days).

A fraud alert lets lenders and creditors know that they must verify a person’s identity before extending any new credit. How do they verify your identity? They’ll usually call you, via the number you put on file with the fraud alert. This makes it impossible for a thief to get more credit and run up huge bills in your good name. Here are the numbers you need:

  • Experian: 1-888-397-3742
  • Equifax: 1-800-525-6285
  • Transunion: 1-800-680-7289

BONUS STEP: Pull your credit report and look for anything fishy. Some identity thieves won’t do anything with your information while it’s “hot”. That’s why you need to make sure to monitor your credit regularly.

Step 4: Go to the DMV to Report Your Stolen License

Everyone keeps their driver’s license in their wallet. It’s also one of the most important tools for an identity thief. Get someone to drive you to the DMV and report your loss. They’ll process an application and reissue you a new license, which will cost a few dollars in fees. The DMV will probably ask you to file a police report as well.

Step 5: If Your Social Security Card is Gone…

If an identity thief gets your social security number, he’s hit the jackpot. You should know your social security number by heart and have NO REASON to carry it with you. However, if you just so happened to have it in there, you need to report it IMMEDIATELY. This is absolutely critical, because you won’t ever get a new number, like with credit cards.

Make sure you call the IRS Identity Protection Unit at 1-800-908-4490. Then, file the loss with the Federal Trade Commission by calling 1-877-ID-THEFT.

Because a thief could easily open accounts in your name with your SSN, I strongly advise you to consider a credit freeze. This makes sure nobody can apply for credit under your name and social security number. These are not free (around $10 or so per credit reporting agency) but it is a vital safeguard.

BONUS: DID YOUR WALLET CONTAIN KEYS? IF SO, CHANGE THE LOCKS.

You’d be amazed at how many people neglect this step. It’s not that hard for someone to rob your house this way. All they have to do is make a copy of the key and jot down the address from your license. Someone could even return your wallet to the police, but he or she would still have your key.

Lost and stolen wallets can cause massive damage to a person’s life if the information falls into the wrong hands. With this information, you’ll be prepared, and you can turn what could be a devastating disaster into a minor headache.

Chapter 6

Common Questions Answered and Myths Busted

Credit is a funny thing. Especially when you start talking to other people.

Some people have all the answers on how to improve your credit, but are they accurate?

Just because something seemed to work for someone else doesn’t mean it will work for you, but there are some standards that you (and anyone else) can meet to ensure your credit score will continue to rise.

Before you get into raising your credit score and cleaning your credit, you’ll want to look at these credit myths.

There’s no reason to waste time on things that won’t help you…

This awesome infographic was created by Credit Sesame, a free service that gives you a monthly credit score, monitors your credit and even gives you identity theft protection…yes, I said for free.

You can check out Credit Sesame here, or go read my review for more about them.

Here’s the graphic…

Most Common Question: Should You Do a Balance Transfer to Lower Your Interest Rates?

I’ve been there. Over $20,000 in consumer debt with interest rates higher than Cheech and Chong combined.

I remember seeing the offers pouring in to lower my interest rates. This one stuck out:

“0% interest rates on balance transfers for up to 15 months!”

It was a Chase Slate card. 15 months was the longest zero interest offer I could find for a balance transfer at the time. I calculated how much we needed to pay each month to pay it off in 15 months. We applied. We were approved.

It worked for us. We went from paying interest rates of 12%, 15% and even 17% to paying no interest whatsoever. But what would have happened if we would have went over the 15 month mark? Around 23% interest would have happened.

We had to ask ourselves if we were certain we could pay off the account in time, no matter how many unexpected costs popped up, but that’s not all we had to ask. Here are four questions to ask if you’re considering a balance transfer. Two to ask the company and two to ask yourself…

1. When Does the Rate Expire?

Obviously first you’ll want to know what the rate is; then you’ll need to know when it expires. You should be able to find 0% (like the Chase Slate card), but once the introductory rate expires, the interest will likely skyrocket, so make sure you’re able to pay it off in time.

All you need to do is divide your total amount of debt by the number of months you have to pay it off before your interest rate goes back up. If it’s doable and possible even with unexpected expenses then you’re in good shape so far. You’ll have to crunch some numbers here, but even if you don’t pay it off during the intro period, you still may save money on interest. That depends on what the interest will jump to. We’ll talk about that next…

2. What Are the Terms?

With many 0% introductory offers for balances transfers, they will do anything they can to get that interest rate back up into the double digits. Typically if you make one late payment, your interest rate will go back to the normal rate and stay there.

You should also consider that if you make new purchases on that card, you’ll probably be paying the regular rate for the new balance. Most 0% intro offers are only for the balance you transfer and not for any new debt. So before you start thinking you can rack up your balance without the interest, read the terms.

3. How Will the Balance Transfer Affect Your Credit Score?

One balance transfer will have little to no effect on your credit score. Ten balance transfers will have a significant effect. If you plan to transfer your balance multiple times, make sure you know the potential impact it can have on your credit.

Credit agencies and credit card companies can tell when you’re just transferring your balance to avoid paying interest. You would think it would make you look smart (and I personally think it is pretty smooth), but they would rather see that amount being paid off rather than sticking around for several years.

4. Are You Responsible Enough to Do It?

This is the ultimate question. If you’re not responsible enough to pay off the card in time after you transfer your balance – don’t do it. But this is difficult, because you have to be honest with yourself. Look at your past and look at who you are now. If you have a history of being undisciplined with paying extra on loans, who’s to say you aren’t going to be undisciplined with this one? If you have any questions about your ability to pay it off in time, you may want to consider creating a plan in your current situation without transferring any balances. You can still negotiate with credit card companies to lower your interest if you decide not to transfer your balance.

Balance transfers can be great if you’re disciplined and responsible enough to take advantage of them, as opposed to being taken advantage of by them. You’re the only one who can make that call, but if you’re dishonest about your ability, you’re only hurting yourself and potentially your family.

What Are the Different Types of Credit Checks?

Runaway debt and credit debt is the new normal. It doesn’t necessarily occur because you spend beyond your means, but can happen as a result of your FICO score dropping whenever you apply for a lease on an apartment, a credit card account, or a car loan. The company that reviews your application will pay a fee to check your credit and these checks are not harmless, but can actually create a dent in your credit score.

Without realizing it, you may end up paying higher interest for everything because of your lower FICO score. This may actually force you to run out of money. At this point, it’s easy to fall into some heavy debt as you scramble for survival.

So, it’s a negative cycle: inquiries on your credit card may lower your FICO scores; these then results in paying more for everything because of higher interest rates. This situation, in turn, may then lead to runaway debt.

In order to arrest this negative spiral, you first have to understand how the credit scoring system works…

Who Checks Your Credit Report?

When a company needs to make a decision on whether or not to allow you to rent an apartment, buy a new home, underwrite insurance in your name, do business with you, or hire you, they pay the three major credit reporting companies: TransUnion, Experian, or Equifax a fee to review your credit history and your personal information. In addition, a company that sends collectors to get money from you is also legally allowed to check your credit report.

Types of Inquiries

There are actually 3 kinds of inquiries: marketing inquiries, soft inquiries, and hard inquiries. Each causes different types of harm to your credit score.

1. Promotional Reviews

These are considered marketing inquiries. Financial institutions, like banks and credit card companies, as well as other businesses may inquire about your credit history to decide whether or not you qualify to receive their marketing or financial services. If they get a favorable report, they will offer you a loan or some other financial service.

These inquiries will not show up on your credit report unless you specifically ask to see them. You will then see marketing inquiries under a section on recent credit inquiries. Those who do soft or hard checks on your credit report will not see these promotional review and these inquiries are not used to figure out your credit score.

2. Account Reviews

These are considered soft inquiries. Home or apartment landlords, potential employers, insurance agencies, and other companies may inquire about your credit history to decide whether or not they should rent you an apartment, hire you, or insure you. If they get a favorable report, you’re considered eligible for whatever it is that they are offering you. Those who do soft checks on your credit report will see the total number of other soft and hard checks made on your account, but not who inquired.

Account reviews are generally used to get a quick overview of your financial situation. However, they may also be used regularly to keep an eye on your credit situation. These soft inquiries do not negatively impact your credit score, but if the aggregate number of hard and soft inquiries is high enough, it indirectly implicates you as a credit risk.

3. Full Report Check

These are considered hard inquiries. Large financial institutions may inquire about your credit history to decide whether or not they should give you a student loan or a home loan. If they get a favorable report, you’re considered eligible for the service they’re offering you.

Hard inquiries harm your credit report. They are used to calculate your score and can drop your credit score. When your points fall, you are considered a financial risk. The lower your points, the more of a financial risk you are considered to be.

What to Do About It

While you can’t stop inquiries on your account, you can reduce the damage they cause to it.

Here are five tips:

  1. Periodically check your credit report to see who has been running inquiries on your account. You can check for errors or inconsistencies once a year free. If you check more often, you will have to pay a fee.
  2. You must correct mistakes when you see an error in your report. You have to call the company directly to ask them to remove the negative item. They will not always do it the first time you ask, so you have to persist.
  3. You have to know how the credit report rules work so that you can notice errors and fix them.
  4. If you don’t have the time or patience to do this for yourself, look for a credit repair agency to do it for you. You can review credit repair agencies on Yelp to help you make an informed decision, but with the tips above to repair your own credit, it’s not that hard.
  5. You have to be proactive in keeping your records accurate. Otherwise, you will be paying too much interest for buying a home or a car, or you may not even be able to get these financed at all. If your score is very low, you may even have difficulty in getting a job or renting an apartment.

Bad Credit Isn’t Always Your Fault

Runaway debt is not always a result of your complete lack of financial responsibility, but can also be a result of the way the credit scoring system is set up. Even a few bad debt reports can spiral out of control as your credit report is inundated with inquiries that gradually lower your score.

Incidentally, if you’re thinking of not marrying someone in debt because they have a poor FICO score, don’t jump to the conclusion that they are spendthrifts and won’t make a good life partner. Their low score may actually be due to their credit report getting dinged too many times with hard inquiries. You now know enough to help them clean up their credit report and raise their score.

What Are the Effects of Minor and Major Derogatory Credit Delinquencies?

In the lending industry, free credit scores and credit scoring systems have become universal. As technology advances and becomes more commercial, such as the public debut of the 1989 FICO credit scoring model, scoring tools have started to overtake traditional underwriting process in the world of lending. Companies like Credit Sesame have been founded to help the public gain a deeper understanding of their financial standings by offering free credit scores, reports, and tracking. While there are definite benefits to this new takeover, there remains to be widespread misunderstanding of what actually affects your credit scores. One of the top suspects: late payments.

Reporting of Late Payments

Lenders have various alternatives for late payments that can be reported to credit bureaus. These options range from a simple 30 day late payment to a harrowing 180 day late payment. However, contrary to constant misreporting on the topic, not all options have a major impact on your overall credit score. In fact, there are just two categories that late payments fall into on your credit report: minor derogatory and major derogatory.

Minor Derogatory: 30-60 Days Late

If your late payment is between 30-60 days late, it is formally considered a minor derogatory credit entry. It is minor as it does not reach or surpass 90 days, which makes it a considerably less problematic historical delinquency. In other words, a minor derogatory late payment is less indicative of elevated risk and will therefore have less of an impact on your credit score. Yet there is one caveat: if a 30-60 day late payment on a credit report proves the borrower is currently past due rather than historically, what would be a minor derogatory late payment is instead considered a major derogatory late payment.

Please note, it is important to know that lenders are not allowed to report you as late until a full 30 days have passed since the original due date. That means that if you do find a 30 day late payment on your credit report you are one full cycle past the due date, not just a couple of days as there is no way of accurately reporting 1-29 days past due. You will still be regarded as ‘current’ on your account even though you are actually past due.

Major Derogatory: 90+ Days Late

major derogatory credit entry includes any account that is 90 days or more past the initial due date. At this stage, if you are more than 90 days late you have crossed over from a minor delinquency to someone that is defaulting on their financial obligations. This is more serious than a minor derogatory credit entry as credit scoring models work to predict the probability of you going severely delinquent – you have proven you are prepared to take your account into default and are therefore more likely to repeat this offense in the future.

Recovering Your Credit Score

It is possible to bring your credit score back up to a good level after minor and/or major derogatory credit entries, but it will take both time and diligent effort. The amount of time you will need depends on 2 things: why your credit score is low to begin with and the number you wish to increase it to. For example, a person who had a previous credit score of 680 will have to wait less time for their scores to rebound as opposed to a person who had a previous score of 800. In general, the amount of time it takes for a credit score to fully recover from minor and major delinquencies ranges from 3-7 years.

How Does Debt Settlement Affect My Credit Score?

Your credit score can tremendously impact your day-to-day life.

For Example, your credit score can affect everything from obtaining a mortgage to getting a new job. This is something that most people know. But what everyone doesn’t know is how exactly your score is calculated.

The reason that this isn’t common knowledge is because the credit bureaus do not tell you exactly how they calculate your score.

Even though we do not know the exact equations used, we do know what factors can have a tremendous impact on your credit score. For example, settling your debt can impact your credit score.

Let’s see exactly how debt settlement affects your credit score…

What is Debt settlement?

In order to determine how debt settlement affects your credit score, we first have to understand what debt settlement is. Generally, debt settlement consists of negotiating with the creditor in an attempt to get the creditor to agree to:

  1. a reduced balance, and/or;
  2. a different repayment terms.

Basically, the goal is to negotiate a reduction of the total amount that the creditor is claiming due and terms of repayment that work for your individual financial situation.

Creditors understand that it can be very difficult, and costly, to collect on past due debts, so in many cases they are willing to negotiate with you. Once a settlement is reached, and the terms of the settlement have been satisfied, the creditor will, or at least should, report this information to the credit bureaus so they can update your credit report.

Once the terms of the settlement are satisfied, the creditor should also provide you with a settled in full letter. This letter is very important as it acts a proof that the account has been resolved.

Many consumers are unaware that they can attempt to negotiate with creditors when in fact debt settlement can be one of the most useful tools you can use to help get yourself out of debt. However, in order to make an educated decision, it is important to know how debt settlement can affect your credit score…

The Impact of Debt Settlement on Your Credit Score

Your credit score is usually severely impacted when an account goes unpaid. That negative impact will continue until the delinquent account is resolved. If you decide to settle a delinquent account, and are successful doing so, then your credit score will improve.

The reason your score is positively affected is because settling the account removes it from delinquency status demonstrating to the credit bureaus that you have resolved, or in the process of resolving, the debt. However, it is important to note that it will not have as much of a positive impact on your score as if you paid off the account in full.

For Example: Say that you have one delinquent account for $3,000.00. If you settle the account for $1,250.00, then you will be relieved from paying the balance of $1,650.00, and your score will increase. However, if you paid the entire $3,000.00 then your score would increase more than it would if you settle the case for less than the current balance that the creditor is claiming due.

These numbers are just an example and cannot be concretely determined because everyone’s situation is different.

Your situation may yield a higher increase in your score or lower, it differs for everyone. But the general idea remains the same, if you pay off every dime of what you owe then your score will increase more than if you settle the account for less than the full amount of what the creditor is claiming due.

But it is up to each individual to decide what is more important; a minor impact on your credit score, or saving as much money as possible. Often times, many consumers and a large percentage of our clients prefer to save hundreds, potentially thousands, of dollars and that can live with giving up a few points on their credit score that would be added if they paid the account in full.

Stay Current With Your Payments!

Bottom line, it is important to remember that settling any delinquent account will improve your score, but as not much if you paid every dime owed on the account.

The negative impact of your account going into default will be significantly greater than the positive impact of settling an account. Therefore, the best way to keep you credit score high is to make all payments on time and not allow any accounts to default.

But if you have an account that is delinquent, then you must decide what is more important to you, your credit score, or saving money. If saving money is best for your individual situation then you should discuss a potential settlement with your creditor.

Everyone’s situation is different so it is important to weigh the pro and cons of debt settlement and its impact on your credit score before deciding what option is best for you.

How Does Borrowing Money Affect Your Credit Score?

When you apply for a guarantor loan, it isn’t your credit rating that the lender is most interested in: it is that of the person who has agreed to provide the security that the loan will be repaid. That’s because the lender accepts that you may not have a great credit record to start with and so will be basing its decision on the financial history of the guarantor.

The lender will want the guarantor to have a good or possibly excellent track record of managing their finances – always making repayments on time, never going into default, not having county court judgments (CCJs) registered against them and not having taken out too much credit in a short period of time.

Obviously this is the sort of financial track record that you want to develop so that, in time, you’ll be able to make applications for credit without the backing of a guarantor and be confident that you will be accepted. Guarantor loans are a great way of doing this: they allow applicants to use the financial track records of third parties not only to get access to lower interest rates and larger loan amounts, but also to start to rebuild their own credit records by making their loan repayments on time, every time.

How are credit scores worked out?

The three main credit reference agencies – Equifax, Experian and CallCredit – all gather data from credit and financial providers on every borrower and account holder in the country. That primarily consists of information showing outstanding loan and credit card balances, repayments histories and so on.

Other data used to make up a credit score includes whether a person is on the electoral roll, their addresses over the previous 10 years, any defaults or CCJs registered against them and a record of how many applications they have made for credit in the past two years.
From these figures, a credit score – a number between 100 and 1,000 is produced. The higher the number, the lower the risk that lenders will view you as.

How does a guarantor loan application affect this score?

It doesn’t. The lender will only perform a credit check on the guarantor because it wants a reassurance that the loan will continue to be repaid even if you get into financial difficulty. That also means that there won’t be a search recorded against your record when you make an application for a guarantor loan and, as we’ve already seen, credit searches can affect your overall credit score.

How will repaying a guarantor loan affect my credit score?

This is the good news. While your credit record is not assessed when you apply for a guarantor loan and that of the guarantor is, when you start making repayments on time this will be recorded on your credit records at the three main credit reference agencies. This means that so long as you repay your loans on time every time, you can be sure that you will be repairing or building a credit record that will enable you to borrow money on your own in the future.

It’s estimated that loan and other credit repayment history makes up nearly 40% of your credit score – more than any other single factor. Always making your guarantor loan repayments will improve your credit rating relatively quickly (so long as you don’t get into trouble with other credit agreements) and make you more attractive to other lenders.

The higher the loan, the more negative the effect

The size of the loan that you take out will have an effect on your credit score. This means that you will need to bear this in mind if you are applying for a guarantor loan primarily to improve your credit record. Your score will start to improve as you pay the overall balance down and so the bigger the gap between the original amount that you borrowed and the current balance, the better your credit score range will be.

Debt-to-income ratios

While the size of the loan you take out compared with your income is not apparent when you look at your credit record, many lenders now take into account your income when deciding whether you represent a low risk for borrowing. Obviously, this doesn’t apply to a guarantor loan where the initial decision is based on the credit record of the guarantor. But if you have a guarantor loan and apply for other forms of credit without a guarantor, lenders will look at your income. All of your loans and credit cards are compared with your income on this ratio and the higher the ratio is, then the more likely that this will lower your overall credit score.

Repaying too quickly

This may sound perverse but some lenders will avoid borrowers who regularly pay off their balances early. This is because every lender is offering credit to make a profit through interest charges. If you take out a guarantor loan or, indeed, any other type of loan, and then repay the capital sum and any outstanding interest early, the lender itself may not make as much money on the deal as it originally anticipated. Other lenders will see from your credit record that you have paid the loan back early and this may affect your ability to get credit from them. If you have credit cards that you repay in full every month, make use of every 0% introductory balance transfer offer you can find or simply don’t use them “enough”, you may find that you are more likely to be rejected when applying for other forms of credit.

Thanks!

I just want to say thank you! I appreciate you reading my guide.

I put a lot of work into this, and I truly hope it benefits you.

If you have any questions about anything, please reach out to me.

All feedback is welcome…

14 + 3 =

The post The Complete Guide to Taking Advantage of Credit Cards appeared first on MoneyMiniBlog.

]]>
The Complete Guide to Paying Off Your Debt https://moneyminiblog.com/complete-guides/debt/ https://moneyminiblog.com/complete-guides/debt/#comments Mon, 30 Oct 2017 10:00:40 +0000 http://moneyminiblog.com/?p=204920 The Complete Guide to Paying Off Your Debt

Break free from your debt faster than you ever thought possible so that you can live a better life.

The post The Complete Guide to Paying Off Your Debt appeared first on MoneyMiniBlog.

]]>
The Complete Guide to Paying Off Your Debt

Break free from your debt faster than you ever thought possible so that you can live a better life.

What You'll Learn:

  • Why you don’t need debt, contrary to popular belief
  • Whether you should be using cash or credit cards
  • How to pay off all of your credit card and  consumer debt
  • How to pay off your mortgage when you’re ready
  • How to live without a car loan, and how they keep people poor
  • How to deal with student loans of all types
  • How to protect yourself and your money
  • The 10 best books to help you get out of debt

Preface

Cash or Credit?

You’ve heard both extremes: “debt is a tool” and “debt is pure evil”.

I’m not that extreme, but I do lean towards the second option.

It’s often believed that debt can be used as leverage, and that it can get you where you want to go faster than living debt-free.  That can be true, but living with debt can also get you bankrupt faster than living without debt.

Yes, all reward has risk, but this one may not be worth it.

Let me clarify.  Here’s why I think debt is a bad idea and how it’s possible to live without debt…

Why Live Without Debt?

The less debt you have, the less stress you have.

I always hear things like “I would pay cash for a car if I had $30,000.” You know how it goes.

That’s the wrong mindset.

You have to live within your means. If you have to finance it, it’s not within your means.

It may be hard to admit what your means actually are.

It’s easy to reason why you need debt. So we’ll briefly go over the main types of debt.

Pretty much everyone agrees that credit card and consumer debt is useless. That is, carrying a balance from one month to the next, and therefore paying interest – very high interest. That’s a bad idea. We’ll talk more about whether or not to use credit cards in the first chapter, but what about the other types of debt?

Auto Loans

Again, interest.

Even a very low interest rate will still mean you pay more for the vehicle than you would otherwise.

And cars depreciate like used furniture. Ok, not quite that bad, but they do depreciate quickly.

Never borrow money to buy something that depreciates.  We’ll talk in a moment about whether or not you should borrow on things that don’t depreciate, but definitely don’t do it for things that do.

If you just had to get that car loan, pay it off as fast as you can, or consider selling the car and buying something you can actually afford. We’ll dive deeper into this in the chapter on different types of debt.

Student Loans

Student loans are perfectly fine though, right? Well yes, if by yes you mean “student loans might possibly be the downfall of our generation”.

Because that’s probably true.

They never go away, they are usually for very high amounts, and too often people don’t ever use the degree they paid for.

So for student loans, only get them if you fall into the following criteria:

  • You refuse to work your way through college
  • You have an exact plan for how to use your degree
  • You are able to get an extremely low interest rate

Because they never go away. Did I already say that?

Mortgages

Now for the big one (literally): mortgages.

This really is the big one, and because of that, you may want to do some further reading.

Here’s the deal: ideally, you should pay cash for your house, because with a mortgage, you usually pay two or three times as much for the house.

Depending on your area, it may even be better to rent.

If you do decide to buy a house, do this:

  • Get a 15 year mortgage (or less)
  • Get a very low interest rate (4% and under)
  • Don’t buy a bigger house than you need (and can afford)

As a general rule, if you can’t afford a 15 year mortgage, you can’t afford the house.

We’ll talk more about mortgages in chapter 4.

Chapter 1

Cash or Credit?

Cash or credit? What do you use?

I’m a fan of Dave Ramsey, but I don’t think everyone has to be stuck using only cash.

I’m a fan of credit card rewards, but I don’t think everyone is responsible enough to use them.

So how do you really decide whether to purely use cash or whether to get some credit card rewards?

Here’s how you can decide for yourself…

Cash or Credit: A Quick History Lesson

Credit existed long before credit cards.  It was common for local stores to give you a line of credit, especially if you owned a business, but this was thought of more as a charge account that you would pay off all at once.  It had nothing to do with minimum monthly payments or collecting interest.  It was simply a way for business owners to get what they needed throughout the month and then pay the bill all at once, similar to a tab in a bar.

Later on, select department stores and gas stations came out with their own cards to promote customer loyalty.

In 1950, the Diner’s Club card was created as a means to merge some of these cards into one.  People thought it was a bit much to have 5 or 10 cards in their wallet for different stores, though some people today would laugh at only having 5 or 10.

Today, the total U.S. consumer debt is $2.5 trillion, and people sign up for about 6 billion credit cards each year.

Credit started to get out of control and so did individual debt.  Thus, people like Dave Ramsey came about promoting a lifestyle free of credit cards and free of debt.  Of course, since Dave started his anti-credit trend, he has had some backlash.  Others have went the other direction by explaining the benefits of credit cards and why you need them.

As you can see, it’s a common trend for people to go back and forth.  So let’s talk about cash, credit and you.

The Case for Cash

Dave Ramsey has a point.  Most people aren’t responsible enough to use credit cards.  Statistics prove this over and over.

That means the majority of people, especially is the U.S., should cut up their credit cards and switch to cash.

This is why it makes me nervous to see all of the articles that talk about Dave being an idiot and how everyone should have credit cards.  I get the point, credit cards have benefits, but broadly speaking to everyone about how they need credit and credit cards is dangerous business, and it’s not true.  Most people would be better off without them, because most people can’t control them.

Note: You also have to remember that article headlines are written to grab your attention, and when you see headlines like “This is Why Dave Ramsey is Completely Wrong About Everything”, they are really just dramatizing the fact that some people can responsibly use credit cards.  They don’t really believe he’s entirely wrong, but you’re more likely to click that, rather than “Why I Disagree With Dave Ramsey About a Few Things”.

Who should use cash?

  • If you’ve filed for bankruptcy due to credit card debt in the last 10 years
  • If you repeatedly don’t pay off your balance in-full at the end of each month
  • If you have credit card debt that you are working to pay off

If credit cards make you nervous, just use cash.  If you believe that all debt is bad, even for the remainder of the month, just use cash.  There is no one-size-fits-all answer here, just know that it’s not wrong to only use cash and never incur any debt.

The Case for Credit Cards

Credit cards generally provide more fraud protection than debit cards.  Credit cards offer more protection than cash on no-return items and items that may be difficult to return.  Credit cards offer some nice sign-up bonuses.  Finally, credit cards offer some lucrative rewards.  We pay for our vacations and most of our children’s Christmas with credit card rewards.

That being said, credit card companies wouldn’t be earning billions if the majority of people were responsible with them.

So after you’ve completely paid off your credit card debt, and you’re in a place where you can pay them off in-full each month, you should start looking into some of the more rewarding credit cards.

Who should use credit cards?

  • If you’ve never struggled to pay them off in-full each month
  • If you keep track of your spending, and don’t spend more than you have
  • If you don’t have any outstanding credit card debt from previous months

These rules aren’t set in stone.  I’m a great example of someone who has been in credit card debt, learned my lesson and paid off all of my credit card debt.  Once I was completely free of credit card debt, I started using credit cards for the rewards.

Credit cards rewards are great, but they are just that: rewards.  Rewards are meant for people who deserve them.  This is evident when you look at the terms for the rewards, such as completely losing them if you’re late on your payment – that’s a common term for most credit cards.

If you’re responsible in using them, you won’t have to worry about that.  If you are worried about losing them because you make a late payment, there’s a good chance you shouldn’t be using them in the first place.

It all comes down to this: if you can use credit cards responsibly, use them.  If you can’t, use cash.  And be honest.

I cringe when I hear someone say that everyone should use cash or everyone should use credit cards.  That’s simply not true.

If You’re Reading This Guide

There’s a good chance you haven’t been responsible with credit cards in the past.

If you’re reading this guide, you most likely have some form of debt that you want to pay off.

If you’re in significant debt, you may be there due to some financially irresponsible choices.

Change your financial decisions today. Start making responsible choices.

That may mean no credit cards at all.

Chapter 2

How to Pay Off Your Debt: 2 Methods

If you want to be debt free, you need a strategy. A method.

The average US household has $54,000 in credit card debt.

You need a plan. You really do.

The good news is that you have more than one option.

There are several ways to get out of debt, but the two most used ways are called the debt snowball and the debt avalanche.

Let’s look at the differences and see what works best for you…

Two Methods

I’m going to go over two methods for paying off debt.

There is no right or wrong here. It depends on you and your situation.

I used the debt snowball to get out of debt and it worked for me. That’s what’s important…it worked!

If you become debt free, you win. It doesn’t matter which method you used once you are debt free.

The debt snowball and the debt avalanche are very similar. Here’s how they work:

You pay the minimum on all your payments, except one. Once that is paid off, you add that payment to the next debt. Either way, it turns into a snowball or an avalanche and your debt will melt away.

The difference is in the order that you will pay off your debt.

Let’s look at these methods in detail…

The Debt Snowball

The debt snowball (made popular by Dave Ramsey) is a method for paying off all your debt by starting with the lowest outstanding balance.

You put as much money as you can towards your lowest balance, while making the minimum payment to every other account.

Once your lowest outstanding balance is paid off, you put as much money as you can towards your second lowest outstanding balance. You repeat this method until you are debt free.

Example: Jim has four different debts to pay off. Two credit cards, a student loan and a personal loan.
Related Book: The Total Money Makeover

Here is the order that Jim would pay off his debt:

  1. $12,000 credit card (11% interest)
  2. $15,000 credit card(18% interest)
  3. $19,000 personal loan (6% interest)
  4. $22,000 student loan (8% interest)

Debt Snowball Benefits

The idea behind the debt snowball is to create a series of “small wins” and “early success”. This is especially true if you have several different debts to pay with low balances.

It’s generally pretty easy to pay off a few small balances, then you have all of that extra money to start adding to your other debts.

Also, if you have tried to pay off your debt before and failed, you may want to consider the snowball, because statistically, people are more likely to stick to it.

Debt Snowball Drawbacks

When you pay your smallest balance first, you don’t pay attention to the interest rates, therefore, you will end up paying more interest and it will take you longer to get out of debt.

If you’re all about the numbers and you don’t need the emotional support of having small wins, the debt avalanche may be better for you.

The Debt Avalanche

The debt avalanche is very similar to the debt snowball, except you pay off your debt in order of interest rate.

You put as much money as you can towards your highest interest rate debt, while making the minimum payment on every other account.

Once your highest interest rate debt is paid off, you put as much money as you can towards your second highest interest rate. Then you would repeat this method until you are debt free.

Example: Remember Jim? Let’s use the same debts and order them for the debt avalanche. Two credit cards, a student loan and a personal loan.
Related Book: The Money Book for the Young, Fabulous & Broke

Here is the order that Jim would pay off his debt:

  1. $15,000 credit card(18% interest)
  2. $12,000 credit card (11% interest)
  3. $22,000 student loan (8% interest)
  4. $19,000 personal loan (6% interest)

Debt Avalanche Benefits

With the debt avalanche, you will pay less money in interest. If you are only concerned with paying as little as possible to the banks and loan companies, go with the debt avalanche.

You will also be out of debt quicker with this method, since you are attacking those high interest rates first.

Debt Avalanche Drawbacks

You may not get the small motivational wins in the beginning.

If your highest interest debt is one of your largest, it may be a while before you really start to see progress.

What’s Best for You?

It really comes down to your situation. It all comes down to you!

The debt snowball works great for someone with a large amount of small outstanding balances, because you will be quickly freeing up money to put towards other debt.

The debt avalanche works great for someone with a large amount of very high interest credit card debt that needs to be paid off quickly.

It also depends on your personality. If you know you need a lot of motivation, consider the snowball. If you are all about the numbers, consider the avalanche.

Don’t forget that money can be a very emotional thing. Too often, people argue their side with pure math. That’s not how money works. At least, not with personal finances.

Sometimes the right method may not make the most sense on paper, but if it works, you still win!

Chapter 3

How to Pay Off Your Credit Card Debt Now

Do you know the total credit card debt of the United States population?

793.1 billion dollars.

Now you know. And now you have a sick feeling in your stomach. At least, I do.

Does that mean credit cards are evil? Nope.

It just means people are stupid uneducated.

That’s the problem. Here’s how to fix it…

Step 1: Access the Damage

Sometimes the first step is the hardest and that can definitely be true with credit card debt.

Face your debt.

Run the numbers and actually figure out how much credit card debt you have.

Go ahead and pull your free credit report at AnnualCreditReport.com, then head to Credit Sesame for your free score.

Once you know where you stand, it’s time to move on.

Step 2: Control Yourself

If you are in serious credit card debt, you have no self-control with them.

Easy fix. Stop using credit cards.

You don’t have to cut them up, and you don’t need to close all the accounts, but stop using them until you have paid them off and can pay them off, in full, every month.

Quick Tip: Don’t close all the credit card accounts, because your debt to credit ratio will lower and that can negatively affect your credit score.
You can always lock them in a safe or freeze them in a bowl of water. Or just stop using them and put them away like a normal person, whatever works for you. Just kidding! Freezing them is way more fun. Don’t be normal!

Step 3: Organize Yourself

Now that you know how bad it is, it’s time to do something about it.

Create a budget, including all of your credit card payments.

Do you have enough income to cover all your expenses? You may not.

Step 4 can help with that…

Step 4: Cut Your Expenses

Cut. It. Out. (Full House reference, anyone? No?)

What do you need to cut out to eliminate your debt?

You can always cut something.

Reevaluate your needs vs. your wants. Especially if one of your main wants is to be debt free.

Step 5: Make Your Choice

Now that you have faced your debt and cut your expenses, you should know whether or not you can fix this yourself or if you need professional help.

If you can do it yourself, do it yourself.

Only get professional help if you don’t see any possible way for you to do it on your own.

I think you can do this though, if you think you can too, move on to step 6…

Step 6: Do It Yourself

I knew you could do it.

Paying off debt is easy in practice, but it can be difficult in discipline.

It’s all about discipline.

The most important thing is to not get into any new debt, once you begin paying it all off.

Once you have made that decision, you can call the companies and negotiate to bring the amount of debt down. This is as simple as calling the number on the back of the card, getting to customer service, and asking to speak to a supervisor. Supervisors are able to lower your interest rates more than the customer services reps. They may even be able to lower your balance.

When negotiating, it’s important to have some leverage. Just go find some cards that are offering a 0% balance transfer fee, with a 0% interest rate (usually for a certain length of time) and there’s your leverage. It’s easier to negotiate when you have the option of transferring your balance somewhere else.

The overall goal is to get a lower interest rate.

If you can’t get a 0% interest rate, you may want to transfer your balance. (The Chase Slate card is currently offering a 0% interest rate for 15 months on balance transfers, and no fee to transfer.)

I see no reason not to transfer your balance, if it will save you money overall. The problem is when you are not able to pay off a balance transfer before the interest rate goes up. So, before you transfer a balance, do this:

  1. Figure out the total amount of debt your are transferring
  2. Divide your debt by the number of low/no interest months
  3. Decide if you will be able to pay that much each month

If you are, then it’s worth looking at. If you’re not, you need to figure out if the interest rate will be lower than you’re currently paying or higher. And remember to expect the unexpected. Just because you can make that payment now, doesn’t mean you will be able to make it for a year or longer.

As a side note, I would suggest that you NEVER use a home equity line of credit (HELOC) to pay your debt. That can be an incredibly dangerous plan.

Once your debt in under control, you may need to improve your credit score.

I hope you got something out of this. The important thing about debt is paying it off. It doesn’t really matter how you do it.

4 Questions Before Doing a Balance Transfer

I’ve been there. Over $20,000 in consumer debt with interest rates higher than Cheech and Chong combined.

I remember seeing the offers pouring in to lower my interest rates. This one stuck out:

“0% interest rates on balance transfers for up to 15 months!”

It was a Chase Slate card. 15 months was the longest zero interest offer I could find for a balance transfer at the time. I calculated how much we needed to pay each month to pay it off in 15 months. We applied. We were approved.

It worked for us. We went from paying interest rates of 12%, 15% and even 17% to paying no interest whatsoever. But what would have happened if we would have went over the 15 month mark? Around 23% interest would have happened.

We had to ask ourselves if we were certain we could pay off the account in time, no matter how many unexpected costs popped up, but that’s not all we had to ask. Here are four questions to ask if you’re considering a balance transfer. Two to ask the company and two to ask yourself…

1. When Does the Rate Expire?

Obviously first you’ll want to know what the rate is; then you’ll need to know when it expires. You should be able to find 0% (like the Chase Slate card), but once the introductory rate expires, the interest will likely skyrocket, so make sure you’re able to pay it off in time.

All you need to do is divide your total amount of debt by the number of months you have to pay it off before your interest rate goes back up. If it’s doable and possible even with unexpected expenses then you’re in good shape so far. You’ll have to crunch some numbers here, but even if you don’t pay it off during the intro period, you still may save money on interest. That depends on what the interest will jump to. We’ll talk about that next…

2. What Are the Terms?

With many 0% introductory offers for balances transfers, they will do anything they can to get that interest rate back up into the double digits. Typically if you make one late payment, your interest rate will go back to the normal rate and stay there.

You should also consider that if you make new purchases on that card, you’ll probably be paying the regular rate for the new balance. Most 0% intro offers are only for the balance you transfer and not for any new debt. So before you start thinking you can rack up your balance without the interest, read the terms.

3. How Will the Balance Transfer Affect Your Credit Score?

One balance transfer will have little to no effect on your credit score. Ten balance transfers will have a significant effect. If you plan to transfer your balance multiple times, make sure you know the potential impact it can have on your credit.

Credit agencies and credit card companies can tell when you’re just transferring your balance to avoid paying interest. You would think it would make you look smart (and I personally think it is pretty smooth), but they would rather see that amount being paid off rather than sticking around for several years.

4. Are You Responsible Enough to Do It?

This is the ultimate question. If you’re not responsible enough to pay off the card in time after you transfer your balance – don’t do it. But this is difficult, because you have to be honest with yourself. Look at your past and look at who you are now. If you have a history of being undisciplined with paying extra on loans, who’s to say you aren’t going to be undisciplined with this one? If you have any questions about your ability to pay it off in time, you may want to consider creating a plan in your current situation without transferring any balances. You can still negotiate with credit card companies to lower your interest if you decide not to transfer your balance.

Balance transfers can be great if you’re disciplined and responsible enough to take advantage of them, as opposed to being taken advantage of by them. You’re the only one who can make that call, but if you’re dishonest about your ability, you’re only hurting yourself and potentially your family.

How to Negotiate With Credit Card Companies

It’s common advice to negotiate with credit card companies.

Most finance gurus will tell you to call the companies and negotiate a lower interest rate or a lower balance…or both.

The only problem is that they don’t tell you how to do it.

There are lots of questions around the idea of negotiating your debt.

Let me show you what to do and most importantly, what to say…

Why You Should Always Try to Negotiate

Credit card companies are like any other company. They like money. If you can’t afford to pay your payments, they don’t get money. They can hassle you all they want, but if you can’t pay, you can’t pay. Credit card companies aren’t stupid. They know that getting something out of you is better than nothing. That’s why they will work with you to settle your debt.

Who You Should Call

So, who do you call to start this process? Simply look on the back of your card for the customer service number.

Once you make the call, it usually only takes pushing about a thousand buttons to get to their customer service department. That’s where you want to be, but you don’t want to talk to the first person you reach. I’m sure they are a very lovely person, but you will want to speak to their supervisor.

The customer service reps can only do so much as far as making positive changes on your account.

Their supervisor can do much more. Go for the supervisor.

What You Should Do Before You Call

Before calling, you need to prepare. Get some other credit card offers together.

You’ll want to have a point of negotiation. When you’re asking for a lower interest rate, be sure to tell them about all of the offers you have for a 0% rate with other companies. And kindly let them know that you are willing to transfer your balance to the other company if they won’t lower your rate.

In many cases you can get a 0% rate, but it depends on your credit history and your total amount of credit card debt.

Getting a lower balance will depend on your total amount of debt and how generous the supervisor feels based on your sob story explanation of your situation.

Making the Call: The Script

Now that you have your offers together and you know who to call, here is what you should say once you get to the supervisor…

For a lower interest rate:

“Salutations! (Hello works fine too.)I’m calling to get a lower interest rate on my credit card. How much will you be able to lower it?”

If they say none or anything other than all the way to 0%:

“have several offers here for a 0% balance transfer, with a 0% interest rate, including the [insert popular 0% card] and the [insert other popular 0% card].”

If they still won’t do 0%:

“Unfortunately, it looks like it would make more sense financially for me to go ahead and transfer my balance. I’ve enjoyed using your company, but if you can’t lower my interest rate to 0%, it doesn’t make sense for me to stay with your company.”

Usually, before you hang up, they will agree to lower your interest rate substantially, if not entirely to 0%. Then you can decide if the rate is low enough or if you want to transfer. Remember, you’re not binding yourself to anything by telling them you’re going to transfer your balance. You can always change your mind and decide to stay with the company. At this point, you’re basically “all talk”. But what you’re saying is legitimate. You do have the option to transfer.

Notice how I worded the questions in the script. Anytime you ask a yes or no question, the answer can be “no”. Avoid that by asking in a way that forces them to be proactive, such as “how are you going to…?” or “how much can you…?” It’s also a good idea to mention actual competitor credit cards that you have 0% offers for. It will make your case much stronger.

Here’s another script…

For a lower balance:

“Hello,I’m calling, because I’m unable to make my payments and therefore need a lower balance on my card. I don’t want to file for bankruptcy. I would rather do the responsible thing and work this out in other ways, but I can’t afford the high balance. How much will you be able to lower my balance?”

If they say none or very little:

“I appreciate you trying to help me, but unfortunately that will not be enough. It looks like I may have to file for bankruptcy or start a Debt Management Plan that will lower or wipe out my balance. I would rather pay something, since I made these purchases and I don’t feel like it’s right to “take the easy way out”. Can you please lower my balance by more than that so I can pay it myself?”

Again, notice how the questions are worded. That’s very important. You’re not trying to make them feel sorry for you or guilt them into helping you, but if you’re in a position where you need a lower balance, they need to know that you may not pay any of it back if they can’t help you. That usually makes them more likely to want to help. And again, remember that you aren’t obligated to go through with your claims. This doesn’t mean you have to actually file for bankruptcy if they won’t lower your balance, but strong words like that can really get their attention.

A Few Last and Important Words

Now you know who to call and what to say. Remember, it never hurts to try. Even if you’re not paying insane interest rates or on the verge of bankruptcy, you might as well try. You have just as much power as a debt consolidation company. They are useless. You can do this on your own. Read the Fair Debt Collections Practices Act (FDCPA) for more on what creditors can and can’t do. If they are breaking the law, file a complaint here.

And always remember to get your deal in writing. Once you agree on a lower rate or balance, have them fax or email you an official document containing that information.

Chapter 4

How to Pay Off Your Mortgage in Record Time

Since you’re reading this guide, I assume you want to eliminate every bit of debt you possible can.

Because of that, I’m not going to go into whether you should or shouldn’t pay off your mortgage early.

You probably hate debt, and you want it gone. I can relate.

If you want to know more about other mortgage issues, such as the question of “should you pay it off early?”, a list of things to do before paying it off early, and a few more answers to common mortgage questions, check out chapter 5 of The Complete Guide to Control and save Your Money.

Now for some extremely powerful strategies for paying off your mortgage early.

1. The Short-Term Strategy

This is a big one.

30 years is a long time to pay for a house. Opt for a 15 year mortgage or even a 10. If you can’t afford to take out a mortgage shorter than 30 years, you can’t afford that house.

If you can’t refinance, that’s ok! You can pay a little extra on a 30 year loan to pay it off quicker. Look at how much extra you would have to pay to pay it off early, it’s not much:

This is the amount you would pay every month (for an 8%, $100,000 loan) to pay off your mortgage early:

  • 30 years: $733.76
  • 25 years: $771.82
  • 20 years: $836.44
  • 15 years: $955.65
  • 10 years: $1213.28

Did you notice that there is only a $102.68 difference between paying off this loan in 30 years and paying it off in 20 years? That’s 10 years off your mortgage!

Figure out your numbers and how much you can save with Dave Ramsey’s free mortgage calculator.

Not only do you pay off your mortgage earlier with a shorter loan, but the interest rate is usually much lower as well. Why? Simply because the bank is “stuck” or “locked-in” at that interest rate for a shorter period of time.

2. The First Day Payment Strategy

If you take full advantage of this strategy, it is one of the most powerful ways to make a huge impact on shortening the life of your mortgage without paying extra.

You simply make your first payment on the day the loan is activated (the day the lender starts charging interest) instead of waiting until your first payment is due.

This works so well, because this way, your entire first payment goes towards principle. Principle payments have the most impact during the early years, especially this first payment.

It will make you sick to see how much of each payment is going to principle in the early years of a mortgage. There could be as little as $20 or $30 each month going to principle on a $1200 payment. The rest is going towards interest.

If are already the proud owner of a mortgage, you can still apply this strategy by simply making one extra full payment. It won’t have quite the same effect as it will on the first day, but you will still knock some time off your mortgage.

3. The Famous Split-Payment Strategy

You’ve probably heard of it. Some people think it’s magic, but it’s actually a really simple concept.

You simply pay half your payment twice per month, instead of making one full payment.

This works in 2 different ways…

  1. Paying half-payments every 2 weeks will cause you to automatically make one extra full payment every year. (26 half-payments per year comes out to a total of 13 full payments instead of the usual 12)
  2. You will lower the principle balance 26 times per year instead of 12.

You can usually set this up with your bank, but if they won’t do it, you can still take advantage of this strategy by adding a little extra to your principle each month.

To figure this out for your mortgage, simply divide the amount of your principle payment (principle only, not escrow or interest) by twelve and add that amount to each month’s payment.

For example, if you have a $500 payment, add $41.67 to your principle every month and you will achieve the same effect.

Before you start paying off your home early, check out the next section…

Everything You Need to Know Before You Start Paying Off Your Home Early

“I’m in debt. I am a true American.” -Balki Bartokomous

It’s true. Just about every person in American (and much of the world) is in debt.

We are so used to it that we even consider ourselves to be debt-free when we still have a mortgage.

You know how it goes…

“Yeah, I’m debt-free…well, except for my house.”

If you have a mortgage you are not debt-free.

But you can be…

There is a lot to know before you start paying off your home early…

Types of Mortgages

There are many types of mortgages, but really, only a few apply to the savvy home-buyer.

Fixed-Rate Mortgages

Fixed-rate mortgages have a fixed interest rate for the entire life of the loan. This means that you will pay the same interest rate until it is paid off (or until you refinance). Fixed-rate mortgages are predictable since the interest rate remains the same. The standard loan is 30 years (in America), but it’s also fairly standard to see a 10, 15 or 20 year fixed-rate mortgage. The shorter, the better. Under no circumstance should you ever take out a fixed-rate loan for over 30 years. If you need a 40 year loan, you can’t afford that house!

Adjustable-Rate Mortgages (ARMs)

Adjustable-rate mortgages (ARMs) have an adjustable interest rate. Usually the rate is fixed for a certain amount of time, but after that time it fluctuates with the market rates. ARMs are unpredictable since interest rates fluctuate. They can go lower, but they can also go much higher. This makes an ARM much more risky than a fixed-rate mortgage. To keep it simple, I would just say: don’t do it!

Other Mortgage Types

Other mortgage types include interest-only mortgages, interest-only ARMs, balloon mortgages and other types of “creative financing”. There are also several variations of ARMs. These types of loans are very risky and should never be used by the average home buyer. In my opinion, they should never be used, period.

A fixed-rate mortgage is the safest and most predictable type of mortgage. Unless you are experienced with creative financing, stick with a fixed-rate. I recommend refinancing if you have anything but a fixed-rate.

It All Comes Down to One Thing

No matter which type of loan you may have, there is one very important thing for you to know right now when you are attempting to pay off any mortgage early.

It’s all about making extra principle payments.

I have probably heard 100 different ways to pay off a mortgage early and every single one of them equated to paying extra principle payments in one way or another, but that doesn’t mean that they aren’t all effective.

There are different reasons for the different strategies.

These strategies are not magic, but they work. And they set you up to be able to make extra principle payments, even if you don’t think you can afford to.

Pre-Payment Penalties

Everyone likes to talk about pre-payment penalties.

I have actually heard this as an excuse for not paying off a mortgage early.

Many loans don’t even have them. You need to contact your mortgage company if you are unsure and figure out if your loan has pre-payment penalties.

Even if you do have pre-payment penalties that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t pay off your mortgage early.

Yes, the bank would love for you to make payments for the entire length of the mortgage, 15, 20 or 30 years. That’s why pre-payment penalties exist, but don’t let them scare you!

These penalties generally only apply to the extra principle payments you make, not to your regular payments. Even if you have a penalty, you will almost always benefit from making extra principle payments.

Pay More, Earlier

You will see a bigger difference when you make extra principle payments in the earlier years of your mortgage, as opposed to the later years.

With a fixed mortgage, your payments will stay the same over the life of the loan as long as nothing about your loans changes.

Your interest rate will also stay the same with a fixed mortgage.

You payment is made up of principle and interest.

There is also escrow in your payments for insurance and tax payments, but for the sake of this article, we are just talking about principle and interest.

This means that in the early years, your payments will be almost entirely made up of interest. In the later years, your payments will be almost entirely made up of principle.

Why? Because your payment amount stays the same and your payment always includes principle and interest. In the earlier years, you owe much more on your home than in the later years.

Once you have paid off the majority of your mortgage, you are paying much smaller interest payments and much larger principle payments. Think about it: 6% of $150,000 (when you first get your loan) is a lot more than 6% of $20,000 (after you have paid off most of your loan).

Does that make sense? Hopefully! But if you have questions, that’s what the comments are for.

It’s important to make extra principle payments in the early years in order to pay less interest overall. Once you make it to the final years of the loan, you won’t notice as much of a difference.

Some people say that you shouldn’t pay off your mortgage early, but you should invest the money since you can generally earn more by investing than you can save by paying off your mortgage early.

This is true, but it’s much more true in the later years of your mortgage.

If you are in the very first few years of your mortgage, you can make a huge impact just by paying a little extra here are there.

It can mean years off the life of your loan if you pay extra in the beginning.

What Are You Putting Down?

If you are still looking for a home, consider making a sizable down payment.

You will reduce your overall mortgage amount. You will reduce your monthly payments, which makes it easier to pay extra. And you will pay less interest!

Don’t fall for those first-time buyer 0% down loans.

Plus, there are great ways to save money for your down payment.

First, you need to determine how long it will be before you will be buying a home.

If it is less than 5 years, you should save your money in a savings account, Money Market account or possibly a very conservative mutual fund.

If it is more than 5 years, you should invest your money in a moderate to aggressive index fund until 5 years before you plan to buy, then transfer to a safer account.

If this is your first home, you can use an IRA to shelter your down payment.

Now let’s talk about something that you may have heard about, but you may not understand…

A Word About Private Mortgage Insurance

Private mortgage insurance (PMI) is basically an insurance that the lender uses as protection in the event that you default on your loan.

It’s common for loans with less than a 20% down payment, since those are viewed as a “riskier” investment by the lender.

If you are required to pay PMI, it is typically included in your monthly payments.

The thing that many people don’t know about PMI is that once you have paid 20% of your total loan, you can drop it, but don’t expect the lender to remind you about this.

If you are required to pay it, pay 20% of your loan as quickly as possible, then call your lender and kindly ask them to remove your PMI.

Chapter 5

How to Not Have a Car Loan

Car payments are a beautiful thing, aren’t they?

Of course they are…when you are the one receiving them.

When it comes to car payments, you have 2 options.

You can take out a loan, put yourself in debt and pay interest on your monthly payment to a financial institution or you can opt for the better option…

Make a payment to yourself!

That’s right, open an account and set a certain amount as your monthly payment that goes into the account every month, automatically. Not only will you be saving for a vehicle, but you can earn interest on the money you save, as opposed to paying interest on your car payments.

What Type of Account is Best?

The best type of account to use depends on how long you will have to save. If you have less than 2 years, then your best bet is something safe, like a Money Market account. If you have 3 or 4 years to save, then you could look to a low-risk mutual fund. If you have been very responsible, thought ahead and have 5 years or more to save, then you can look at some aggressive mutual funds and possibly individual stocks. It is always best to use the stock market, only when you have at least 5 years before you will need the money.

As with any investing, the longer you have, the greater return you can expect. The main point here is to plan ahead.

If you currently own a vehicle, chances are that you will need a new one in the future, whether sooner or later. Why not start making the payment to yourself now in an saving or investment account? This allows you to pay what you can afford instead of having to afford the car payment you are stuck with.

How to Sell Your Car if You’re Upside Down on It

So you’ve decided that a life of debt isn’t for you.

Congratulations! Good choice. Welcome to the club.

You know the first step to seeing big results is to sell your expensive vehicle, but there’s one problem.

You’re upside down. Way upside down. And it looks like you may not get flipped back over.

Don’t panic! You have some options, and you can still make this work. Here’s how.

What Not to Do

When we’re talking about what to do, it’s important to first understand what not to do.

The reason you’re selling the car (or truck or van or winnebago) is to get out of debt. The last thing you want is to get into more debt because of it. I’m talking about financing another car and adding your current balance. Don’t do that.

A friend of mine owed $24,000 for an $11,000 car, because he kept adding the balance of his previous car to his new loan. Not just once, but four times! A few thousand each time caused him to have a $13,000 balance when he bought the fourth car. Fortunately, since then, he has paid it down tremendously and is working on getting out of debt.

Another thing to be weary of is transferring the remaining balance to a line of credit. Sometimes it makes sense to do a balance transfer. For example, if you know for a fact that you can pay this off in less than 15 months, the Chase Slate (not an affiliate link) is a good option, because it’s the only card I know of that offers a 0% APR on balance transfers for the first 15 months, with a 0% balance transfer fee as well. So you pay nothing extra if you pay it off in 15 months. Of course, this is a risky option, because if you don’t pay it off in time, your APR will likely be double what it was when you were paying your car loan (that’s what Chase is hoping for). It’s also worth noting that your credit needs to be pretty high to qualify for this card.

Now let’s discuss your primary options…

Two Options to Get Right-Side Up

Generally (not always), the loan company will not give you the title until you pay off the loan. So in a normal sale, you would sell the car, pay off the loan with the money you receive, and then get the title within 30 days and hand it over to the new owner. This means that you usually don’t have the option of selling the car, paying off the amount you receive, and then continuing to pay down the loan without the collateral (the car).

In the rare circumstance that you already have the title, you could do what I just mentioned, but you should still check with the loan company to make sure you’re not doing anything illegal that was stated in your contract.

Choose the option that works best for you:

1. Take out a loan on the difference

This may sound counterintuitive, but hear me out. If you owe $15,000 for a $10,000 car, go to the company you’re borrowing the money from (or another company if you need to), and explain the situation. Simply say “I owe you $15,000, but my car is only worth $10,000. I’d rather sell the car and only owe you $5,000.” Most companies will work with you to make that happen. Just make sure your interest rate isn’t way higher on the new loan, to the point that you’re not paying much less overall.

2. Pay down the loan to even it out.

This is a more disciplined approach. You simply pay down the loan until you’re not upside down, then you can sell the car and pay it off.  In this scenario, you would basically forget about the debt snowball/avalanche until this was accomplished, because selling the car would be your priority. Then you’ll have all that extra money freed up, from not making the payments anymore, to pay off the rest of your debt.

Either option is going to require you to get aggressive. Start selling everything in your house except your children, unless you can get a high price for them.  In that case, you’ll want to…I kid, I kid (no pun intended).

Once you sell your car, you should first celebrate (not by spending a bunch of money!), then do this…

After You Pay it Off (And Your Next Car)

There’s a good chance that you’re planning to get a “little beater car” – that’s what everyone seems to call them – to get you around, usually to work and home. You need to make sure you don’t make another purchasing mistake here.

When my wife and I decided to buy our last vehicle, we were on a mission. We knew exactly what we wanted, exactly what we were willing to pay, and exactly how to walk away if they didn’t meet our needs. This is vital.

I wrote about our entire experience of getting a van that was listed at $8,900 for $2,800, and included it right after this section.

Remember that your get-out-of-debt car is not permanent. Like Dave Ramsey says “you’re living like no one else, so later you can live like no one else.” It always gave me a sense of pride to drive beater cars while I looked around at everyone else driving brand new cars.  I couldn’t help but think of how much they were paying a month.

We’re the ones winning. Driving junk and getting out of our funk.

Buy a nice car later, or just spend money on things that actually matter, and invest intelligently. Your call.

How I Paid Less Than 1/3 of the Sticker Price for a Car

On a beautiful spring afternoon, my wife and I headed into Oklahoma City to look for a vehicle.

After spending the majority of the day at a certain car dealership, we ended up driving a new car home…well, new to us.

We are happy with the vehicle, and we were even happier with the price.

Long story short, they were asking almost $9,000 for a vehicle that we ended up purchasing for $2,800.

How did we do that? We used these 6 haggling hacks (I hope you can appreciate the alteration) to get the deal…

1. Be Flexible

We were flexible on everything except the price.

If you’re flexible, you can always move to a different car (or a different seller) when the negotiation doesn’t work out.

We wanted a vehicle with at least 6 seats for under $5,000.

That’s it. We didn’t care if it was a minivan, SUV, or a bus…if it fell within our criteria, we were interested.

This opened up a lot of options, which brings me to my next point…

2. Don’t Get Married at the Dealership

I’m talking about to a vehicle, not to a person. That would be a weird wedding.

There are better places to get married and better things to marry than a car…like a human, for example.

Don’t marry the vehicle you want, even if it’s the “car of your dreams”.

It’s important to know what you want, but not to fall in love.

That’s exactly what the dealer wants.

It won’t be the end of the world if you don’t buy that exact vehicle.

We didn’t fall in love, so we could always walk away, which leads me to…

3. Don’t Be Afraid to Walk Away

We left the dealership and they actually called begging us to come back. That happens when they know you are serious and they know you have money (either in the form of cash or a credit score).

The deal isn’t going anywhere, and if it does, you’ll survive.

Once you have your price set in stone, don’t budge.

You can always find a good deal. Seriously, you can.

Sometimes you have to just walk out so they know you’re serious. You can always come back.

Be prepared to devote at least one day to buying a car and that may mean walking out more than a few times.

4. Be Informed and Know the Value

You should be as informed as possible. It’s easy these days, since most of us have the internet in our palms.

The more informed you are, the less they can take advantage of you.

You can compare the value at these sites:

Most dealerships use these guides, along with others, such as a “black book value”. But just because they show you a piece of paper with a price on it, that doesn’t mean it’s accurate.  Edmunds actually sent a staff writer undercover as a car salesman for a few months and one of the things he discovered is that some dealerships just make up a value and hope you’ll pay high-dollar for the vehicle, instead of questioning the price.

Salesmen tend to…”fluff” the truth a little, so don’t always trust the value they come up with.

Know the value of what you’re looking at. Do your research. You’ll want to check a few things out to get the real value.

It’s a good idea to take a test drive to a local mechanic for a quick inspection. If that’s not an option, try out Firestone or Auto Zone for a quick diagnosis (it’s not completely thorough, but it’s better than nothing).

You can check a lot of it yourself. Just remember to check everything. It’s easy to be sold by a cold A/C in the middle of July, but how well does the heat work?

5. Don’t Be Afraid to Hurt the Salesman’s Feelings

They will try every tactic in the book. They will try to make you feel guilty or even obligated to buy a car, but you don’t owe them anything.

You should see how much they would be willing to help you after you buy the car…probably not much. It’s all sales gimmicks.

The only decision that matters is the one you make. It doesn’t matter what the salesman wants. It’s your money. It’s ok if you decide not to buy and they get upset.

6. Don’t Finance, Get Rewards Instead

Pay cash. plain and simple. If you have to finance, you can’t afford it.

You have more negotiation power with cash. When you finance, they can always talk you into buying more car.

You should never finance something that depreciates.

We used a credit card for the purchase to get the cash-back. More money saved!

Just be sure to pay it off in full when the bill comes in.

Final Words and One Last Tip

We actually had a great experience buying our car. It was fun to haggle and watch the price sink lower and lower.

You will usually get a better deal when buying private-party, but we chose to keep our options open to dealerships as well…and it worked out well for us.

It was sad, however, to watch the couples sitting in the different offices. Sad, upset and even scared. One lady was crying!

That’s what happens when you finance and especially when you overpay. It can be stressful.

We walked away knowing our car was paid in full. It’s a great feeling.

One Last Tip: Make sure everything that is promised is on paper. A tank of gas, gift certificates, a TV…these are a few examples of what dealerships will do to earn your business. Make sure, if you haven’t already received it, that it’s in the paperwork or you might as well forget about it.

And don’t forget to ask for the CarFax Report. No need to pay for one yourself.  Any reputable dealership will provide one, free of charge.

Chapter 6

How to Deal With Student Loans

Attending college is a rewarding and exciting time in a young person’s life.

It’s a period marking your transition from childhood to adulthood and the obligations that come along with it.

A critical area of responsibility necessary for this change is finances; you must be financially prepared for college and everything that comes after.

Savings, scholarships and grants, and student loans are topics you need to become educated in.

Savings Programs

Hopefully you already have a savings program, such as a 529 plan, in place. Named after Internal Revenue Code 529, these plans are designed to invest in higher education. Parents and guardians typically open these accounts to save money for their children’s future education. All qualified education expense withdrawals from 529 accounts are free from federal income tax.

If you do not already have a savings plan in place, start now; even small savings add up and make a big difference in the long term.

Scholarships and Grants

Scholarships and grants are funds awarded to you based on merit or need. They are “free money” in the sense that you are not required to repay the funds you receive. Scholarships may be “merit-based” meaning you have to meet certain standards set forth by the scholarship giver; whether that is in the area of academic achievement, sports, or talent. Grants are typically awarded based on financial need rather than merit. Schools, employers, private organizations, and state and federal government may all be sources of free money. The funds may cover a small portion or the full amount of your tuition, easing your financial burden, in either case.

Free Sources for scholarship and grant information:

  • High school guidance counselor
  • College financial aid office
  • Local library
  • U.S. Department of Labor’s search tool
  • Federal agencies
  • State grant agency

Student Loans and Repayment

Scholarships and grants may not cover the entire amount of your tuition and educational expenses. There’s also the possibility that you were unable to qualify for scholarships or federal loans due to your academic standing, criminal convictions, or non-US citizenship. At this point, you may need to turn to private loans to cover any remaining portion of your expenses.

It is important to repay your loans to remain in good credit standing. Repayment is especially important if you are looking to continue your education – as mentioned above, you can be denied for federal loans if you’ve previously defaulted. Some students choose to consolidate their debts after college in order to have one lower monthly payment. Another good option is to make an ascending list of your debts and begin paying them off in that order. With the snowball, at the start you get the satisfaction and confidence boost from eliminating the small debts, and as time goes on you’ll be better equipped to take out the larger ones.

Preparation is the Key

It’s important to prepare for college. Saving from an early age can be particularly beneficial, but any and all savings can go toward your college education. Grants and scholarships are especially effective in reducing your overall financial obligation, but are not a guarantee, which is where student loans come into play. Make sure you are financially responsible and repay those loans – you do not want to ruin your financial reputation as you are just getting out of the gate.

3 Strategies to Plan Ahead for Student Debt

As of 2012, the average amount of student debt accrued by graduating students reached nearly thirty-thousand dollars.

For these graduating students, debt is a fact of life that they’ll be dealing with for around a decade after leaving their old alma mater.

Student debt can be prohibitive for many students, and the snowballing interest of forbearance makes it a highly unappealing option.

However, there are ways to brace yourself, or avoid payment entirely, by planning ahead when it comes to how to manage student debt before it becomes a problem.

Here are three strategies to consider when a future of student loan payments is just around the corner…

1. Loan Forgiveness or Discharge

Instituted by the U.S. government, loan forgiveness occurs after completing a qualifying program or community service endeavor.

If you’re working as a teacher, doctor, or are involved with the military, there may be a variety of options for you to get a free ride after college to avoid paying student loans.

Many state-based institutions such as teacher associations offer career specific loans which can be forgiven with a certain number of years of service, oftentimes as a means to encourage more professionals to work within the state, for example.

Other organizations, such as the Peace Corps., will often work with its volunteers on forgiveness programs for their service.

However, loan discharge is another type of financial assistance entirely, and possibly the silver lining to an otherwise devastating personal event. While having a relative pass away as an excuse for not completing a paper might be as popular as “my dog ate my homework”, it can have dire financial consequences when it actually happens.

The government recognizes this predicament and is often able to discharge loans when death, or serious disability, impede one’s life too severely to manage repayment.

2. Know Your Options and Best Approach

Depending on your amount of debt and the rates of interest you’re dealing with, there may be preferable options for your situation.

The popular “pay-as-you-earn” repayment plan can make payments significantly lower, but often saddles students with a decade longer of payments than they could have dealt with originally.

Only after carefully measuring each of your options, such as standard, graduated, or other models of payment, should you commit to any course.

While you should ideally stick with the option that results in the least overall sum, be careful to not overextend your finances with the ideal option if it’s not immediately affordable. After all, there’s a reason you needed a loan in the first place!

3. Strategy When You Can’t Afford It

Forbearance can seem generous on the surface, but accruing interest can be crippling in the long term.

It should only be used to keep collections calls at bay and your credit score safe, since allowing interest to accrue alone can be devastating.

Instead of relying on this as your only option for pushing back payments when you can’t makes ends meet, consider reviewing your student loan consolidation options.

Most providers are willing to compete with your current interest rates and help streamline the debt repayment process – especially if you’re dealing with multiple loan providers.

Best of all, this stems the tide of interest that has been gaining against you all the while you were attending college.

While no two financial situations are the same and a piece of cookie cutter advice isn’t always applicable, these methods can be foolproof once you’ve analyzed your personal debt situation and assessed your options.

Managing your student debt wisely – or avoiding student debt entirely – can be the bright start to your life in the “real world.”

How to Actually Get Your Student Loans Forgiven

Student loan forgiveness has been a hot headline over the last year. The ever increasing mass of student loan debt continues to weigh on the hearts and minds of our college graduates. Today, 7 in 10 college seniors are graduating with student loan debt! While student loans are a necessary tool for some students, they should be used carefully by borrowers.

You may have seen the late night television ads preaching the benefits of student loan forgiveness. Despite what these television ads say, not everyone is eligible for student loan forgiveness. These ads are often being run by unethical telemarketers looking to take advantage of uneducated student loan borrowers. To qualify for student loan forgiveness you must meet certain eligibility requirements for federal programs. Don’t find yourself victim to a student loan forgiveness scams.

The following U.S. Department of Education programs can actually forgive your student loan debt:

1. Public Service Loan Forgiveness (PSLF) Program

The PSLF Program was created to encourage individuals to enter and continue to work full time in public service jobs.

Under the PSLF program, federal student loan borrowers may qualify for forgiveness on the remaining balance of their Direct Loans after they have made 120 qualifying payments on those loans while employed full time by certain public service employers. Qualifying employment is any employment with a federal, state, or local government agency, entity, or organization or a not-for-profit organization that has been designated as tax-exempt by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC).

Private student loans are not eligible for the PSLF program!

2. Total and Permanent Disability (TPD) Discharge

If you find yourself total and permanently disabled you may be eligible to receive federal student loan forgiveness.That being said, you must be able to prove that you are totally and permanently disabled in one of the following three ways:

  1. If you are a veteran, you can submit documentation from the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) showing that the VA has determined that you are unemployable due to a service-connected disability.
  2. If you are receiving Social Security Disability Insurance (SSDI) or Supplemental Security Income (SSI) benefits, you can submit a Social Security Administration (SSA) notice of award for SSDI or SSI benefits stating that your next scheduled disability review will be within five to seven years from the date of your most recent SSA disability determination.
  3. You can submit certification from a physician that you are totally and permanently disabled. Your physician must certify that you are unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that

3. Death Discharge

If you, the borrower, die, then your federal student loans will be discharged.  If you are a parent PLUS loan borrower, then the loan may be discharged if you die, or if the student on whose behalf you obtained the loan dies.

Depending on the private student loan lender, your loans may or may not be forgiven with death. You should check to see if your private student loans will be discharged at death. You may have seen the headlines where cosigning parents have been stuck paying the student loan debt in place of the primary borrower. Don’t let this happen to you! Check your promissory note for more information.

4. Teacher Loan Forgiveness

If you are a teacher and also a new borrower, and have been teaching full-time in a low-income elementary or secondary school or educational service agency for five consecutive years, you may be able to have as much as $17,500 of your subsidized or unsubsidized loans forgiven.

5. School Closing While Enrolled or Soon After

If your school closes while you’re enrolled or soon after you withdraw, you may be eligible for discharge of your federal student loans.

Be aware, private student loans may not be eligible for forgiveness under this rule.

Student loan forgiveness has been a hot topic and will continue to be a hot topic as long as borrowers struggle with student loan debt. There is no easy way out of student loan debt. That being said, you can improve your student loan situation through a variety of other programs. Income-based-repayment can help you better manage the repayment of your federal student loans. And, if you find yourself paying high interest rates on your student loans, student loan refinance may be a great option to lower your interest rate.

4 Great Strategies For Paying Off Student Loans

You’ve graduated college, now your student loan forbearance or “grace period” will end soon and you don’t know how to formulate a payoff strategy.

For those who don’t know where to start, below are 4 tried-and-true strategies to help jump-start your loan payoff…

1. Find Money in Your Budget

It can be hard to adjust a budget to include a loan payment, especially if you’re not used to making one.

Before you trim a budget, you need to build one that works for your lifestyle.

A good rule of thumb for beginner budgeters is to separate your budget by the 50-30-20 rule: 50% of your monthly take home income toward living expenses, 30% to debt repayment and savings, and 20% to discretionary funds or “spending money.”

Once you have the basics down, try and find money within your budget to make extra loan payments. Cable, subscription services, eating out, and your daily coffee habits are all great sacrifices to make in the short term to fuel long term goals. Try making a game out of it and see how much extra money you can contribute to your loans each month.

2. Pick Up a Side Hustle

What if you are on a tight budget already and can’t allocate any extra money to your loans?

Consider picking up a side job, weekend gig, or working remotely on a contract basis to bring in extra income.

Your 9-5 job doesn’t have to be your only source of income, and earning more often allows those who “side hustle” to pay back debt at an aggressive rate.

3. Get Strategic with a Debt Snowball

In the debt snowball, you list all of your loan amounts, putting the smallest balances at the top.

The idea is to put all of your extra money towards paying off the smallest balances, and then when that one is paid off, on to the next loan, and so on and so forth. This is a great strategy to get those “small wins” in the beginning and work towards the rest of your debt aggressively.

Others prefer paying off the highest interest loans first. This method is known as the Debt Avalanche. It doesn’t matter which way you go about it, as long as you have a plan that works for you!

4. Research Consolidation

If you have more than one loan, whether federal, private, or both, you can consider consolidating your loans into one interest rate and monthly payment.

There are many advantages to this including saving money on interest, or adjusting to a lower monthly payment. However, be cautious as some borrowers end up consolidating at slightly higher total interest rate and end up paying more over the life of the loan because they receive a lower monthly payment, which looks good to them in the moment.

Be sure to do your homework.

Don’t stick your head in the sand when it comes to your student loan burden.

While it may seem like an insurmountable amount of debt, many students before you have managed to pay off the debt and live financially stable and fulfilling lives.

The important lesson here is to have a plan of attack, stick to it, and work hard to accomplish the payoff goals you set for yourself.

Chapter 7

Protecting Yourself and Bankruptcy

How do you protect yourself financially? It comes down to having the right information.

I want to start this chapter with one of the most common mistakes people make: co-signing.

After that, we will discuss the worst case scenario when you’re facing serious financial hardship or simply more debt than you can handle. The worst case scenario is called “bankruptcy.”

Why You Should Never Co-Sign (And 6 Things to Do Instead)

Type “Why Co-Signing” into Google and you will quickly see the suggested searches start with things like:

“Why co-signing is bad”

and…

“Why co-signing is a bad idea”

Have you ever co-signed for someone before?

Or have you ever had someone co-sign for you?

Let’s see why it’s so bad and what you can do instead of co-signing for a friend or family member…

What is Co-Signing?

Co-signing is a simple process of signing on the dotted line for someone’s purchase. Usually for a loan. Most popularly, a car loan.

If the person pays the loan, you are good to go. You will never pay anything.

However, co-signing is a bad idea because of what happens when they don’t pay. And there is a good chance that they won’t.

If someone needs a co-signer, that means that the bank thinks they won’t pay the loan.

You won’t need a co-signer if the bank trusts you.

What You’re Agreeing To

By signing for someone else’s loan, you are guaranteeing their debt.

In some states, the lender can actually come after you before they try to get the money from the person who actually received the loan.

Why would they do that? Because if you have the credit to co-sign, you’re more likely to pay than the actual borrower.

Your responsibilities should be spelled out in a co-signer agreement. You will see things like this:

“You are being asked to guarantee this debt. Think carefully before you do. If the borrower does not pay the debt, you will have to. Be sure you can afford to pay if you have to, and that you want to accept this responsibility.”

Just know that when you co-sign, you are legally responsible for that debt.

If You Still Decide to Co-Sign

There are some situations where you may want to co-sign. Most commonly when your child needs wants their first loan.

I have still heard horror stories, even when people are dealing with their own children, so beware!

I also have a good friend who co-signed for his own father. My friend is now paying the bill on a car that he never sees. Sadly, he never sees his father either.

Here are some things to consider if you decide to do it:

  • Make sure you agree with the purchase
  • Make sure you can afford to pay the loan
  • Make sure you will be notified if they don’t pay
  • Make sure you understand all the consequences
  • Make sure you read your state’s laws on co-signing

6 Things to Do Instead of Co-Signing

Most of the time, people will understand why you don’t want to co-sign for them, but sometimes they won’t. It’s possible that you can actually lose friends, because you choose not to co-sign.

That, however, is ridiculous. And you should probably be questioning the integrity of that friendship if you lose them over something like this.

It’s like the old saying “if you loan $20 to your brother-in-law and you never see him again, was it worth it?”

I’m a positive person, so I don’t want to leave you with all this negativity of what you shouldn’t do…

Here are some things you could do instead:

  1. Explain why it is such a bad idea
  2. Suggest they not take the loan at all
  3. Explain why they shouldn’t co-sign either
  4. Help them learn to save for big purchases
  5. Explain that your relationship is more important
  6. Direct them to this blog for help with their money 

What If You Already Co-Signed?

Alas, if you are here and you are dealing with a “co-sign gone wrong”, you have some options.

Here are some things you can do:

Attempt to work out a payment plan with your friend/family member. If you are still in contact with them, they may be willing to at least help pay the loan, since they can’t pay it in full.

Call the lender and negotiate the agreement. The lender may be willing to work with you, especially if you aren’t able to pay. They would rather get something, than nothing. You may be able to negotiate a lower interest rate and/or lower the balance.

Stay disciplined and learn from this. It may have been a bad idea for you to co-sign, but you can’t change the past, so why not learn from it? Now you will never do it again. The good news is that this can be the last time you make this mistake.

We can overcome almost anything if we take responsibility and just do it!

Bankruptcy: The Reasons for Filing and the Results

 There are around 1,000,000 bankruptcies every year in the US.

Obviously, it’s a problem.

A problem that can be avoided, but if you’re past the avoiding stage, it may be your best option.

Let’s dive in and discuss the different types of bankruptcy, when to file, when not to file, and the effects of filing.

What is Bankruptcy?

The actual definition is “the state of being bankrupt.”  Well that explains everything.

Bankruptcy is when you can’t pay your debt (personal or business) and you have to find a way to get rid of it.  It’s a fresh start, kind of.  But as you know, there are negative effects and consequences.

Generally the process involves paying your outstanding debt with your assets, but not always.  It depends on the type. There are companies that specialize in accounts receivable collection and these companies are very good at getting thier money, so if it comes down to having to file for bankruptcy to get away from mountains of debt, then so beit.

Here are the primary forms of bankruptcy you may need to know about:

  • Chapter 7 – Assets are liquidated, if you have them.  This includes all property, vehicles and even furniture; however, your state will work with you to help you keep the things you need, like your homestead, clothing, furniture, and in some cases, vehicles.  Once your debt is wiped out with a Chapter 7, you will not make payments on it.  It’s simply gone.  But a Chapter 7 won’t wipe out everything.  Things like school loans, child support and taxes will stick around, and you’ll still have to pay them.  There are also income restrictions to file for Chapter 7.
  • Chapter 11 – This is available to businesses or individuals, but you will rarely, if ever, hear of an individual filing Chapter 11.  Chapter 11 is a way for a company to reorganize their debt, but it is very expensive.  Generally small businesses stay away from this type of bankruptcy, because it’s difficult for them to continue operations after paying for it.  You will most often hear about Chapter 11 from major corporations.
  • Chapter 12 – You haven’t heard about this one much, because it is only available to farm owners and commercial fishermen.  Chapter 12 is setup in a way to help them specifically.  The debt limits are much higher than other options, which is necessary for people who own a few thousand acres.  Ideally, this option would allow farmers and fishermen to keep their land and occupation.  There is a five year limitation on the restructuring plan, which means the debt must be paid within five years.
  • Chapter 13 – If you have disposable income left over at the end of the month, after all bills are paid, you can’t file Chapter 7, so Chapter 13 is generally your best option.  Or if you make more money than Chapter 7 allows, Chapter 13 is your best bet.  Chapter 13 requires a 3-5 year payment plan for all of your debt.  After your payment plan concludes, all of the debt included in the bankruptcy is wiped out.  Basically, if you can afford to pay something, you will be directed to file Chapter 13, if you can’t and your income is low, Chapter 7 may be better.

There are a couple other types of bankruptcy.  They include Chapter 9, which is for cities and towns to reorganize their debt, and Chapter 15, which is applies to people who have debt within the US and outside the borders.  I’m not going to go into detail about these, because you most likely don’t need them!  Unless you own a city or something.  Do you own a city?

When to File Bankruptcy (And When Not To)

Bankruptcy can be devastating to your financial situation on paper, but it can also provide relief.  Sure, it can hurt your chances of getting another loan in the future, but if you’re facing bankruptcy, the last thing you should be worried about is another loan.

Simply put, bankruptcy is for people who owe more than they can afford.

If your bills are behind, creditors are calling, you’re barely making minimum payments and you don’t see another way out, bankruptcy could be an option for you.  It is a solution to a completely overwhelming financial situation.  It would be better to file for bankruptcy than to sacrifice your health over the stress of a financial meltdown.

There is a really popular bad reason to file for bankruptcy.  It’s becoming more and more popular to get into a poor financial situation by being completely financially irresponsible.  Then file for bankruptcy and hopefully keep all of your stuff.  Some people do this on purpose, knowing that they can just file for bankruptcy once they buy too much stuff.  This is basically a form of strategic default.  And it’s really popular with mortgages.

Especially after the housing bubble popped, people have been walking away from homes that they could afford, because they owned way more than the home was worth.  If you can afford to make the payment, and you purposely don’t, that’s strategic default.  There’s nothing responsible or commendable about strategic default.  Any self-respecting adult should see that.  So don’t do that.

File for bankruptcy when you see no other way out of the situation.  If you’re just in a lot of debt, but you’re able to pay it, read our Get Out of Debt Guide or go talk to a professional.  Consolidate your debt if you have to.  But bankruptcy is only for an otherwise unsolvable situation.  You don’t want to file for bankruptcy on a whim, and I’ll explain why below.

What to Do Before Filing for Bankruptcy

So you’ve decided that bankruptcy may be for you.  You don’t see another way out.

The process for filing isn’t always fast, but it is relatively easy.  However, before you file for bankruptcy, you should do a few things:

  • Get your finances in order.  Make sure you need to file for bankruptcy.  After you get all of your finances in front of you, you may see that you don’t need to file for bankruptcy, you just need a plan.  You may be able to make it work.  It almost always seems worse than it is, until we actually look at it on paper.
  • Figure out which debts won’t be forgiven.  As mentioned earlier, things like student loans and taxes are not forgiven with bankruptcy.  You may find that most of your debt comes from debt that isn’t going to be wiped out with bankruptcy.  In that case, you don’t need bankruptcy, you need to call the lenders (schools, student loan companies, the government, etc.) and tell them you’re unable to pay.  They will usually set up a payment plan.
  • Think about your co-signers.  Co-signing is almost never a good idea, but you may have talked some people into co-signing for you in the past.  If so, you should make sure they aren’t stuck with you debt when you file.  It depends on the company you took the loan out with, but it’s not uncommon for a co-signer to be stuck with the full balance once you file for bankruptcy.
  • Assess what will be affected. Do you have a home?  Other property?  Vehicles?  Furniture?  Retirement plans? These are all things that could potentially be affected and taken from you when you file, though some of these things are usually protected, such as retirement plans.

You have to be prepared when you file for bankruptcy.  The last thing you want is to file without realizing your home is going to be taken away.  Then you’re bankrupt and practically left on the street.  I’ve personally known people who lost everything and were literally living on the street with their family.  Full disclosure: this happened before I met them; otherwise, they would have been welcomed at my house.

The Negative Effects of Bankruptcy

Bankruptcy stays on your credit report for seven to ten years.  So what does that mean?  It means that you will have a hard time doing anything that involves your credit report for several years.  This includes getting a loan, but it also includes things like getting hired.

In the scope of life, a decade isn’t as long as it sounds, but you will have to expect your life to be different until you’ve fully recovered from the bankruptcy.  It’s good that you can’t file for bankruptcy and then immediately go out and get back into the same amount of debt, and that’s why it has that effect on your credit report.

That being said, when you file for bankruptcy, it’s likely that you will start seeing credit card offers immediately.  Why? Because they know you filed for bankruptcy and they know you can’t file again for a long time; therefore, they send the offers.  Obviously this is a trap.  Your interest rates are going to be astronomical, and they will promote the credit offers as a way to bring your credit score back up.  Don’t fall for it.

Once you file, you should wait a long time before even considering more credit cards.  Credit cards are great if you use them responsibly, but there’s a good chance that using them irresponsibility is what got you into bankruptcy in the first place.  In that case, I highly suggest using cash for at least the seven to ten years your credit is hurting.  Then, and only then, can you possibly make the decision to start using credit cards again, but you have to be honest with yourself about your level of responsibility.  You don’t want to file for bankruptcy twice, do you?

There are some other areas that are affected by bankruptcy, but they aren’t often talked about.  For example, if you want to join the military, a bankruptcy could hold you back.  It’s not impossible, but it will require a waiver, and waivers don’t always get approved.

Your best bet is to avoid bankruptcy unless the benefits outweigh the consequences.

Chapter 8

10 Books to Get You Out of Debt Faster

Thanks!

I just want to say thank you! I appreciate you reading my guide.

I put a lot of work into this, and I truly hope it benefits you.

If you have any questions about anything, please reach out to me.

All feedback is welcome…

14 + 15 =

The post The Complete Guide to Paying Off Your Debt appeared first on MoneyMiniBlog.

]]>
https://moneyminiblog.com/complete-guides/debt/feed/ 1
The Complete Guide to Investing https://moneyminiblog.com/complete-guides/investing/ Mon, 16 Oct 2017 10:00:34 +0000 http://moneyminiblog.com/?p=204830 investing stocks money

Investing gets over-complicated all the time. Don’t be intimidated. It’s actually pretty simple.

The post The Complete Guide to Investing appeared first on MoneyMiniBlog.

]]>
investing stocks money

The Complete Guide to Investing

Words

Investing gets over-complicated all the time. Don’t be intimidated. It’s actually pretty simple.

Minute Read

Investing gets over-complicated all the time. Don’t be intimidated. It’s actually pretty simple.

Words

75

Investing gets over-complicated all the time. Don’t be intimidated. It’s actually pretty simple.

What You'll Learn:

  • Exactly why compound interest is so powerful
  • Basic investing rules that will protect and grow your money
  • What expert investors have to say about investing
  • How to actually understand the stock market
  • Your options for retirement and how to automate it
  • How to invest without using the stock market
  • Common investing terms and what they mean
  • All of the best books for any level of investor

Preface

The Power of Compound Interest

Compound interest. The 8th wonder of the world.

Do you know the power of compound interest in its entirety?

It’s the greatest thing in the world…when it’s working for you.

When it’s working against you, it can be one of the most devastating things in the world. A catastrophe, really.

I’m just going to take a minute or two to show you the amazing power of compound interest. Then I’ll let you decide if you would rather it work for you or against you.

Here it is. Compound interest. The good and the bad…

Why Compound Interest is Powerful

Compound interest may be more powerful than you think. If you don’t understand exactly how it works, it’s helpful to figure it out. And you came to the right place, because I’m about to explain how it works…both for you and against you.

According to some recent polls, most Americans don’t actually understand how compound interest works.

Many people think that if you have $100,000 and you get a 6% annual return, compounded over 30 years, you’re left with…$106,000. Not quite. It would actually be over half a million dollars. Crazy, right? That’s compound interest for you.

So what happens exactly?

Interest generally compounds annually, so that means you earn 6% on your principle. Keeping with the above example, the first year your principle is $100,000, but at the end of that year, you earn 6%. So that means the second year you’ll be earning 6% on $106,000. Making sense yet?

Of course, this is an oversimplified example and it’s next to impossible to find a 6% return on your investment that stays at exactly 6% for 30 years, but it does make it a whole lot easier to explain. Got the idea?

Here are a few ways compound interest can be your best friend:

  • Investing – Just like in the above example, compound interest, over time, can lead to extraordinary results. You continue to earn interest on your money and it continues to grow as it compounds. That’s why a one-time contribution of $100,000 could easily grow to several times that over your life span.
  • Early Debt Reduction – I’m about to explain how compound interest can be your worst enemy when you’re in debt, but you can actually take advantage of it with your debt too! By paying extra on your loans, early-on in the term, you will reduce your interest bill by a ton. In fact, with your mortgage, making a few extra payments in the beginning can knock years off the length of the loan. Don’t believe me? Read this.

If you prefer more of a mathematical explanation, here is the formula, with a worked example:

The formula for annual compound interest is A = P (1 + r/n) ^ nt:

A = the future value of the investment/loan, including interest
P = the principal investment amount (the initial deposit or loan amount)
r = the annual interest rate (decimal)
n = the number of times that interest is compounded per year
t = the number of years the money is invested or borrowed for

Example:

If an amount of $5,000 is deposited into a savings account at an annual interest rate of 5%, compounded monthly, the value of the investment after 10 years can be calculated as follows…

P = 5000. r = 5/100 = 0.05 (decimal). n = 12. t = 10.

If we plug those figures into the formula, we get:
A = 5000 (1 + 0.05 / 12) ^ 12(10) = 8235.05.

So, the investment balance after 10 years is $8,235.05.

You may have seen some examples giving a formula of A = P ( 1+r ) ^ t . This simplified formula assumes that interest is compounded once per period, rather than multiple times per period.

Compound Interest as an Enemy

Just like compound interest works for you, it can work against you (which means it’s work for somebody else).

When you’re investing, it’s nice to know that you’re interest compounds annually, when you’re in debt, it’s terrible to know that your interest compounds annually. This means that you pay your APR (Annual Percentage Rate) every year, based on the remaining balance. So if you owe $10,000 on your car and you have a 14% interest rate, you pay 14% of $10,000 the first year. After that you pay 14% of the remaining balance each year. Of course that amount is divided over your monthly payments.

This is why, if you have ever looked at your mortgage annuitization schedule, you may have noticed that during the first few years, the majority of your payment is going to interest. That’s terrible if you’re paying your regular minimum payment, but if you pay extra, you can take a huge chunk out during the early years.

Here are a few ways compound interest can be your worst enemy:

  • Mortgage – The typical mortgage in the United States is 30 years! That means that even a low interest rate of 2% or 3% can be well over $100,000 paid in interest over a 30 year note.
  • Consumer Debt – Credit cards and auto loans are the two most popular forms of consumer debt and two of the most likely to have a high interest rate. The higher the interest rate, the more each percentage matters. In other words, there is a bigger difference between 14% and 15% than there is between 2% and 3%. So those crazy-high interest rates could mean that you’re actually paying more in interest than you are in principle.

The Line Between Investing and Paying Off Debt

I wrote an article about the “pay off your mortgage or invest the money?” debate and I actually proposed a compromise between the two, but the debate is real. Many people think it’s not worth your time to pay off your mortgage early since you can get a better return by investing the money. In other words, you can earn more by investing than you would save by paying off your mortgage early. Obviously this depends on both interest rates.

So where is the line between paying off debt and investing the money?

It’s definitely a blurry line. There’s no magic number, but when you can consistently earn more by investing than you save by paying off your debt, it’s at least worth considering. Just make sure you account for any taxes you may have to pay on capital gains if you’re investing in a taxable account.

And here’s a general rule: when it comes to high-interest consumer debt, pay it off before you start investing heavily for retirement. Feel free to have your emergency fund in place and contribute enough to your employer’s retirement fund to get the match (if they offer a match), but other than that, the debt comes first.

It simply doesn’t make sense to be earning 7% or 8%, while your paying 20% on your credit card’s revolving debt. The debt must go.

Remember the power of compound interest and make sure it’s working for you, not against you.

This guide will show you how to make it work for you.

Chapter 1

The Basic Rules of Investing

There are few topics that have as much written about them and as much contrasting information as investing.

Just knowing that is enough to scare most people away from investing at all.

Is it really that difficult? Do you really need to devote years of your life to studying the most efficient way to invest?

It would seem that way, but in reality, not at all.

The problem with most investing advice is that someone is profiting (or attempting to profit) from it.

Investing is actually much easier to understand than you may think.

Stop Trying to Pick Hot Stocks

Turn on any business TV show and you’re going to see all kinds of people touting hot stock picks and attempting to explain the method to their madness. I can assure you, it’s mostly just madness, with some greed on top.

The vast majority of people in the world are terrible at picking stocks. You probably are too. I’m not that great at it.

As mentioned in a publication by Anton Palovaara, “Investing is not a race, rather a marathon”.

So should we just give up on the stock market?

Absolutely not! It’s the most efficient way to invest for your retirement.

You can make money with crypto and individual stocks, but retirement investing calls for something a little more predictable. Find the best cryptocurrency exchange for personal investing.

But picking individual stocks isn’t the answer. Unless you’re willing to devote hours (I’m talking at least 15 or 20 each week) to studying companies and picking winning stocks.

Simple is Better

So what’s the answer? You may have already guessed the answer, but I’m going to let you hear it from Warren Buffett first. When Buffett passes away, he wants his Berkshire Hathaway shares to be distributed to charity. This is what he wants done with the remaining cash:

“My advice to the trustee couldn’t be more simple: Put 10% of the cash in short-term government bonds and 90% in a very low-cost S&P 500 index fund. (I suggest Vanguard’s.) I believe the trust’s long-term results from this policy will be superior to those attained by most investors — whether pension funds, institutions or individuals — who employ high-fee managers.”

Did you hear that? Index funds.

Most people who devote much of their time to picking stocks don’t beat the index. Why buy individual companies when you can buy the whole market? Or at least most of it.

It’s easy for a beginner investor to start picking stocks and see a few gains. Then they think they must be good at this. I know I did. Until I realized that my small gains were nowhere close to the massive gains of the market since we were in a very bull market at the time.

You must always compare your earnings to the index. The index is the standard.  And to consider yourself a good stock picker, you’ve got to beat the index consistently.

6 Simple Principles of Investing

There are some important things to know about investing, but once you know these rules and understand them, you are in the clear.

  • Invest in index funds. I know I sound like a broken record, but the average investor should be investing in index funds. It takes a lot of time to research individual stocks and spending all that time doesn’t guarantee your success. Also, index funds provide automatic diversification within the stock market and they save your time!
  • Spend your time elsewhere. You’re better off devoting your time to earning more money, improving yourself and doing the things you love. Even if you could beat the index by a few points, is it really worth the time you spend?
  • Avoid paying high fees. One of the best things about index funds is the low fees. You shouldn’t be paying more than 0.5% on a good index fund. And honestly, you shouldn’t even be paying that much.
  • Avoid taxes as much as possible. You’ll be avoiding high fees, but don’t let Uncle Sam take it either. Find the best ways to shelter your money, legally, from paying taxes. Your company’s 401k and/or an IRA is your best bet.
  • Follow Buffet’s first rule. Buffett says the first rule is to not lose money. Why? Probably because a 50% decline fully offsets a 100% gain. Index funds are pretty well protected. Take more risks when you’re young, but don’t be stupid.
  • Time, not timing, is everything. Don’t try to time the market. You can’t. I can’t. Can George Soros? It’s debatable, but we are not George Soros and buying low and selling high never happens consistently. Save yourself the stress and buy low-cost index funds. Think long term growth.

It’s Easy, Right?

Yes and no. The idea is easy, but the discipline and practice isn’t.  That’s why you set up an automatic investing plan.

Not to mention it seems a lot funner to try to pick winning stocks, doesn’t it? It’s not. Earning a higher return over the long haul will lead to much more fun down the road.  But you know that.

That’s it. Now you know the most efficient way to invest for retirement. This isn’t the begin all, end all advice to investing, but it almost is. There are other things to know as you work your way up to becoming a more knowledgeable investor. For example, you need to follow the rules on Leverage Trading when borrowing money to increase output to avoid costly mistakes while still squeezing out a better ROI. But the more technical aspects will come later.  These techniques should be applied for both short-term and long-term investments. I know several dividend investors that do well investing in large cap individual dividend stocks. I also know owning Berkshire Hathaway isn’t a bad idea and I actually recommend it below.

But all you really need to take away and remember is this:

Invest in low-cost index funds, avoid high fees and shelter from taxes.

You’re not going to hear that on TV.

Keep reading to see how to start investing, and for more ideas.

 

Chapter 2

Learning From the Experts

There’s no reason to figure everything out on your own.

Plenty of people have went before us, made mistakes, and figured out what they did wrong.

Let’s learn from them.

3 Lessons a Millionaire Farmer Taught Me About Investing

I have a friend who owns a farm in Missouri.

Actually, he owns a whole bunch of farms. Thousands of acres.

We will call him Gary. Because that’s his name.

Gary has taught me so much about money.

Some intentional, but some of most valuable lessons were things that he wasn’t actually trying to teach me.

Here is what I have learned from Gary and how we can all apply it…

The Life of Gary

Gary grew up in Northern Missouri.

He was used to the farm life and planned to own his own farm one day.

Now he owns more farms than he would have imagined.

He lives in a very nice home, right next to a nice pond for fishing.

It’s a peaceful life and he wouldn’t have it any other way.

So what happened between Gary’s childhood and now? Well that leads me to the first lesson Gary taught me…

1. Look for Opportunities and Seize Them

In the 1980s, the value of land dropped to record low prices.

It was devastating for many people who took out high-interest loans to buy million-dollar farms.

Gary saw the value of land plummeting and viewed it as an opportunity.

He started buying as much land as he could. He bought his first farm in his twenties.

He could have been scared off by the worthlessness of the land, but he chose to view it as an opportunity instead.

He was paying $200-$300 per acre for nice farmlands. You can add a zero to that for the price per acre today.

Always be looking for opportunities and always be prepared to seize them.

2. Explore All Your Options

There could be ways for you to make money right now that you don’t even know about.

Gary did some research and figured out about conservation programs for some of his unused land. Basically, the government pays him a certain amount of money per acre to not farm that part of his land. They only require that he mows it every few years.

If he didn’t know about that, he would have been making thousands of dollars less than he has been making for many years now.

He also learned that the government will stock your man-made ponds for free.

What? Free food, fishing and fun provided by the government? That never happens. Apparently, it does.

It was through research and learning that Gary was able to figure out about these options, and these are just a few of them.

Always explore all your options for whatever you’re interested in.

3. Do What Works for You

Gary is a farmer.

Farming works for him. He became a millionaire doing it.

Figure out what your opportunity is and what your options are.

You may not have a desire to run a farm, but you can still learn a valuable lesson here.

What opportunity will come in your lifetime? My guess is that you will have many. If you watch for them.

Gary invested in undervalued land. Now he is a millionaire.

Warren Buffett invested in undervalued companies. Now he is a billionaire.

Your path could be to start your own LLC. You’d simply have to figure out how to start an LLC in Texas, or whichever state you prefer. You can start learning today.

Figure out what works for you and look for opportunities accordingly.

The Important Stuff

I have come to realize that if you keep the right mindset, success will follow you.

It’s important to always be learning. Constantly. We can learn from everyone if we want to.

Some people teach us what to do. Some people teach us what not to do.

Take something away from every experience. Use it to learn and grow as a human being.

Most importantly, never stop do that.

5 Priceless Investing Lessons From 6 Influential Billionaires

In 1982, when Forbes began ranking the richest people in the world, the qualification to be listed was only $75 million.

At that time, there were 13 billionaires on the list.

Today there are over 1,400 billionaires around the world.

From the stock market to businesses to commodities, they are all involved in some form of investing.

Here are some investing lessons we can learn from them…

1. Think Long Term

“Someone is sitting in the shade today, because someone planted a tree a long time ago.”

Warren Buffett

CEO, Berkshire Hathaway

Buffett is famous for being a “value investor”.

He buys stock in undervalued companies and holds them for a long time…preferrably, forever.

Successful investing is not a get-rich-quick scheme.

Beware of hot stock tips, brand new company start-ups and shady investments that promise unusually high returns.

The bottom line: Go for long-term, stable investments over short-term, isky investments.

2. Make Mistakes (In a Good Way)

“Only those who are asleep makes no mistakes.”

Ingvar Kamprad

Founder, IKEA

This type of thinking is common among successful people and successful investors.

Your mistakes are usually a determining factor of your success.

More success means more mistakes.

One of the richest men in the world also holds this mindset and that should tell you something…

“Success is a lousy teacher. It seduces smart people into thinking they can’t lose.”

Bill Gates

Founder, Microsoft

The results are in. Successful people are good at failing.

The bottom line: Don’t be afraid to make mistakes. Use them to learn and grow.

3. Notice What People Do, Not What They Say

“As I grow older, I pay less attention to what men say. I just watch what they do.”

Andrew Carnegie

Founder, Carnegie Steel Company

Who are you taking financial advice from?

Most people love to talk. They love to “give advice,” but is their money where their mouth is?

Do they practice what they preach? And how’s that working out for them?

Successful investing (success in general, really) is about taking action, not just talking about it.

The bottom line: Only listen to successful people; people who do what they say.

4. Do What Everybody Else Isn’t Doing

“Ignore the conventional wisdom. If everybody else is doing it one way, there’s a good chance you can find your niche by going in exactly the opposite direction.”

Sam Walton

Founder, Walmart

Wall Street is full of unsuccessful investors. Don’t get caught following the herd.

If everyone is doing it, you should (at minimum) be skeptical. (Think Enron)

The bottom line: Never make an investment, just because everyone else is doing it or just because someone told you to. Do your research and make wise investment choices.

5. Invest in Businesses, Not Earnings

“I look at companies as businesses, while Wall Street analysts look for quarterly earnings performance. I buy assets and potential productivity. Wall Street buys earnings, so they miss a lot of things that I see in certain situations.”

Carl Icahn

Founder, Icahn Enterprises

Casinos are a great place to have a lot of fun and lose a lot of money.

You don’t need the stock market for that.

Don’t get caught up in day trading before you know what’s going on.

Your chances are better on the card tables.

You should be investing in the business, not chasing high earnings from one day to the next.

Furthermore, the price of a stock should be one of the least important factors in your decision when you are looking to buy into a company.

The bottom line: Research the company. Invest in the company. Don’t worry about market hype and what the people on TV are saying.

Chapter 3

The Stock Market Explained

So, you’re interested in investing in the stock market. Perhaps, some individual stocks.

I won’t stop you. I think it’s a blast, and I have several.

But it is risky. Just know that. Of course, you can dramatically reduce the risk by being smart about it.

And that’s what you’re doing right now.

So let’s dive a little deeper into some terms and how stocks work.

Stock Market Order Types

When you go to buy your first stock, you may be a little confused about the terms involved. Especially the stock market order types. These are simple terms once you understand them and they may be highly beneficial to your stock portfolio.

The main terms you need to know initially are the terms for stock market order types. These are the basic ways you can order a stock.

Buy/Sell Market Order

Most of the terms are fairly self-explanatory and a market order is the most simple. A market order means you purchase X amount of shares for whatever the current market price is at.  That’s it!  So far, so good, right?

Buy/Sell Limit Order

A limit is a way to protect yourself.

You can set a sell limit order to sell your stock only at a certain price or higher. Or you can set a buy limit order to buy your stock only at a certain price or lower. Setting a limit is usually better than buying or selling at market value, because the market can change drastically and suddenly.

You can set a limit for the day only or you set it as “good until canceled,” which usually expires after 30 days if the price wasn’t met.  If your price wasn’t met, the purchase is cancelled.  No harm, no foul.

Buy/Sell Stop Order

A stop order is an order that you can set to buy or sell a stock once it reaches a certain price that you specify. A stop order turns into a market order once the stop price is reached. A buy stock order is set at a price above the current market value and a sell stop order is set at a price below the current market value. This is a way to protect yourself against losing too much on a stock.

Buy/Sell Stop-Limit Order

As it sounds, this is a combination of a stop order and a limit order. Once the price of a stock reaches a specified price, it turns into a limit order.

This way you can use a stop order, but control the price that you buy or sell at. Many traders use this type of order, as well as regular stop orders, for extremely high-risk stocks, such as penny stocks.

What You Need to Know

Before you make a move, a smart investor or trader should know how to answer the question, ‘When to buy and sell shares?’ This is because stock investing involves forecasting the perfect time and market conditions to attain success.

If you’re a newbie stock investor, it’s essential to invest in companies you’re highly interested in and have a good grasp of their business and the industry they are in. It’s not a good practice to venture into stocks without an in-depth understanding of your investment and how stock trading works.

In addition, stock investing comes in many types of active trading.

The most popular is day trading, which involves buying and selling securities or stocks within the same day. Professional traders usually practiced day trading until the emergence of electronic trading platforms, which enabled beginner traders to try this trading method.

If you are planning on being a day-trader as opposed to an investor, then it may help you to do more research on stock order types, but for the investor who plans to hold their stocks for a very long time, you will not have as much use for these tools.

Trading and especially day-trading can be a very risky and dangerous business, but if you choose to take that path, please do your research on all types of stock orders.

Another type of stock trading is position trading. Many traders consider position trading as a buy-and-hold strategy. While this stock trading may seem inactive or passive, seasoned traders can practice it as active trading. Traders utilize long-term charts, and trading may take days or weeks.

When the stock market is volatile, swing traders come in. They usually create stock trading algorithms according to their fundamental or technical analyses. On the other hand, the fastest active stock trading is scalping, which identifies and exploits slightly narrower or broader bids and offers because of supply and demand changes.

What Causes the Price of a Stock to Rise or Fall?

Have you ever consistently watched the price of a stock?

You probably noticed that the price changed everyday.

It may have went up one day, down the next and back up the following day.

That’s typical for any stock.

But what causes a stock price to change so often?

It’s simple, all kinds of things…

What We Don’t Know

So, why does a stock price change?

The short answer is: nobody knows specifically.

“The Dow is down 50 points as investors react to news of [X].”

Stop it, you’re just making stuff up. “Stocks are down and no one knows why” is the only honest headline in this category.

*Taken from Morgan Housel’s article “Stupid Things Financial People Say

There are many reasons for a stock price to change, but there is no one person that can tell you exactly why a specific stock’s price changed on any given day.

Enough about what we don’t know, let’s talk about what we do know…

The Economist Answer

The most foundational aspect of the stock market (like any market) is supply and demand.

See, like any market, even the mommy market.

It’s like anything else, if there are more buyers than sellers, the prices rise. If there are more sellers than buyers, the prices fall.

That explains the basic economic reason that a stock price would change, but that doesn’t really help you much, does it?

The Stock Trader Answer

Stock traders are different from investors.

It’s not necessarily bad to be a stock trader, but it’s not really my idea of sound financial practice and 9 times out of 10 it’s about as safe as Vegas.

They start young. Wait…what’s with all these babies?

So, what do traders notice about stock prices?

Stock traders attempt to track every single change.

That’s a lot, considering that stock prices change all the time due to:

  • Company news…good or bad.
  • Earnings reports…good or bad.
  • Popular stock advisers endorsing or denouncing a stock.
  • Analysts opinions.

The Investor Answer

Investors don’t really care about stock price changes.

Investors are not affected by trivial news and an “earning miss” here or there.

Warren Buffett definitely fits the investor profile, but where did all the babies go?

The market fluctuates. All the time. It’s too stressful to worry about every movement.

Investors don’t base their decisions on a stock price.

What You Need to Know About Stock Prices

There is one very important thing to understanding about buying stocks…

Stock prices don’t matter.

We will never fully know the exact reason for a stock price change in any situation.

A stock price alone doesn’t show you the value of a company.

We don’t invest in a company’s stock price, we invest in the company.

Whether you invest in individual stocks, index funds or mutual funds…you shouldn’t let stock prices alone affect your decisions.

You can watch the market every single day if you want to, but don’t let the daily changes lead you to make changes in your portfolio.

Hopefully this article gave you an insight into some things that can affect a stock price…basically everything can.

More importantly, hopefully you understand why stock prices don’t matter.

How to Determine if You're a Stock Trader of an Investor

“Markets are constantly in a state of uncertainty and flux and money is made by discounting the obvious and betting on the unexpected.” -George Soros

“I never attempt to make money on the stock market. I buy on the assumption that they could close the market the next day and not reopen it for five years.” -Warren Buffett

Most of you know that I am a huge Buffett fan, and I consider myself an investor like him. (Well, maybe not like him, but an investor nevertheless.)

George Soros is more of a trader.

One is not right and the other wrong. Buffett and Soros both have billions of dollars to prove that.

But it is important to know which one you are…

The Stock Investor

The stock investor invests in the company, not the stock.

Warren Buffett: Investor, billionaire, winner of the bushiest eyebrows award.

Investors generally plan to hold the stock for a very long time, if not forever, through all of the market’s ups and downs.

They can see that the company is growing and profiting and they, therefore, pay little attention to the actual price of the stock.

The Stock Trader

The stock trader is much more concerned with the stock itself.

George Soros: Trader, billionaire, winner of the longest nose-hair award.

A recent fall in a stock price could mean quick gains if they buy while it’s low and hopefully sell high.

A very risky form of trading is know specifically as day trading. Day traders have often lost more than they have earned in their life. It’s basically a gambling addiction.

That isn’t to say that all trading is bad. George Soros is extremely good at it; however, I personally believe he is a mathematical and economic genius. So that probably helps him out a little.

There are also several other types of trader, including position trader, swing trader and scalp trader.

Without further ado, let’s figure it out…which one are you?

You Might Be An Investor If…

  • You know and understand the company
  • You don’t care about the stock price
  • You often buy many of the same stocks
  • You analyze the company’s information
  • You buy for the company, not the stock
  • You don’t pay attention to trivial news
  • You don’t get excited about daily changes
  • You invest in stocks with long-term value

You Might Be A Trader If…

  • You sell your stock anytime it spikes in price
  • You sell your stock anytime it drops in price
  • You look for stocks with short-term gains
  • You pay attention to every piece of news
  • You constantly buy many different stocks
  • You pay attention to every price change
  • You don’t know much about the company
  • You buy the stock, not the company

This is not an exhaustive checklist by any means.

This is not the begin all, end all of trading and investing.

The important thing is that you use wisdom in your financial decisions. If you don’t know what you are doing, they can both be dangerous.

Investors and traders are always happy when their stock price is up, the key difference comes in what you do when it goes down.

Before you try to do either one, do your research. Your retirement will appreciate it.

How to Determine the Size of a Company

What makes a company a large cap or a small cap?

What the heck is a “blue chip” stock?

It’s important to know the difference if you’re interested in the Stock Market.

There are ways to organize all sizes of companies into different titles, though it’s not an exact science.

These titles are given for a reason. So that you can easily determine the size of different companies.

So let’s get into what the different sizes are and what it all means…

What is a “Cap”?

A “cap” is simply a company’s market capitalization.

It’s how you can determine the monetary size of a company.

The larger the company, the larger the market capitalization (or market cap).

Of course, values are always changing with inflation, but there are some actual amounts you can go by to figure out the size…at least for now, until inflation changes these definitions again.

Here are some of the different caps and what they mean…

Micro Cap Companies

Micro caps are basically the smallest companies.

There is a such thing as a nano cap stock, but the actual monetary size is up in the air. Nano caps are generally going to be your penny stocks. Many micro cap companies are as well.

Generally a micro cap would be a company with a market capitalization of somewhere between $50M-$300M. Anything below $50M could be considered a nano cap.

Small Cap Companies

Being a step above micro caps, small caps generally start around $300M and continue into the $1B or $2B range.

They aren’t huge, but they are somewhat established.

Small cap stocks can be risky, but they can also generate some very high returns if you pick a great company that is growing quickly, while also having very solid financials…easier said than done, but possible!

Mid Cap Companies

Now we’re getting into the $2B to $10B range.

Mid cap stocks are generally safer than small caps (not always), but the return might not be quite as high since they have already been through their fair share of growth.

There is a good chance that you have heard of a few mid cap companies, but they’re not quite as popular as large caps.

Large Cap Companies

Remember the term “blue chip” from the first paragraph? Here they are.

Large cap stocks are household names. Think Walmart, Intel, General Electric…

Sometimes referred to as big cap, large cap companies are the largest companies out there. Anything over $10B.

You may have heard the term “mega cap” before. Mega cap is simply a term used to describe the largest of the large cap companies, though the actual definition of mega cap hasn’t really been determined. Anything over $100B could reasonably be considered a mega cap company.

Many large cap companies will be your higher yielding solid dividend stocks. These are considered your “safe” companies, but don’t ever fall for the “too big to fail” theory.

Companies can always fail. Stocks can always lose value. Any company. Any stock.

The Bottom Line

These terms are helpful, but the dollar amounts are, by no means, specific.

Different investors and companies have their own views of what makes a company large or mid, etc.

At least now, hopefully you have an idea as to what these terms mean. If nothing else, at least you know what a blue chip stock is.

Beating the Market

The Little Book That Beats the Market is a classic book on investing in the stock market.

Author Joel Greenblatt gives an innovative method for choosing stocks.

It’s pretty impressive, honestly.

Here are his main ideas, and the “magical formula” he uses.

He actually refers to it as “the magic formula,” and it just may be.

Main Idea #1: Invest in Index Funds, If You Don’t Want to Put in the Work

I said this in chapter 1. Warren Buffett has said this before. So it’s nothing new.

I’m not saying that Buffett and I are on the same playing field, I’m saying that I’ve said it before and an authority in the world of investing has said it before — two different perspectives indeed.

Let’s be honest, you really have two reasonable options when it comes to investing in the stock market:

  1. Spend a lot of time finding individual stocks.
  2. Invest in index funds if you don’t have the time for option one.

That pretty much sums it up. I mean, there are other options, but those are the two that make the most sense. Index funds have much lower fees than active mutual funds, and passive funds almost always beat active funds over the long haul, because around 80% of mutual fund managers don’t beat the market. The fact is, almost no mutual fund manager can beat the market, so why not invest in the market itself?

That’s exactly what an index fund does. An index fund is investing in the market.

Feel free to go read about it and see for yourself, but you’ll find it to be true. Index funds just make more sense than actively managed funds — over 80% of the time. So if you don’t want to put the time in to pick stocks (which takes a lot of time), invest in index funds.

You can open an IRA with TD Ameritrade in less than 15 minutes and start investing in index funds right now.

If you’re still interested in picking stocks and actually beating the market, see main idea #2…

Main Idea #2: Use This Magic Formula to Pick Individual Stocks

Greenblatt gives a formula for picking stocks that has continually outperformed the market, unlike mutual funds.

In fact, over a 17-year period, from 1988 to 2004, a portfolio using “The Magic Formula” returned an average of 30% per year, versus the market’s 12% per year. So what is the magic formula? It’s slightly technical, so let’s define some terms:

  • Earnings Yield: A stock’s previous year’s earnings per share divided by the current share price.
  • Return on Capital (ROC): The after-tax profit divided by the book value of invested capital.

The earnings yield will be the factor that shows whether the stock is selling at a good price or not. So if a company’s previous earnings per share was $0.90, and the stock is trading at $20/share now, you would divide $0.90 by $20 and get 4.5 as the earnings yield. In this example, the earnings yield is pretty low, and the higher the better, so this one may not pass the test, but you get the idea of how to calculate it.

The return on capital (ROC) is important, because it shows how well a company can turn investment into profit. The ROC is basically the profit percentage, so if someone invested $100,000, and earned $10,000, their ROC would be 10%.

The idea is to buy stocks that have a high ROC, at a low price, and these two numbers above give you that information. These stocks are considered undervalued by Mr. Market. Greenblatt refers to the stock market as Mr. Market and he compares the market to an emotionally unstable person. The comparison makes a lot of sense, but don’t avoid investing just because the market reminds you of a crazy ex.

How the Formula Works

The actual magic formula Greenblatt gives you is calculated using the numbers we discovered above.

You start with a list of the largest 3,500 companies on the US stock exchanges (NYSE, NASDAQ, etc.), and then you rank them in order of their returns. The company with the highest ROC is in the first position, and so on. Now take the list of companies and rank them 1-3,500 according to earnings yield, with the highest is position one.

Now you score the companies…

The companies’ scores are determined by adding these two ranks together, so if a company ranked 15 on the first list and 952 on the second list, the company’s score would then be 967 (15+952=967). The companies with the lowest total score are considered the best buys in this formula.

Once you rank them, start buying. Greenblatt suggests that the more shares you buy, the better your chances of outperforming the market. He recommends buying at least 20-30 large companies (the top 20-30 stocks on the list). He says this works better with larger companies, so if you want to play it safe, stick with companies that are worth at least $50 million. TD Ameritrade is also a great platform for buying individual stocks for your IRA.

After one year, you sell the stocks and do the formula all over again. Sell the losses just before the one year mark, and sell the gains just after one year so that they become “long-term” holdings.

Note: Don’t expect this formula to perform well every year. The reason professional money managers don’t use this formula is because they must constantly show returns, and this formula may go into the negative several years in a row, but over the long term (for retirement planning), this formula will beat the market and the money managers.

Combining the Main Ideas

The main ideas here are simple. One shows a way to invest easily if you don’t have the time to devote (index funds), and the other way shows a somewhat complicated method of manual investing that produces larger returns (The Magic Formula).

There is a way to basically combine these two ideas, but it doesn’t involved index funds. It simply involves automating The Magic Formula. Greenblatt has created an amazing tool. A resource that streamlines the entire formula.

Magic Formula Investing is a generator that shows you what the top 30 or 50 stocks are, according to The Magic Formula. Just to give you an example, here’s what the top 30 are right now (if you set the market cap at $50 million):

The more stocks you own, the less risk. To get the overall, average performance of The Magic Formula, you need to own at least 20 stocks. Like I said earlier, the more, the better.

Make an effort to review the stocks, even if you use the generator (which you should definitely use). You don’t want to own too many stocks in one sector, but with companies this large, it shouldn’t be hard to spread your picks out.

The Magic Formula Quick Review

  1. Use the stock screener (or calculate the stocks manually)
  2. Buy at least 20 companies from the calculation (Start an IRA here)
  3. Sell the stocks after one year (losses just before a year, gains just after)
  4. Repeat step 1 and buy all new stocks — at least 20

This method will likely outperform the market by quite a bit, but it does involve more work.

If you prefer to not to do the work, buy index funds.

To read more about this investing method, read Greenblatt’s book: The Little Book That Still Beats the Market.

But remember, investing in index funds is the easiest, least time-consuming way to invest. Beating the market is possible, but it takes work.

Chapter 4

Understanding Retirement Options

Retirement is always an interesting topic.

It may be so far in the future that you haven’t really thought about it, it could be closer than you care to admit, or you could technically be retired right now.

It doesn’t matter how old or young you are.  The fact is, you need to start thinking about retirement now.  Today.

You need to know your options.  So I’m going to explain what they are and what to do.

Here’s what you need to know about retirement and planning for it…

Retirement Plans 101

Retirement plans aren’t that complicated.  In fact, you really only have a few primary options:

  • Work Retirement Plans – These are things like 401(k)s, 403(b)s and Thrift Savings Plans (TSPs), but it also covers things like pensions (if anyone actually still knows what that means).  There was a day when almost all major companies offered pensions, which was basically the company saying “if you give us 20, 30, 40 or more years, we’ll give you a check for the rest of your life”.  Yeah, that doesn’t really happen anymore in the US, with the exception of the military, but even that isn’t something I would count on.  A Simple IRA is another type of company retirement plan, but only for smaller companies with less than 101 employees.
  • Personal Retirement Plans – This would be your IRA, which is technically and legally known as an Individual Retirement Arrangement since it is simply a shelter to cover an arrangement of investments, not an actual account. There are also SEP IRAs, which are IRAs that are fully funded by the employer, but most often used for self-employed people to fund their own retirement – that’s why they’re in this section.
  • Unconventional Retirement Plans – This would cover anything that’s not a typical retirement account.  One of the most popular unconventional retirement plans would be to sell your home (given that it’s very expensive) and downsize, using the cash you earn to live on.  Of course, this would assume that your home would be paid off by the time you reach retirement.  I’ve also known someone who built a subdivision and owner-financed all of the houses, using the mortgage income as retirement income.  This type of retirement planning can be risky if it’s your only option.  It’s always good to diversify, but especially if your retirement is of this nature.

There are limits to each of these plans; contribution limits, as well as actual limits as to what you can do with them.  There are also misconceptions about a lot of these accounts that I address later in this chapter.

Now that you’re familiar with your options, let’s talk about what to do about it…

How to Plan for Retirement

You’ve probably heard about an employer match – this is where your employer will match the money you put into your retirement account (401(k), 403(b), etc.), up to a certain percentage.  It’s usually around 6%, though I have known of a company that offered a 100% match.  Yes, you should contribute enough to get the match, because it’s free money.  It’s like getting a 100% return, but then what?  If you want to contribute more than that, do you just put it into your employer retirement plan?  Not necessarily…

The thing is, you do want to get that free money (employer match), but over that, your better off putting your money in an IRA, because you have thousands of options, as opposed to the handful of options your employer offers.  Here’s my personal step-system for retirement:

  1. Start by contributing enough to your employer retirement plan to get the employer match.
  2. If your employer doesn’t offer a match or a retirement plan at all, obviously skip that step.
  3. Pay off all your debt, except your mortgage (if you have one).  This will prepare you to fund your retirement.
  4. Fully fund your IRA.  If married, fully fund both your and your spouses IRA, even if your spouse doesn’t have a job.
  5. If you max out your IRA (both if married), continue to contribute to your employer’s retirement plan.
  6. If your employer doesn’t offer a retirement plan, see if a SEP IRA works for you.  If so, contribute to that.

Once you’ve completed all of those steps, you’ll be looking good for retirement.  If you still have more to contribute, consider opening a standard taxable account, opening/investing directly into a business or investing in some real estate.  Either way, the goal is to diversify as much as possible.

What about Traditional vs. Roth plans?  Most plans offer both options.  Even the TSP and 401(k)s offer a Roth version of the plan.  To keep it simple, I suggest investing in a Roth if you qualify for it.  If you earn too much to qualify for it, good job!  But you’ll just have to go with the Traditional plan.

What do you put in your retirement plan?  I’ve explained the different types of plans, but what goes into them?  Well, you have a few options.  If you’re interested in some individual stocks, refer to the last part of chapter 3 or keep reading for some options.  If you would rather stick with mutual funds, you should go with index funds (I explained why in chapter 1).  For the specific index funds based on your age, check out the article, How to Choose Specific Index Funds for Retirement Based on Your Age, at the end of this chapter.

How to Get Started

You can open a retirement account with your employer (or ask if they offer one) by speaking with their finance department.  You can open an IRA in less than 15 minutes at TD-Ameritrade.

The Benefits of Starting Early: The Life of Bob and Pedro

Let’s look at some numbers. You like numbers, right?

Well…you probably do when they involve your money.

We will use the fictitious charters: Pedro and Bob.

The Story of Pedro

Pedro understands that he needs to start contributing to his retirement at a young age, so he begins to put $100 into an IRA every month. Let’s just say he puts it all into index funds and he averages a measly 8% annual return on his money. Pedro is 20 years old and he contributes to this IRA until he is 50. Pedro will end up with $146,815.04. Probably not enough for Pedro to completely stop working, but he is only 50 now and this is assuming that he was never able to contribute more than $100 per month. Not bad, Pedro!

The Story of Bob

Bob knows everything and in knowing everything, he realizes that he has plenty of time to think about retirement. Despite what Pedro tries to tell him, he waits until he is 35 to even start thinking about it. At the age of 38, Bob finally decides that he can’t work as the head-repairman of Chuck E Cheese’s for the rest of his life. He will need to start contributing to his retirement. At 38, Bob is starting to realize that he may be a bit behind the game, so he contributes $400 every month into an IRA. He had heard Pedro mention something about index funds, so he puts it all into those…whatever they are. Since he is using the same index funds as Pedro, we will give Bob the same assumption of an 8% interest rate. Bob contributes until he is 50 (like Pedro) and he will end up with less than $100,000 (98,377.42 to be exact).

Well…what did we learn, class?

First off, we learned that Bob should really be taking advice from Pedro.

We also learned the compound interest that accumulates is much more powerful than contributing more money.

Bob contributed 4 times the monthly amount that Pedro contributed! But since it was only invested for 12 years, he still ended up with much less money.

Bob actually contributed more in 12 years than Pedro did in 30 years.

Bob: $57,600 Pedro: $36,000

Oh, the benefits of starting early.

How to Build a Rock Solid Retirement Portfolio

A little diversity here, a little security there.

There are several components to a well-rounded retirement portfolio.

You shouldn’t put all your eggs in one basket, but you don’t need a whole bunch of baskets.

It’s all about balance.

There are all kinds of ways to create a great portfolio, but you have to start with a solid foundation.

An IRA is a great foundation for retirement, whether it’s in addition to your company retirement account or on its own. Let’s look at 3 parts to a great IRA…

1. Index Funds

Index funds anyone? Is the S&P 500 the first that comes to mind?

I’ll start with my favorite. Index funds are indeed my favorite.

Diversity. Stability. Security.

Those are only a few of the things that index funds can provide.

You should have a nice mix of domestic and foreign index funds.

You can choose actively managed mutual funds if you really want to, but they aren’t necessary.

You may even want to throw in some bond index funds.

2. Solid Dividend Stocks

It doesn’t get much more solid than Coca-Cola, but it’s not exactly a health drink.

If you want to throw some individual stocks in your portfolio, try some well established dividend stocks. Think Dow Jones companies.

Here are a few:

  • 3M Co.
  • Coca Cola Co.
  • Johnson & Johnson
  • McDonald’s
  • Proctor & Gamble Co.

Go for fairly high-yielding dividend stocks, but a high dividend shouldn’t be all you look for. Look for companies with a strong brand and strong financials.

It’s great to earn a dividend whether the stock price rises or falls. You can reinvest your dividends to keep buying more stock.

Once you reach retirement, you can start receiving income through dividends.

DivHut is a great blog completely dedicated to dividend investing.

3. Warren Buffett’s Picks

Who knew a stock shareholders meeting could be so exciting?

Considering that Buffett made his money through investing, I think it’s safe to say that he knows what he is doing.

He has created a portfolio of great long-term value stocks, as well as many really solid private companies.

Think of it like a mutual fund that was created and managed by Buffett himself.

If you didn’t know, I am talking about Berkshire Hathaway.

This is the one stock that I would recommend to anyone. It’s Buffett’s holding company for investments and businesses.

Class A Shares (BRK.A) will run you close to $200,000 each, but for us normal people, we can buy Class B shares (BRK.B) for under $200 each (at the writing of this article).

With high capital, low debt and an annual growth of 19.7% to it’s shareholders for the last 48 years, it’s really a no-brainer.

Remember That it’s YOUR Portfolio

Your retirement portfolio may include more than these funds and stocks…and that’s fine.

You can always invest in some income real estate. You can even buy physical commodities like gold and silver.

The recommendations here are meant for your IRA.

Diversity should include all kinds of investments, not just stocks and other paper assets (see chapter 6).

This gives you a great idea on where to start and what you may want in your portfolio.

It’s your portfolio, and only you can make the final call.

But what if you don’t think you have enough money to start? I’ve got something for that…

How to Invest for Retirement With Less Than $100

36% of Americans save absolutely nothing for retirement.

80% of people ages 30-54 believe they will not have enough money saved for retirement when the time comes.

You know you need some sort of retirement plan, but can you afford it?

Are you a statistic? Or on your way to becoming one?

Spoiler alert: Yes, you can afford to invest in your retirement

It doesn’t take much to get started and it takes even less to keep going.

Here’s how you can invest for retirement, even if you think you can’t afford it…

What You Need to Know

There are 2 very important things to pay attention to when you are starting with a small amount…

Minimums and fees.

You can’t invest what you don’t have, so you will need something with a low minimum initial investment.

Fees can be a killer. Especially when you’re dealing with small amounts, because fees often stay the same.

Example: If an investment company has a $9 fee for each transaction, you will be spending a much higher percent on a small amount than you would with a larger amount. $9 is 9% of $100, while it’s less than 1% of $1,000. This means you may want to choose a different company or start with an investment that doesn’t require a transaction fee. The point is, you don’t want to spend 9% in fees if you are only earning 7% or 8% in interest. Always try to keep investing fees at 2% or less.
So, what kind of investments should you be looking at? Let’s see…

Start With a Good Foundation (It’s Free!)

You can generally start your retirement account for free. That’s right! Free!

Not only is it free, but you have options!

If your employer offers a retirement plan, you should look at that first, especially if they offer a match. There usually isn’t a minimum to get started.

If your employer doesn’t offer a retirement plan, you can open an IRA.

These companies let you open your IRA for free…

That explains the method you should use, now let’s move on to what you can invest in with just a few bucks.

3 Options to Invest With $100 or Less

There are way more than three options to invest for under $100, but these are the easiest methods to implement right now…and by the way, there may be a fourth method here, because I couldn’t resist — I told you there were more than three!

1. Mutual Funds

The initial investment for mutual funds can be high, but not always. Here are a few mutual funds that you can open with $100 or less…

Starting with one of these “starter funds” is a great way to begin, but don’t stop there. Once you have enough to afford a better mutual fund, start upgrading!

The fund you really want may have a $1,000 or a $3,000 minimum (especially if you’re looking at index funds), so just climb the ladder. Start with a $100 minimum fund, then go to a $500 fund when you get there, then $1,000, then $3,000. Work your way to the top. You’ve got the idea.

2. DRIPs

Dividend Reinvestment Plans (DRIPs) are a great way to start small. A DRIP is a plan that allows you to start as small as buying one share of a company, then continuing to invest your dividends into buying more shares. It compounds over time.

It’s a great way to start small and end up with a lot more than you may expect.

More on DRIPs in chapter 7.

3. ETFs

Many companies offer free ETF trading, so you don’t pay any commissions. This is definitely a great way to start investing. If you want to trade ETFs for free, look to one of these companies…

More on ETFs in chapter 7.

4. Betterment

I know I said three ways to invest, so consider this a bonus. Betterment is a great way to invest and there is absolutely no minimum to start an account.

Betterment is a website that allows you to invest in different ETFs based on the asset allocation you select. You don’t actually pick the specific ETFs, so that may be an issue for some who want to have more control over their investing.

Go check out Betterment Here.

Keep it Going

These are only a few of the options you have for investing with a small amount.

This all goes to show you that anyone can start investing for retirement. It doesn’t take much.

Once you start contributing to your retirement, keep going! Even if you can only afford a few dollars every month, contribute something.

6 Common Misconceptions About Retirement Accounts (And the Surprising Truth)

You’ve heard how important it is to fund your own retirement.

You’ve heard that Social Security won’t be there for you.

You’ve heard that you need to be investing in some type of IRA, 401k or some other retirement account that must be an acronym and may include numbers. However, you may not realize some things about those retirement accounts.

No worries! I’m here to let you know about six common retirement account misconceptions. So here they are…

Misconception #1:

“Contribution limits are for a household”

Truth: Contribution limits for your 401k, IRA, TSP, or whatever type of personal or employer retirement account you contribute to are for an individual, not a household. For example, in 2015 you can contribute up to $5,500 to your IRA. Your spouse can also contribute $5,500 into an IRA, for a grand total of $11,000 in contributions. Double the contributions, double the fun!

You can always find the current contribution limits here.

Misconception #2:

“You can only have one IRA, 401k, etc.”

Truth: You can actually have multiple retirement accounts. You could have a few 401ks and 15 IRAs if you want, though I wouldn’t recommend doing that for the sake of keeping track. The only thing the IRS cares about is that you don’t exceed the contribution limit with the total of your contributions to all accounts.

Misconception #3:

“IRAs are only for retirement”

Truth: Retirement is only one thing your IRA is good for. You can also use it for education, medical expenses and even as a down-payment for your first home. That’s not all though! Here are even more uses for your IRA, other than retirement.

Misconception #4:

“A Roth (or Traditional) IRA is always better”

Truth: It completely depends on your situation. I remember opening my first Roth IRA and wondering why anyone would choose a Traditional IRA (other than the income restrictions), but one is not always better than the other. It comes down to your tax bracket. Is it going to be more beneficial for you to be taxed now or later? That’s your call.

Misconception #5:

“You can put any money into a retirement plan”

Truth: Contributions to a standard retirement plan must be contributed from income; however, there is an exception to this. Non-working spouses can contribute to a spousal IRA, which allows single-income families to still contribute up to $11,000. Either way, somehow the money must be income – you can’t put just any old money into a retirement account.

So what happens if you strike it big in Vegas and want to throw it into your retirement? Well first off, you would be one out of a million who would do that with your winnings, but if that actually does happen, just contribute all of your income and live off the lump sum you just won.

Misconception #6:

“You are always charged a penalty when you withdrawal early”

Truth: As I mentioned above, you can use your IRA for several things other than retirement, but there is another way to withdrawal early (specifically out of a Roth) without a penalty – you can simply withdrawal only what you’ve contributed. With a Roth IRA, you can withdrawal your contributions at any time (tax and penalty free), but there’s a catch…you’ve got to prove how much you’ve contributed to the plan over the years. It’s best to wait until retirement to touch the money, but if you do plan on an early withdrawal, make sure to keep track of your actual contributions.

Why Not Open an IRA?

Your employer may or may not have a company retirement plan. Either way, it’s nice to have an IRA, whether it’s your only retirement plan or an additional one. I have both. I suggest TD Ameritrade since you can open an IRA with them in less than 15 minutes and get up to $600 for doing so.

How to Choose Specific Index Funds for Retirement Based on Your Age

When you hear about investing for retirement, you usually hear about mutual funds.

More specifically: index funds. Especially if you have been reading my articles.

It’s not just me.

Index funds are widely held as one of the best investments for retirement.

Especially if you want the easy way out.

Even Warren Buffett recommends index funds for the average investor.

That’s all good and well, but there are thousands of index funds, which ones should you invest in?

Good question and here is the answer…

Determine Your Situation

This is going to be a very straight forward explanation.

A cut and dry guide to index funds for retirement, straight ahead!

That means that it won’t be all inclusive. This article is very generalized and because of that, some things may be left out. The goal is to give you a general idea of what you need to do.

I am going to give you specific index funds, including links to view them.

First, you need to determine your situation.

The main factor is your age.

Other factors may include:

  • Your current assets
  • Your current retirement balance
  • An incoming inheritance

You will need to determine you retirement goals depending on when you plan to retire and the quality of life you want to have once you do retire.

I’ll give you specific index funds based on your age. Obviously this isn’t a “one size fits all” scenario, but it’s a great guideline.

The words aggressive, moderate and conservative are self-explanatory. Index funds can range from extremely aggressive (high potential for gain and for loss) to extremely conservative (little to no potential for loss and not much potential for gain).

If you can’t afford the minimum initial investment of the fund(s) you want, begin with a starter mutual fund that has a lower initial investment until you have enough to invest in the fund you want.

Aggressive: Under 30

You have plenty of time to be aggressive in your investing habits now. Here are some index funds to include in your portfolio:

Aggressive to Moderate: 30 to 40

You still have time, but you also need to start being a little more conservative. You could still keep part of your portfolio in the above index funds, but here are some index funds to add:

Moderate to Conservative: 40 to 50

By this point, you may want to cut your aggressive funds down drastically, depending on the level of risk you are willing to take. Here are some funds to add and replace the more aggressive funds with:

Conservative: If You’re Over 50

Now you shouldn’t have any aggressive funds, unless you really like to live on the edge. You may want some of your portfolio in moderate funds, but now the majority of your portfolio should include funds like this:

The Bottom Line

You can include a variety from the lists given here. These aren’t the only index funds you should own, this is just a guideline.

Put more into aggressive funds when you’re young. Put more into conservative funds when you’re older. That’s the main takeaway.

There are also plenty of other companies that offer great funds. I just listed USAA and Vanguard, because they are well-established and…I just like their funds.

As I said, this list doesn’t apply to everyone, but it can give you an idea of where you money should be.

Different people have different goals and every situation is unique.

This is as close to a step-by-step guide as it gets for the broad topic of retirement.

One last note, just because a fund isn’t in your age-range, that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t buy it. This is for the “average” investor. For example, almost anyone would benefit from own a S&P 500 index fund.

Chapter 5

How to Automate Your Retirement

Automation is a word you should be familiar with.

Automation has changed spending, saving and investing.

It’s virtually taken the discipline out of it.

Automation, A Substitution for Willpower

It used to be that investing required discipline. Especially long-term investing.

Not anymore.

You can retire wealthy with little to no discipline.

Sure, there is some discipline involved, just like there is some discipline involved in going to work everyday, but that’s not much at all. And it’s definitely not enough to make excuses for not investing.

It only takes a few minutes to setup an automatic investing system that you can retire on.

Automatic Investing

What kind of investing can be automated?

All kinds. Practically your entire retirement.

You can easily set up an auto-investing plan with:

  • Index funds
  • Mutual funds
  • DRIPs
  • 401(k) Plans
  • TSP Plans

…to name a few. Learn more about these in chapter 7.

So how do you set up all of this automatic stuff?

How to Automate Everything

You can automate your entire budget, which is especially nice if you hate budgets.

This will require you to set everything in place one time and then you can set back and know that you are living responsibly without using a typical budget. Of course, you will still want to monitor your finances, but they will be set.

You may be able to automate more than you think. Here’s how:

  • Bills can be paid automatically through the company or through online banking
  • Investments (index funds, mutual funds, retirement accounts, etc.) can be drafted automatically
  • Savings can be automatically deducted every month
  • Giving can even be deducted from your checking account monthly through your church, charity, organization or online banking

What’s left after all of that?

Your spending. That’s it. Once you automate all of the things above, then you will know how much will be coming out of your account every month. That’s when you know how much money you have left for spending.

If you are a visual person, I suggest pulling out all of your spending money in cash. That way you can see it dwindling down throughout the month. When you run out of cash, you stop spending. Not having money to spend makes it easy to not spend money, right? It’s one of the best ways, really.

You can automate your entire retirement, and it may not even cost what you think.

Small amounts add up. You’ll see in the next section.

The Slight Edge for Wealth

The Slight Edge is a book, but more importantly, it’s a concept. A very successful concept, I might add.

I’m not going to take all day to explain what it is…

The Slight Edge is the idea of making small changes and small progress over a long period of time, which leads to extraordinary results. And the best part is that these small changes can mean automating small amounts to go towards your retirement.

Now, there’s more to it than that, but that’s the “nutshell” explanation.

Let me explain exactly how it works, how it’s applied and how it can make you rich…

The Way of the Slight Edge

Have you ever tried to start a new habit?

And have you ever not followed through with it? We all have.

Look back and think about where you would be today if you would have followed through…

  • Would you be 50 pounds lighter?
  • Would you have read 100 books?
  • Would you be much closer to retirement?

Now really think back. I’m talking years back. If you would have stuck with it, think about where you would be.

OK, the guilt trip is officially over.

That’s enough talk about what you didn’t do. Let’s talk about what you can still do.

If you failed, it’s most likely because you started wrong. You probably started by doing too much, too soon.

The Slight Edge is a way to look back over the last few years and realize your monstrous accomplishments. And then realize that it was actually easy. How was it easy? Because you applied “the compound effect.”

The Compound Effect

The Slight Edge is about small habits. Daily habits. Habits that almost seem too small…but they add up.

If you think something is too small, remember these 3 things:

  1. It’s better than doing nothing
  2. It’s better than starting too big and giving up
  3. When you look at the compound effect, you’ll be amazed

So, what exactly is the compound effect? It’s like compound interest.

In the short term, it’s small. Over the long haul, it compounds like a snowball turning into an avalanche.

Again, look back and think about where you would be with a habit now, if you started it this way a year ago. Or, more positively, think about where you will be in the future.

Now let’s talk about where your finances can be in the future…

Compound interest. The 8th wonder of the world.

Now we’re shifting from metaphorical to actual. I’m talking about cold hard cash. Actual compound interest.

The most basic application of The Slight Edge is in your finances. You contribute a small amount, consistently, for a long time and you will be rich.

Let’s see just how rich you could be…

I’m not going to use the typical “10% average return of the stock market”. I could make a great argument that 9% is actually realistic; but just to be conservative, let’s use a rounded 8%.

$50/month

  • 30 Years: $73,407.52
  • 40 Years: $167,868.62
  • 50 Years: $371,803.06
  • 60 Years: $812,082.22
  • 70 Years: $1,762,611.89

$100/month

  • 30 Years: $146,815.04
  • 40 Years: $335,737.25
  • 50 Years: $743,606.12
  • 60 Years: $1,624,164.43
  • 70 Years: $3,525,223.78

$250/month

  • 30 Years: $367,037.60
  • 40 Years: $839,343.12
  • 50 Years: $1,859,015.31
  • 60 Years: $4,060,411.08
  • 70 Years: $8,813,059.44

$500/month

  • 30 Years: $734,075.21
  • 40 Years: $1,678,686.24
  • 50 Years: $3,718,030.61
  • 60 Years: $8,120,822.16
  • 70 Years: $17,626,118.88
70 years may seem like a long time, because it is a long time. But when we’re talking about leaving a legacy (more specifically, an inheritance), 70 years is definitely a reasonable time-frame.

Would it be possible for you to save more than $500/month? The answer is yes, but it depends on how much you’re willing to sacrifice (or how hard you’re willing to work).

How The Slight Edge Can Make You Unstoppable

If The Slight Edge can do that for your finances, what do you think it can do for the rest of your life?

You can implement this strategy for any goal. The thing is, you can accomplish anything if you start small enough and stay consistent.

If you read for 15 minutes a day, every day, that equates to about 1,000,000 words in a year.

Back to your finances. What if you were to read a good finance book for 15 minutes a day? 1,000,000 words about finances each year?

Imagine where you could be in a year, or two or twenty! Better yet, what if you could read for 30 minutes a day?

As cliche as it sounds, the possibilities are literally endless.

Give yourself a slight edge over the rest (OK, I admit, that was corny).

Seriously though, it doesn’t take much. Think big, smart small.

If don’t have The Slight Edge, I would strongly recommend getting it. It’s just a few bucks on Amazon and the content is priceless.

Click here to buy The Slight Edge on Amazon.

Use the Magic of 1%

If you have a retirement plan through your employer, see your finance department and figure out to have a specific amount of percentage deducted from each paycheck.

For other options (mutual funds, index funds, IRAs, etc.), go to TD Ameritrade or USAA and open an account. Both companies offer options for automatic investing.

Once you automate your investment, check back in at least annually, and while you’re there, increase it by 1%.

If you only increase by 1% a year, you won’t notice much of a difference, but it will make a huge difference to your bottom line in the end.

Chapter 6

How to Invest Without the Stock Market

“The US dollar is going to collapse, don’t put money into the stock market!”

Have you ever heard similar advice? I’m sure you have. And for good reason.

The US dollar is economically weak, but politically and realistically strong — a weird combination, but it’s true.

Before we get too far off into the debate over the US dollar (and I can go on all day; I am a finance nerd, remember ), let’s get to the important stuff here: investing without the stock market. That’s what this is about.

What Diversity Really Means

I love the stock market, but I also love diversity, because I love investing and investing without diversity is illogical.

There’s diversity, and then there’s diversity within diversity. Diversity means owning several types of investments. Diversity within diversity means owning several types of each investment. Owning stocks across several sectors, different types of bonds, and cash accounts is great diversity within the paper asset class, but that’s all it is.

True diversity has to span asset classes.

Warren Buffett has been one of the most famous, and long-running, advocates for the stock market. That’s where he made his money, and he recommends it as the easiest way for you to make money on your investments. But even Buffett has diversification outside of the New York Stock Exchange.

Buffett’s Investing Rules (Not Just for Stocks)

Buffett’s famous letters to his Berkshire Hathaway shareholders have not only been valuable for learning how to pick stocks, but they’ve been valuable in making any investment decision.

Here are a few examples from Buffett’s letters:

“Focus on the future productivity of the asset you are considering. If you don’t feel comfortable making a rough estimate of the asset’s future earnings, just forget it and move on.”

As you’ll see in a moment, many of these comments pertain to Buffett’s farm and the piece of commercial real estate he bought in New York. Whether we’re talking about a dividend stock or a farm, there are many universal investing principles.

There are always two basic types of investment: investments that produce and investments that don’t.

That means you have three ways to make money when you invest:

  1. You can make money from what the investment produces
  2. You can make money from what the investments becomes worth
  3. You can make money from a combination of the two

That’s it. And that covers any investment I can think of. The terms may change, but in the end, you’ll be earning money in one of the above three ways. The stock market gives you the opportunity to use one or all of these ways to make money, and so do plenty of other investment opportunities.

Back to what Buffett says about his his two non-stock investments mentioned earlier:

“With my two small investments, I thought only of what the properties would produce and cared not at all about their daily valuations.”

According to Buffett, what an investment produces is much more valuable than what the investment itself is actually worth. This idea is easily explained in the stock market by looking at dividend stocks, but how do other types of investments “produce?” Investments can produce in several ways; a farm produces a crop or meat or dairy or something along those lines. Real estate can produce cashflow through rental income.

There are all kinds of ways investments produce.

Let’s look at one more universal investing principle from Buffett, and then we’ll get into how you can start investing without the stock market:

“My two purchases were made in 1986 and 1993. What the economy, interest rates, or the stock market might do in the years immediately following — 1987 and 1994 — was of no importance to me in making those investments. I can’t remember what the headlines or pundits were saying at the time. Whatever the chatter, corn would keep growing in Nebraska and students would flock to NYU.”

It’s funny how these ideas that are often thought of as “stock market investing tips” can span asset classes.

That’s my point. Look at most investing principles universally, and apply the principles to the following ideas…

9 Ways to Invest Without the Stock Market

I highly suggest diversifying your portfolio to include some of the following. You don’t need everything here, but I recommended at least trying a couple.

If you’re investing outside of the stock market because you’re afraid the market or the US dollar is going to collapse, I have bad news. If the dollar or the stock market collapses, it’s going to affect other investments. It would affect everything. In the world.

Note: If you’re truly worried about the dollar collapsing, I suggest investing in skills and friends. Skills will always be valuable, even if the world economy collapses. If something catastrophic happened, you would want to know how to do things that people will pay you for and you would want people on your side. However, my advice is that worrying helps nothing.
Whether you’re afraid of the stock market or just looking for some more diversity, here are some options you have for investing:

  1. Hard Assets – Commodities like gold and silver are the old “go-to” alternate investment options. The only problem with these is that they don’t produce; the hope is that the value increases, but it doesn’t always. It’s good to have some hard assets, but I personally wouldn’t go as far as backing a 401(k) with them.
  2. InventionsAngel investing is the main way to find good invention ideas, or just talk to people you know. You might only be a couple degrees of separation from an inventor who’s looking for investors. When you hear of a good Kickstarter fund for an invention, contact the inventors and ask them if they have investment opportunities.
  3. Real Estate – It will always be worth something. Everyone has to live somewhere. You can invest in rental properties that will produce an income, or you can buy raw land in hopes that it will increase in value. Just keep an eye on your taxes and make sure to pay them. Commercial real estate is another option, but do your research first!
  4. Small Business – It’s true that most small businesses end up failing, but if you really know of a groundbreaking local business, it’s worth a shot. You know the local market better than outsiders; use that to your advantage. If you think you’ve found the next Apple, you could be in for some big returns …of course you could also lose everything you invest. Greater rewards come through greater risks.
  5. Peer-to-Peer Lending – You can loan money to your brother-in-law and tell him to pay it back with interest. However, that may be the last time you ever see your money or your brother-in-law. Fortunately, there are ways to take advantage of peer-to-peer lending with less risk. Lending Club and Prosper are two of the most popular options, and the offer quite a bit of protection. Similar to the protection of a mutual fund, they will spread your investment across many different peers, so you’re not lending your money to one person.
  6. Collectibles – Sports cards, stamps, model cars …almost anything is collectible if you can find a buyer and you can keep it in mint condition. This is more of a hobby than anything so you want to be sure you’re interested in whatever you’re collecting. But remember, for collectibles, without a buyer, it doesn’t matter what it’s “worth.” Use that to your benefit when you’re buying collectibles, and you will have an easier time selling them down the road. Often, due to how long it takes for some collectibles to become valuable, consider leaving this as a legacy to your children, possibly even for their children.
  7. Antiques/Art – Similar to other collectibles, antiques and art are only worth what someone will pay. That being said, there is a large market for both of these things. The most important thing here is to do your research. A well-researched buy can outperform the stock market any day. An uninformed buy can be the biggest burden in your portfolio.
  8. Wine Bottles – It’s actually possible to make between 6% and 15% annually by investing in wine. You need to know a lot about wine, such as which wines are worth the most, how to store it properly and where to buy it, but this investment can definitely pay off. Of course, you need to make sure you’re not going to be tempted to drink it all.
  9. Farming – This can go one of two ways. It can either be a lifestyle investment by buying and working a farm yourself, or it can be a capital-only investment by owning a farm that is run by someone else. Of course, you’ll usually have to go in and get the process started yourself, but it can be a profitable investment once it’s up and running. Remember, this is one of the alternate investment options Warren Buffett uses.

These aren’t your only options. Of course, you can always put your money in “high-yield” savings accounts or “invest” in CD (Certificate of Depression Deposit) ladders, but the rates of return are so low, it’s not much of an investment.

If you’re just looking to get out of the US stock market, there are plenty of stable foreign stock exchanges.

Chapter 7

Common Terms and Definitions

The terms can be the most intimidating part of investing.

If you’re new to it, it can seem like a new language.

In some ways it is, but you don’t have to know everything.

There are really only a few terms that you need to understand to get started.

I’ve included the following list of some common terms associated with investing.

While it’s unlikely that you will ned to know what each one of these mean, you will need to know more about a few.

Learn more below…

401(k)

You have heard the term 401(k) before.

You know it has to do with retirement.

You may even contribute to a 401(k), but do you fully understand it?

It’s simple to understand what it is and how it can help you.

Let me explain…

The Breakdown

A 401(k) is a company retirement plan.

The name comes from the Internal Revenue Code:
Section 401, paragraph k.

Think of it like an IRA that is affiliated with your company. An IRA is individual and private, whereas a 401(k) is through a company.

Similar to an IRA, you (usually) have the option to invest in a Traditional 401(k) or a Roth 401(k). A traditional 401(k) lets you contribute pre-tax dollars, but you will be taxed on the capital gains you earn. A Roth IRA lets you contribute post-taxed dollars, but you pay no tax on your capital gains.

The investment options will vary, depending on the retirement account provider, but you will usually be able to pick from a range of index funds and mutual funds.

With some companies you may even have more options, to include individual stocks and bonds.

Why Choose a 401(k)?

There is one main reason to choose a 401(k) over an IRA:

Free money.

Many companies will match what you put into a 401(k), up to a certain percentage. Different companies match different amounts, but if they match at all, it’s free money.

You may also want to contribute to your 401(k) in addition to an IRA since the contribution limit for a 401(k) is much higher ($18,000 compared to $5,500 for an IRA – as of 2017).

Remember: 18,000 is the maximum amount you can personally contribute, your total contributions can be higher if your company matches. The total contribution limit, including company match, is $54,000 for the year 2017.
However, if your company doesn’t offer a match and you aren’t able to contribute more than the limit for an IRA, I would suggest just sticking with your IRA since it will have more investment options.

You can also “catch up”, like you can with an IRA. Individuals over 50 can contribute an additional $6,000 per year to their 401(k) in order to help them reach their retirement goals.

Similar Plans, Different Names

A 403(b) is basically the 401(k) for organizations. 403(b) plans are only offered to public education organizations, 501(c)(3) organizations, some hospitals and self-employed ministers.

A Thrift Savings Plan (TSP) is offered to Federal employees, such as the military. Some Federal employees are offered a match and some aren’t. It depends on your position with the government.

The contribution limits and figures for 403(b) and TSP plans are the same as a 401(k).

A SEP IRA is a similar retirement account, but it is fully funded by the employer.

A Simple IRA is a company retirement plan for companies with less than 101 employees.

Contribution limits and other figures can change over the years. These numbers are current as of 2017. Get the current numbers here.

Final Words

I hope you feel a little more comfortable about 401(k) plans.

So, what should you do now?

  1. Figure out if your company has one of these plans.
  2. Contribute to your company plan if they offer a match.
  3. Contribute the maximum amount that your company will match.
  4. If your company doesn’t match, only contribute after you have maxed out your IRA.
  5. If you don’t understand something, ask questions in the comments.
529 Plan

Do you save for your children’s education?

Or do you plan to start?

If you think it’s important to help your child with college expenses, you are in luck, because you have some options.

One of the most common ways to save for education is through a 529 plan.

A 529 is like an IRA for education.

Let’s see how a 529 can help you…

The Breakdown

A 529 is an education savings plan.

The name is taken from Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Note: There are technically two types of 529 plans. The one we will be discussing here is the account that you use to save for future education expenses. There is also an option for pre-paying tuition to a specific school or institution. This second type of 529 plan is much more restrictive and less common.
Like an IRA, a 529 is not an investment in itself, it’s a tax shelter for an investment. The difference is that an IRA is tax-shelter when used for retirement, but a 529 plan is a tax-shelter when used for your children’s education expenses.

You are generally given multiple investment choices, including mutual funds and/or index funds.

There are aggressive investing options for when your children are young. Then there are much more conservative options for when your children begin to approach the college age.

State Plans

529 plans are State plans, but that doesn’t mean you have to choose a plan in your state…

You can choose a 529 from any state that offers a 529 plan.

Again, there are no laws or requirements to be a resident of the state in which you open a 529 plan.

You can live in Arkansas, open a plan in Oklahoma and go to school in California.

Benefits of a 529

There are multiple benefits to opening a 529 fund for your children. Anyone can open one since there are no income restrictions.

If the money is used for education, you will pay no federal taxes on earnings. So your money grows tax tax-free, when used for school.

Unlike Education Savings Accounts (ESAs), your child doesn’t have control over the money once they reach a certain age. You will always remain in control of the money.

Another great thing is that most states don’t have an age limit for using the money.

Let’s recap…a 529 plan is a fund that allows you to grow tax-free earnings as long as you use the money for school.

What is Considered Education Expenses

529 plans are fairly lenient when it comes to what is considered an education expense.

Here are a few of the things that you can use a 529 plan for:

  • Tuition
  • Room and board
  • Books
  • Computers
  • Study materials
  • Most school supplies
  • Many other fees

Pretty much anything that you would use to study or do school work.

Questions and What Ifs…

What if my children get scholarships or grants?

If your child doesn’t end up needing the money due to scholarships or grants, you can use the 529 plan to buy other education related expenses or you can roll the money over into a 529 for another child.

What if my child doesn’t decide to go to college?

If your child doesn’t go to college at all, you can roll the money over into a 529 plan for another child or you can pull your money out and not use it for education.

What happens if I don’t use the money for education?

You pay a 10% penalty, as well as taxes on any earnings you receive…similar to an IRA. However, you don’t pay taxes on the money you contributed since it was pre-taxed money (taxes were taken out of the money when you earned it).

Where can I open a 529 plan?

TD Ameritrade is a great place to open a 529. Learn about the specifics of their 529 here. Most other investment companies offer 529 plans as well.

How much can I contribute to a 529 each year?

The maximum contribution limits change depending on the state, but it’s usually at least $100,000…sometimes as much as $200,000.

Bitcoin

Bitcoin is a new term compared to most other forms of currency.

Bitcoin is now a real and fairly popular currency, so you should probably know a little bit about it.

When you ask Google what Bitcoin is, this is the first thing you will get:

“Bitcoin is a peer-to-peer payment system and digital currency introduced as open source software in 2009 by pseudonymous developer Satoshi Nakamoto. It is a cryptocurrency, so-called because it uses cryptography to control the creation and transfer of money.” –From Wikipedia

Basically, a bitcoin is a new form of currency. A means for purchasing certain things, namely, things that accept bitcoins. (OK, that last part was probably obvious, but it’s worth noting since very few things accept bitcoins right now)

It’s important to note, before I continue, that Bitcoin (capital ‘B’) is a system and one “unit” of this type of currency is referred to as a bitcoin (lower-case ‘b’). So there is Bitcoin and there are bitcoins.

What’s the Point?

While bitcoins may not appeal to the “general public”, they are extremely appealing to a number of people.

Bitcoins can be used to make anonymous purchases, which makes them very attractive to certain individuals. They have attracted a crowd of investors as the cost of bitcoins keeps increasing and there are also no fees associated with them during the transaction process.

Acquiring Bitcoins

In short: you buy them, trade for them or “mine” them.

There are several bitcoin exchanges online to buy and sell. You can transfer bitcoins online, similar to how you would transfer cash with a computer or a smart phone.

Bitcoin mining? Wait, what?

This is how bitcoins are originally created, through a process called “mining”.

“With Bitcoin, miners use special software to solve math problems and are issued a certain number of bitcoins in exchange. This provides a smart way to issue the currency and also creates an incentive for more people to mine. ” –BitcoinMining.com

Owning Bitcoins

Once purchased or mined, bitcoins are stored in a digital wallet, where you can send, receive, spend and save them.

Bitcoins are not insured by the FDIC. They are not backed by any physical asset, so they have no intrinsic or physical value (similar to the US dollar?).

Quick Pros and Cons

Overall, it’s your call whether you want to get into this market. There are many risks associated with bitcoins that you should be aware of.

Bitcoins can be stolen if someone hacks into your computer (they are working to make them more secure). If your computer crashes without a backup, bitcoins can be lost. Basically, most of the standard risks associated with computer files also apply to bitcoins.

There are also positives, such as not having to go through a bank and not having a limit on how many bitcoins can be created. The latter could be a downfall as well, if you look at it through the lens of inflation.

The moral of the story is that, like any investment, you should be wise and do your research. Any investment can lose value and bitcoins are no different. Furthermore, since bitcoins are a new currency, they should probably be considered a high-risk investment.

Bonds

A bond is a form of investment. Simply put, a bond is debt.

When you buy a bond you are basically offering a loan to a company or government, and the entity that you borrow from is then in debt to you; unlike a stock where you own a share (or a piece) of a company, with a bond you are just loaning the money for a certain amount of time.

This definition is for the investor wanting to know what a bond is (for investing purposes not macro economical purposes) so I won’t get too deep into monetizing, but I will say that bonds are often what people are referring to when they talk about the government printing more money out of thin air. This occurs through selling bonds to the public, as well as the government buying their own bonds (monetizing).

Rates of Return

Bonds usually offer a considerably safe return, which is why the return is generally much less than stocks, but this is not to say that there are never risks with them.

With any investment comes some form of risk.

The company or government offer a fixed interest rate that they will pay you over a certain period of time (usually paid out every 6 months). The interest rate is generally higher for longer term bonds, because the longer you let them keep your money, the more they are willing to pay you for it. The interest rate also usually depends on the credit rating of the issuer.

Example: a company with a low credit rating may offer a high interest rate on your money since they are less likely to actually pay out. These are often referred to ask junk bonds, which can be very risky, but also very rewarding.
Generally the safest assumed bonds are issued by the United States in the form of Treasuries. It is also generally believed to be fairly safe to buy them from large-cap corporations such as the companies in the Dow Jones. There are many types of bonds and many people believe that a certain amount of your portfolio should consist of some form of bonds, but make sure to do your research on the types before you dive into buying them.

Purchasing Bonds

Purchasing bonds can be a similar process to purchasing stocks and mutual funds; in fact, you can actually purchase bond funds or you can purchase them individually. You can purchase bonds through a broker or through an online brokerage account, similar to how you would purchase stocks. You also have the option to purchase government bonds directly from the government or the city through scheduled auctions.

TD Ameritrade is a great options for buying bonds.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP)

A DRIP (Dividend Reinvestment Plan) is great for the small investor.

If you personally want to invest, but feel like you don’t have enough money, a DRIP is a great starting place for you.

You don’t need very much money to get started and you don’t have to keep pouring large amounts of money in.

How a DRIP Drips

A DRIP is a company program for it’s shareholders (anyone who holds stock or wants to hold stock in the company).

It’s a clever name, because the investment process works in a dripping nature.

You can start a DRIP by buying one stock of a company. Your dividends are automatically reinvested, which is how your money continues to drip into the account and create wealth over the long term.

A DRIP can also allow you to buy fractions of shares, since the dividends usually wouldn’t be enough to buy whole shares every month. Let’s say you own one stock and the stock price is $50 with a dividend of $1 per share. You would buy 1/50th of a share every time you are paid a dividend and your money is reinvested.

Let It Keep Dripping

DRIPs are meant to be a long term, “buy and hold” investment. Usually you will not be charged commissions or fees when you reinvest the dividends since you are working directly with the company. The best part is that most of the time you can even buy more shares without paying commissions or fees. That’s good news!

You can continue to purchase shares through automatic purchasing plans that can be setup with the company.

You’ve got to love automated investing!

The share you purchase and the dividends you reinvest will begin to add up quickly, even if you started with a very small amount.

A DRIP May Be for You

If you don’t have much to start with, this is one of your best options.

To start a DRIP, contact the shareholder relations division of the company you are interested in and ask them if they have a Dividend Reinvestment Plan. If they have the plan, they should get you started right away. They also have the prospectus, which is basically shareholder information for you to learn more about the company and your investment.

Most large companies (such as McDonald’s, Coca-Cola and AT&T) offer this plan. Contact them directly to find out.

Exchange-Traded Fund (ETF)

An ETF (Exchange-Traded Fund) is a fairly new invention and they are getting very popular. An ETF is similar to an index fund. It tracks a particular index like an index fund, but it is traded like a stock.

This means that an ETF has a ticker symbol and you can buy it by the share. Exchange Traded Funds can also track commodities such as gold and silver. This is a great way to invest in commodities with small investment amounts without holding physical assets. They also give you more liquidity than holding physical commodities.

Expense Ratio

Most index funds have minimum amounts for investment (such as $500, $1000 or even $3000+), but ETFs do not. This is really great for people who cannot afford to start with the high minimum initial investments of index funds.

The expense ratio will usually be much lower for ETFs than index funds or mutual funds. When you purchase ETFs, you pay the usual commission that you would pay when you buy a stock or a bond.

Purchasing ETFs

You can purchase ETFs just like you would purchase stocks, through a broker or through an online brokerage account. They have ticker symbols just like stocks. For example, SPY is the ticker symbol of one of the most popular S&P 500 ETFs. ETFs are a great way to invest in a certain industry if you don’t know which specific companies to invest in.

Open an IRA in 15 minutes or less with TD Ameritrade, where you can buy stocks, mutual funds, index funds and ETFs.

Index Fund

An index fund is a fund that tracks an index, such as the S&P 500, the Nasdaq 100 or the Dow Jones (the 3 most popular American indexes). So what exactly is an index?

What is an Index?

An index is a representation of a portion of the stock market.

Example: The Dow Jones Index is comprised of 30 companies, these are 30 of the largest and most influential companies in America. So if you were to invest in a Dow Jones index fund, you would be able to invest in a single fund, but that single fund would be invested in all of the companies on the Dow Jones Index.
There are larger indexes, the largest among popular indexes probably being the Russell 3000 Index, which includes 3000 companies (as you may have guessed). Some believe that Russell 3000 index funds may be the best way to invest in the stock market as a whole and they are probably accurate, since it contains so many companies.

Index Fund Options

There are so many options for index funds, that I can’t name them all in a mini blog, but here is a list of the major global indexes. The most popular index as far as owning an index fund goes, is probably the S&P 500. This index includes basically all of the companies on the Dow Jones plus another 470 companies like Apple Inc. and Google Inc., to name a couple of the most popular right now.

Index Fund Fees

Index fund fees are generally much lower than the fees of actively-managed funds. An index fund is passively-managed, so the manager does not have to “manage” it by picking the stocks based on research and there are generally little advertising and marketing fees for index funds.

The average fee for an index fund is around 0.3%, which is generally more than 1 percentage point less than an actively-managed fund.

Buying an Index Fund

Many company retirement plans, such as a 401(k) or a 403(b) have index funds as an option for investment. The US Armed Forces, as well as many other government positions, have the option to invest in a TSP (Thrift Savings Plan), which gives you several index funds to choose from. You can also invest in an index fund through a brokerage company or financial institution in an IRA or a regular taxable account.

Index funds are a great core for your retirement investing and they can also be used to save for big ticket items, as long as you can devote several years (generally five or more) to the investment.

Open an IRA in 15 minutes or less with TD Ameritrade, where you can buy stocks, mutual funds, index funds and ETFs.

Individual Stocks

The stock market can be scary for new investors, but it’s not quite as complex as the folks on Wall Street want to pretend it is. This brings us to the most basic question about the stock market: What is a stock? A stock is a share of a public company.

A Public Company

There a private companies and there are public companies. Private companies are owned by individuals or by other companies. Public companies are owned by, you guessed it, the public! This is a way to have multiple people contribute to a company financially.

Let’s say a company is just starting out and they need $100,000 to get started. They could raise the money on their own or they could go public. Let’s say the go public. Since they need $100,000, they start their stock price off at $100/share and offer 1,000 shares (100 x 1,000 = 100,000). Now if all of these 1,000 shares sell, the company will be fully funded and have their $100,000.

Once this company begins to earn profits, the profits could then be divided among the share holders. If they managed to make $100,000 profit in the first year, they could add $100 to the price of each share. Now all of the people that owned shares worth $100/each would own shares worth $200/each. That’s a nice profit! The company would also have the option of using that profit to re-invest in the company, pay dividends to shareholders or repurchase their own stock.

Repurchasing stock is where a company reduces the amount of shares by buying their own stock to destroy it, which decreases the total number of shares and that increases the value of the rest of the shares.

Purchasing Stocks

People used to have to go through an actual broker to buy any stock. They would call to place an order and it was a rather long process, but now it is easy to buy stocks online, by yourself. There many great companies like TD Ameritrade or USAA (my personal choice if you have military affiliation). Buying a stock is as simple as figuring out the stock ticker symbols (i.e. Walmart’s symbol is WMT) and placing an order for the amount of shares you want.

Generally you will have a money market account in your brokerage account to store the money that you use for purchasing stock, in other words, you generally buy stock with money from your brokerage account, not with your regular checking account or a credit card. It often takes 5-7 business days to have the money available to buy stock once you transfer it to your brokerage account.

Get Started

Get out there and do your research. Educate yourself on the stock market and how to pick stocks. The stock market is a great place to invest, if you are smart about it and you know what you are doing. There are so many great books on investing in the stock market that I can’t name them all, but here are some great resources on investing in individual stocks to get you started:

A great workbook (probably the best) to get started:

Great Books on the stock market:

Open an IRA in 15 minutes or less with TD Ameritrade, where you can buy stocks, mutual funds, index funds and ETFs.

Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA)

First off, an IRA (Individual Retirement Arrangement) is NOT an investment.

An IRA is a shelter for investments. A tax shelter.

In an IRA, you have the options to buy stocks, bonds, mutual funds, money market accounts, CDs and, in some cases, real estate.

The purpose of using an IRA as an investment account to hold all of these securities is simple; the tax breaks. However, you are responsible for a 10% fee when you don’t follow the rules. The main rule to know is that, in typical circumstances, you should not begin pulling money out of an IRA until your are at least 59 1/2; otherwise, you could be hit with penalties and fees for the withdraw.

Note: You will not incur fees or penalties for withdrawing money that you put into an IRA, you will only incur fees or penalties from your earnings.
There are 2 common types of IRAs: a Traditional IRA and a Roth Ira. What’s the difference?

Traditional IRA vs. Roth IRA

Basically there is one main difference. Traditional IRAs allow you to contribute pre-tax income. This means that you can put money in a Traditional IRA before Uncle Sam has the chance to touch it.

With a Roth IRA, you contribute taxed income. Here’s the catch: when you go to withdraw your money, in retirement, the withdrawals from a Traditional IRA are taxed and the withdrawals from a Roth IRA are tax free (since you already paid tax on the money you put in). So in a Roth IRA, you do not pay taxes on the capital gains you earn over the life of the account.

Isn’t the Choice Obvious?

The choice seems obvious, right? If you know anything about compound interest, then you know a Roth IRA would save you a lot more tax dollars than a Traditional IRA, because you will generally make way more money, through capital gains, than you would contribute. Well, unfortunately, the government knows that too, so they put certain restrictions on Roth IRAs.

Example: if your income is too high ($191,000/year as of 2014), then you can’t contribute to a Roth IRA at all. You can still contribute to a Traditional IRA, no matter how high your income, but the tax benefits decrease as your income increase.

Limits and Catching Up

You can “catch-up” on your investing into an IRA, if you are 50 or older, because you are allowed to invest an additional $1000 on top of the regular annual limit.

What annual limit, you say?

There is a maximum annual contribution limit, in both types of IRAs, of $5500 (as of 2014). This amount increases periodically, but many people believe it may be at $5500 for a while.

Where to Open an IRA

You can open them at most financial institutions. This includes banks, investment companies and many website. Watch out though, because some banks limit the types of investments that you can put in your IRA. Personally, I use USAA, but you do need to have military affiliation to use them. USAA is an amazing company. I like their customer service and the ease of opening accounts with them.

Did you know that Roth IRAs aren’t just for retirement?

5 Little-Known Uses for an IRA

IRAs are great for retirement accounts, but that’s that all!

There are many little-known uses for an IRA to shelter money from taxes.

Normally when you pull money out before retirement, you are penalized with an additional 10% tax, but here are some ways to avoid that extra fee…

1. Paying for School

That’s right! You can use an IRA as an education investment account to pay for college. This not only includes your own college, but also your spouse and any of your children. The downside is that IRA distributions are considered income on financial aid applications, so this may affect the amount of financial aid you receive. Depending on your situation, you may benefit more from an IRA as a savings account or a 529 may be better for you.

2. First Home Down Payment

If you qualify as a first time homebuyer, meaning you have not owned a home in the past 2 years, then you are eligible to take up to $10,000 out of an IRA for a down payment on a house without paying the 10% fee. This applies to buying, building and re-building a home.

3. Medical Expenses

You can use an IRA to cover unreimbursed medical expenses, if the total medical expense exceeds 7.5% of your adjusted gross income.

4. Tax-Free Gifting

With estate-planning comes another great use for an IRA. If you contribute to a Roth IRA and you name your children and/or grandchildren as the beneficiaries, you pass that money to them and they are able to pull the money out, tax-free.

5. Disability Pay

If you become disabled and unable to work, you can draw income from your IRA as long as you provide documentation of the disability. If you are able to receive Social Security disability then this would be extra money on top of that.

Remember…

Overall an IRA has a vast amount of uses, but if you are caught in an emergency, an IRA should be your last resort. It should also be noted that these are different ways of using an IRA, but you should only take advantage of these if that is your initial purpose in investing in the IRA. Simply put: it shouldn’t be a last minute decision to pull a down payment for your home out of your retirement money. All of the usual rules apply when using money for these purposes. A Traditional IRA would still be hit with an income tax on the money you pull out and a Roth IRA would be tax-free income.

Open an IRA in 15 minutes or less with TD Ameritrade.

Mutual Fund

A mutual fund is like a bucket full of multiple different stocks, bonds, securities or a combination that you invest in collectively. When you buy into a mutual fund, you are buying into all of the securities in the fund by making one single investment. It is a great way for instant diversification.

Types of Mutual Funds

There are stock funds, sector funds, passively-managed, actively-managed, load, no-load, money market funds, balanced funds and that’s just naming a few of them.

This may seem confusing, but if this seems more complicated than you would prefer, there is a simple rule that you can live by: Invest in index funds. It really is that simple. Historically, index funds have outperformed 80% of mutual funds.

Mutual Fund Fees

There are always fees associated with mutual funds, but they vary drastically. There are management fees and 12b-1 fees; the 12b-1 fees are charged by some funds to cover some of the overall costs of the fund. Load funds charge an upfront or a back-end load fee, which is just a sales charge that you either pay when you buy in (upfront) or when you sell the fund (back-end). No-load funds, however, do not have either of those fees.

Index funds tend to have the lowest fees of any of these funds, but if you do decide that you are going to try to beat the market and invest in one of the funds in the 20% that do outperform index funds, then the fees usually won’t matter as much to you.

Many times the funds with loads and higher fees are the funds that promise or at least attempt to beat the market, just make sure all of the high fees don’t outweigh the increased earnings.

How to Invest in Funds

There are many ways to invest in all kinds of mutual funds and index funds. You can generally invest through a brokerage company or a financial institution. USAA, for example, offers there own mutual funds and index funds, but you can also invest in other funds through a USAA brokerage account.

If you decide to invest in any fund, you should head over to morningstar.com to get performance information on any fund you choose. Many people choose funds based on past performance, which is a fairly reliable method to use, but if you are investing in index funds, it’s more about picking the right index to invest in, than the specific fund itself.

Open an IRA in 15 minutes or less with TD Ameritrade, where you can buy stocks, mutual funds, index funds and ETFs.

Penny Stocks

You have probably heard a lot about penny stocks. I’m sure you have seen ads all over the Internet that advertise things like “Get rich with penny stocks!” or “Turn pennies into thousands!”.

Well unfortunately those ads aren’t very realistic.

I know, I know, it’s surprising to find something on the Internet that may not be true. Is it possible to make a lot of money with penny stocks? Sure. You can make money with anything if you are good at it or lucky, but it’s definitely not for everyone and it’s not really investing.

So what exactly is a penny stock?

There are Penny Stocks…

Penny stocks are basically any stock that trades for less than $5 per share. The $5 things is new, since a penny stock used to be any stock trading for less than $1 per share, but the definition was recently changed by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to include any stock under $5.

So contrary to popular belief, the value doesn’t actually have to be in the pennies to be considered a “penny stock”. I guess they figured dime stocks and quarter stocks sounded ridiculous and now it’s easier to say penny stocks as an all-inclusive term for these risky stocks.

…Then There are Sub-Penny Stocks

There is a stock even cheaper than a penny stock, known as a sub-penny stock. This is, as it sounds, any stock that trades for less than one penny per share. Some sub-penny stocks can go pretty low. It’s not uncommon for them to trade at .001 cents per share and even lower. Most of these sub-penny stocks (and many penny stocks) trade on the OTC (Over-the-Counter) markets and they are extremely speculative.

It is possible that they aren’t even a company. Some are just plain scams.

Why Not Dollar Stocks?

It may seem strange that stocks worth up to $5 can be called penny stocks, but there is a reason for this. These low valued stocks of $2 or $3 are perceived to be just as risky as the stocks that are worth less than $1; therefore, the name penny stock applies to all of these now. Basically, when you hear penny stock, most people think high-risk. So now the other high-risk stocks are included.

The Bottom Line

The chance for losing money with penny stocks is much higher than gaining money. With penny stocks, there are usually thousands of people buying and selling thousands of shares all the time, which makes for a very up and down stock price. It’s not uncommon for a penny stock to increase or decrease by 500% (or more) in one day, merely due to trading activity (and that is not the primary reason you want to see a stock price change).

If you want to get into penny stocks, you can buy some for a few bucks, just for fun, or you can find some of those Internet programs that promise to help you make money with penny stocks, but I wouldn’t recommend that. Just remember, it’s much more like gambling than investing.

Even if you do earn money, that doesn’t mean it was a wise decision.

Chapter 8

Investing Tools

You don’t need 1000 tools to start investing, but you do need a few.

Some make investing possible, like brokerage companies and banks.

Others just make investing easier like resources and apps.

To Start Investing

TD Ameritrade is a great place to get started investing. You can open an IRA for retirement, a 529 for your children’s education, a standard brokerage account to buy stocks, or start a number of other investments. They offer some of the lowest fees and best customer service for beginners.

Learn More

USAA is my absolute favor place for banking, investing and even insurance. However you must have a military affiliation (personally or family member) to use them. You can click here to see if your military affiliation qualifies you. They make it easy to open every type of investment, and they offer some great mutual funds and index funds.

Learn More

Betterment offers automatic investing options and low fees. It’s easy to set up your retirement plan and to keep contributing to it automatically. They will automatically invest your money based on your desired risk level and stage of life. It’s worth it to have someone else you can trust to handle everything.

Learn More

Tools to Make Investing Easier

Track All of Your Money

Your finance headquarters. Link your accounts, track every transaction, see your net worth and more. And it’s completely free.

Know Your Net Worth

See your up-to-date net worth at any time.

Track Every Transaction

See your transactions from all cards and accounts in one place.

Analyze Your Porfolio

Check for fees and make sure you’re making the best investments.

Multiple Devices

You can use Personal Capital on your phone, tablet or computer. It’s my favorite tool for tracking all of my spending.

Bank-Level Security

You can link your accounts, and it’s totally safe. They have the same security measures as online banking websites.

Completely Free

Since they make their money from their investment advisory services, using Personal Capital is 100% free!

The Best Cash Back Site

Cash back that helps you reach your goals. Earn cash back and use it towards your retirement, student loan debt or a college fund.

Tools for Tracking and Information

Financhill

Great information on individual stocks.

Serenity Stock Screener

A screener for value stocks, based on Benjamin Graham and Warren Buffett’s method.

Yahoo Finance

Financial reports for companies all in one place.

Chapter 9

Investing Books

My Top 3 Investing Books

These are my top 3 all-time favorite books on investing. I feel like they lay a great foundation for beginners and experienced investors.

The Shortest Investment Book Ever

By James O’Donnell

You can read this book in a couple days or less, and it will explain most of what you need to know about investing.

The Motley Fool Investment Workbook

By David and Tom Gardner

This workbook taught me more about investing than any other book, since you actually work through the process.

The Little Book that Beats the Market

By Joel Greenblatt

Joel lays out a “Magic Formula” that can actually beat the market, if you’re willing to put in the work.

The Best Books on The Stock Market

  1. The Intelligent Investor by Benjamin Graham
  2. The Essays of Warren Buffett by Warren Buffett and Lawrence Cunningham
  3. Why Stocks Go Up and Down by William Pike and Patrick Gregory
  4. Financial Statements by Thomas R. Ittelson
  5. One Up on Wall Street by Peter Lynch
  6. Active Value Investing by Vitaliy N. Katsenelson
  7. Why Are We So Clueless about the Stock Market? by Mariusz Skonieczny
  8. F Wall Street by Joe Ponzio
  9. Beating the Street by Peter Lynch
  10. The Little Book of Value Investing by Christopher H. Browne
  11. Why Smart People Make Big Money Mistakes and How to Correct Them by Gary Belsky and Thomas Gilovich
  12. Value Investing: From Graham to Buffett and Beyond by Bruce C. N. Greenwald
  13. The Shortest Investment Book Ever by James O’Donnell
  14. Common Stocks and Uncommon Profits by Philip Fisher
  15. The Little Book That Builds Wealth by Pat Dorsey
  16. The Motley Fool Investment Workbook by David and Tom Gardner
  17. The Automatic Millionaire by David Bach
  18. Quality of Earnings by Thornton L. O’glove
  19. The Five Rules for Successful Stock Investing by Pat Dorsey
  20. Security Analysis by Benjamin Graham
  21. Bull: A History of the Boom and Bust, 1982-2004 by Maggie Mahar
  22. The Four Pillars of Investing by William J. Bernstein
  23. A Random Walk Down Wall Street by Burton G. Malkiel
  24. Million Dollar Portfolio by David and Tom Gardner
  25. The Snowball: Warren Buffett and the Business of Life by Alice Schroeder
  26. The Little Book that Beats the Market by Joel Greenblatt
  27. Buffett: The Making of an American Capitalist by Roger Lowenstein
  28. Little Book of Common Sense Investing by John C. Bogle
  29. The Millionaire Fastlane by MJ DeMarco
  30. Stocks For The Long Run by Jeremy Siegel

The Best Books on Real Estate

  1. The Intelligent Investor by Benjamin Graham
  2. The Essays of Warren Buffett by Warren Buffett and Lawrence Cunningham
  3. Why Stocks Go Up and Down by William Pike and Patrick Gregory
  4. Financial Statements by Thomas R. Ittelson
  5. One Up on Wall Street by Peter Lynch
  6. Active Value Investing by Vitaliy N. Katsenelson
  7. Why Are We So Clueless about the Stock Market? by Mariusz Skonieczny
  8. F Wall Street by Joe Ponzio
  9. Beating the Street by Peter Lynch
  10. The Little Book of Value Investing by Christopher H. Browne
  11. Why Smart People Make Big Money Mistakes and How to Correct Them by Gary Belsky and Thomas Gilovich
  12. Value Investing: From Graham to Buffett and Beyond by Bruce C. N. Greenwald
  13. The Shortest Investment Book Ever by James O’Donnell
  14. Common Stocks and Uncommon Profits by Philip Fisher
  15. The Little Book That Builds Wealth by Pat Dorsey
  16. The Motley Fool Investment Workbook by David and Tom Gardner
  17. The Automatic Millionaire by David Bach
  18. Quality of Earnings by Thornton L. O’glove
  19. The Five Rules for Successful Stock Investing by Pat Dorsey
  20. Security Analysis by Benjamin Graham
  21. Bull: A History of the Boom and Bust, 1982-2004 by Maggie Mahar
  22. The Four Pillars of Investing by William J. Bernstein
  23. A Random Walk Down Wall Street by Burton G. Malkiel
  24. Million Dollar Portfolio by David and Tom Gardner
  25. The Snowball: Warren Buffett and the Business of Life by Alice Schroeder
  26. The Little Book that Beats the Market by Joel Greenblatt
  27. Buffett: The Making of an American Capitalist by Roger Lowenstein
  28. Little Book of Common Sense Investing by John C. Bogle
  29. The Millionaire Fastlane by MJ DeMarco
  30. Stocks For The Long Run by Jeremy Siegel

Thanks!

I just want to say thank you! I appreciate you reading my guide.

I put a lot of work into this, and I truly hope it benefits you.

If you have any questions about anything, please reach out to me.

All feedback is welcome…

7 + 15 =

The post The Complete Guide to Investing appeared first on MoneyMiniBlog.

]]>
The Complete Guide to Control and Save Your Money https://moneyminiblog.com/complete-guides/control-and-save-your-money/ Mon, 25 Sep 2017 10:00:24 +0000 http://moneyminiblog.com/?p=204712 The Complete Guide to Control and Save Your Money

This guide will show you how to be a savvy consumer, save money and take complete control of your finances right now.

The post The Complete Guide to Control and Save Your Money appeared first on MoneyMiniBlog.

]]>
The Complete Guide to Control and Save Your Money

This guide will show you how to take control of your finances, save money and be a savvy consumer.

What You'll Learn:

  • How frugal living can actually be a lot of fun
  • How to be a savvy consumer in a world of spending
  • A budgeting system that’s easy and effective
  • How to cut expenses without sacrificing
  • How to save money in all aspects of your life
  • How to save massive money as a homeowner
  • How to save money as a college student
  • All of the best tools to save you money

Controlling and saving money is important, but, more often than not, only a very few people have been successful with their efforts. Controlling and saving money requires time and discipline. With the number of online and offline stores selling different products and services today, it’s easy for most people to lose sight of their goals.

It’s common knowledge that money can affect peoples’ lives in many ways, yet, some still choose to spend hastily without putting any money in their savings. To help you out, listed below are the 3 primary reasons people usually have a hard time controlling and saving their money:

  1. Failing To Set Goals

Not having a clear picture of how, why, and how much you want to save can become the reason why your plan will fail. If you’re truly serious about controlling and saving money, you should have a detailed plan on what your goal for saving is, how you’re going to save, and how much you’re going to save after a specific time frame. The more detailed your goals are, the easier it’ll be for you to achieve them.

  1. Living Life Without A Budget

Having a high-paying job doesn’t mean that you should live life without a budget. You’ll be surprised how your month’s salary will immediately vanish if you don’t prepare and follow a budget.

If you want to easily control and save money, learn to create a realistic budget, then stick to it. Having one will go a long way for you to attain financial independence in the future.

  1. Not Having An Emergency Fund

Regardless of how well-planned your life is, emergencies can still happen. For example, you can lose your job during the most unexpected time or get involved in a car accident even if you’re driving safely.

For you to control and save money effectively, creating an emergency fund is a must. When you have one, you’ll have the resources to get your money in times of emergencies. An emergency fund will save you from a lot of stress as it’ll ensure that you can continue living your life even when an emergency occurs.

Controlling and saving money is vital, and if you’ve been trying to accomplish this task but to no avail, start getting tips from the Wealth Teacher. The information stated in these resources will help you control and save money.

Now let’s get into the guide…

Preface

The Fun of Frugal Living

“Frugality: Make no expense but to do good to others or yourself; i.e., waste nothing.”

This is one of Benjamin Franklin’s 13 virtues.

Frugality isn’t as popular or noble as it used to be, but at one time, people actually appreciated those who had the ability to live well within their means and practice discipline in their stewardship.

But I don’t want to dive too deep into the virtue of frugality, because there are plenty of philosophical books written on that. Let’s talk more about how fun it can be.

When I ask families what their funnest vacations were, and when I ask couples what some of their funnest dates were, I get similar answers.

You would think the Disney World trips and lobster dinners would be the things that come to mind, but that’s usually not the case.

People often remember the most frugal times the most.

Usually in the early years of your marriage, you are trying to make ends meet and learning to live together. And once you start a family, you don’t always have that much money for vacations when your kids are young. So generally you are used to frugal living.

It’s not a secret that most young couples are usually living (or trying to live) a frugal life, but sometimes these years are taken for granted. Going on cheap dates and taking inexpensive vacations can actually be a lot of fun. Sometimes getting out of debt can be just as fun!

The challenge makes it fun.

The Most Fun is Frugal

Think back to all of the dates you have been on with your spouse or significant other.

Remember the date where you went to that really fancy restaurant and the food wasn’t that great? Remember when you spent a lot of money on an elaborate show that neither of you enjoyed? Remember all of those dates that you went on together, but because of all the “attractions” you paid for, you didn’t actually spend time together. No? Am I the only one who has done that?

Often times, the best dates are the most cost-effective dates.

Buying stuff to do takes away from the time spent together.

Usually you actually spend time together when you don’t spend money on everything on you do.

Here is a really fun date to try: Have a “spend as little as possible” date night. The goal is to do as much as you can for as little as possible. You can do this through coupons, special deals or, best of all, things that are free to begin with. Go for a walk downtown, look at Christmas lights in the winter or even have a date at home. It’s hard to beat a date game night at home with just you and your spouse. Check out more really fun and really cheap date ideas.

Don’t Be Normal

This doesn’t just apply to dates, this applies to your whole life.

Throughout this guide, I’m going to show you how to take control of your money and live frugally without paying the high price of sacrifice. It’s not that hard; it just takes a little consumer awareness, really.

I also want to point out that I’m not saying expensive trips and things aren’t fun. They are. What’s important to know is that you don’t have to spend a lot of money to enjoy life, and that you should only be spending money to enjoy life once you have taken control of your money.

Remember that drastically cutting costs and aggressively saving money is only temporary.

It may not be fun to pinch pennies for the rest of your life, but if it will get you where you want to go later, then it’s worth doing now.

It’s not normal to be frugal. And it’s also not normal to have money.

It’s fun to not be normal. Be weird. You’ll be a lot happier.

Normal people finance their house, cars, televisions and even their vacations.

Being financially normal means that you are in debt and you are living paycheck to paycheck.

Why would anyone want to be that kind of normal?

Frugal living now can lead to an affluent life later and it’s worth the wait. So have fun with it.

Don’t wait until later to enjoy life; enjoy life now while you’re living frugally, and enjoy life later when you are debt free and not living paycheck to paycheck.

Chapter 1

How to Be a Savvy Consumer

Consumerism has turned into an addiction.

As a society, we are addicted to consumption. We consume products, food, things…at an alarming rate.

I’m starting this “Understanding Series” with consumerism for a reason. I’m going to go in-depth with every area of your finances throughout this series, but it all starts right here.

If you don’t understand consumerism and how to get out of the trap, you will lack in every other area of your finances.

Here it is: how to set yourself apart from the average consumer. How to be a savvy consumer…

You’re About to Become a Savvy Consumer

From credit card offers to coupons in the mail, we are constantly hit with marketing. Marketing is everywhere. It’s all around us, all the time and it always will be. It’s there to get us to buy, buy, BUY! And that’s okay, because that’s how business works, but it’s up to us to buy, as the consumer, intelligently. And it can be done, even if you’re an American.

We Americans get a bad rap due to our overspending and luxurious lifestyles that we can’t actually afford. It’s true that most Americans who look rich aren’t. Who wouldn’t want that new Mercedes with no money down and 4,000 easy payments of $500? As long as we can afford the monthly payment, it’s ours right? Well that’s another topic for another article, but it is possible to live within your means and be a savvy consumer, even if you do live in the Land of Opportunity.

In fact, I’m going to show you how to be a savvy consumer. More importantly, I’m going to show you how to take advantage of marketing campaigns without being taken advantage of by them. Are you ready? You’ve got this…

Change Your Thinking

I’m sure you’ve heard that before, just change your thinking. That’s the difference between the rich and the poor, right? Well yes and no, but thinking alone won’t do anything for your spending or your finances – there has to be action involved.

So what do I mean by “change you thinking”?

I mean don’t be fooled by marketing techniques. Learn how to spot them and take advantage of them. You have to have your marketing guard up constantly. Always be on the look out for someone trying to get you to spend money, because honestly, there will always be someone trying to get you to spend money.

Let’s get into a practical example of what I’m talking about…

How I Paid $47 for a Brand New Laptop

Do you remember those deals that used to be everywhere on the internet?

“Get this new laptop, iPod, or other new electronic item for free. Click here!”

Those ads were everywhere, so finally I decided to check it out. I didn’t believe the ad (at least not without some kind of catch), but I did want to know what was going on, so I clicked the banner. If you’ve ever clicked on one of those banners, you know how it works. You complete X amount of offers and they send you your free item. Not as easy as it sounds? Of course not, but I knew that it couldn’t be a flat out lie or the ads would have been taken down a long time ago and there certainly wouldn’t be so many.

So I tried it out. My wife and I sat down at the computer for a few hours to see what this deal was all about.

Here’s the short of it: we signed up for 14 different “free” offers. Now some of these offers required shipping, handling or processing charges (I guess they don’t really understand what “free” means), but overall I suppose the offers were kind of “free”.

Now I’m not a lawyer by any means, but I know how to read the fine print and I did…with every single offer. It turns out that every offer we signed up for would begin charging us after a certain time period (monthly subscription, reoccurring product shipments, etc.), so we made a list and here’s what it included:

  • What we signed up for (product, service, etc.)
  • How to cancel it (who to call, where to go, etc.)
  • The date to cancel by (before we get charged)
  • The account information (too many accounts to remember all of them)

We got our laptop. It was worth about $1,200 at the time (I looked it up) and we paid a total of $47. When the dates came, we cancelled everything. Only one of the accounts had some sort of error and charged us for something else, but one phone call took that charge off and left us with a laptop after paying the $47 and putting in about 4 or 5 hours of work (including cancellation time, reading the fine print and signing up for the offers).

Why did I tell you that?

Because offers like that are meant for people who won’t cancel the stuff they sign up for. We calculated how much it would have cost us if we would have kept everything and not cancelled the trials, subscriptions and products…the grand total? Around $600/month. Sounds crazy, right? How many people signed up for those offers, possibly got the laptop and continued paying the $600/month? Probably a lot. That’s why they do things like that. It’s for the people who are completely unaware of their finances.

It takes discipline and organization to pull off actually getting a free (or $47) laptop and most people don’t have either of those things when it comes to money. The companies know that, but that’s okay, because that isn’t you or me – we are savvy.

It Doesn’t Have to Be Worth $1,000

The laptop was an extreme example of how to be a savvy consumer, but that doesn’t mean you can’t apply this to every area of your life. We are a family of six, so something even as minuscule as dinner needs to be planned out strategically to be the most savvy consumers we can be, without spending hours trying to save a few bucks.

How does that work? We always have a plan.

When our kids wanted McDonald’s last week, we decided to make it happen (we rarely eat fast food). So we went to McDonalds and spent about as much as we would at a sit-down restaurant, right? Nope. We bought all the cheeseburgers from McDonalds for about $8. Then I went to the grocery store and bought a 50 cent bag of fries (that the kids actually prefer over Micky D’s fries) and cooked them at home. What about the soda? Did we drink water because it’s healthier and cheaper? Heck no! This was a fun meal and a rare occasion for us to east fast food, so I decided to “secret shop” the sodas.

Total cost of a fast-food meal for six: “$8.50”, but not really…

I know I just kind of slipped the secret shopping thing in there, but basically I am signed up for several secret shopper websites, so I constantly get emails about shops around me. I had an email to get free sodas from a local store as a secret shopper so I chose that day to do it. By the way, I actually got paid $15 to buy those sodas…

Actual total cost of a fast-food meal for six: “-$6.50.”

The 7 BEs of Being a Savvy Consumer

Yes, we got paid to eat dinner. That’s not normal.

And that’s my point. Don’t be normal. Be savvy. Savvy is anything but normal.

Don’t fall for the tricks and gimmicks – take advantage of them. Figure out what you can take advantage of by being a savvy consumer. Once you know what the marketing goal is, it’s usually easy to spot how it can be of use to you, as long as you don’t fall for the actual gimmick they’re expecting you to fall for.

Here are the 7 BEs to being a savvy consumer:

  1. BE an intelligent money saver – The main purpose of coupons is to get you to buy a bunch of other stuff that you didn’t have coupons for. If you find a great coupon, have a plan and stick to it. Don’t be wooed by advertising, stick to your plan. And calculate how much time you’re using with coupons. It’s not worth saving $30 or even $50 if it’s costing you 10+ hours per week. Your time is more valuable than that.
  2. BE a skeptic who takes action – When you’re given the opportunity to get something for free or cheap by sitting through a sales pitch (such as a timeshare pitch – does that bring up any bad memories?), have a plan ahead of time. Don’t go to the resort to get a free ticket for Disney World and spend $50,000 on a timeshare that you didn’t even know existed an hour earlier. Decisions like that take weeks, months or years to make. You should never make an on-the-spot decision, and especially not for a free prize that would have cost you less than a hundred dollars. If you can’t control yourself, just go buy the ticket, trip or whatever you’re getting.
  3. BE quick to look, but slow to act – Always be on the lookout for opportunities to benefit from, save money or make money, but make sure you fully understand everything you’re doing before diving in head first. Don’t be afraid of missing an opportunity by waiting to make a decision. It’s better to miss something, than to get into something you shouldn’t have.
  4. BE mindful with your money – Never make a purchase without taking two seconds to ask: do I really need this and is this the best price for this item? How many purchases have you made, only to go back a day later and realize you overpaid? It may or may not be worth finding a coupon or a better deal, but the important thing is to take the time to ask the question.
  5. BE an intelligent traveler – Traveling can be expensive, but it doesn’t have to be. Be a smart and savvy vacationer. There are plenty of options out there to book cheap resorts, swap homes and find cheap tickets. That may mean traveling during offseason, but what’s more important: booking a specific week or saving enough money to take two vacations for the price of one?
  6. BE a planner – Savvy consumers plan ahead. Period. From meal planning to vacation planning, it helps to be ahead of the game. When you go grocery shopping, you should have a list, stick to it and everything on that list should be for a specific meal. When you shop for clothes, keep a list of the things you need and the things you already have too many of. It’s hard to fall for marketing and advertising gimmicks, when you walk into a store knowing exactly what you need. The more you plan in advance, the less you spend.
  7. [Don’t] BE sold on spending money – It’s easy to fall into the trap of thinking you have to spend money to have fun. It’s quite often the opposite. Generally the more expensive something is, the less quality time it produces. Think about it: movie theaters and amusement parks are fun, but how much time are you really spending with your family? Some of the best things in life really are free.

What it Means to Be Savvy

Being savvy is a mindset – a lifestyle really. It’s not about clipping coupons, pinching pennies or never spending money, it’s about being mindful of your spending and prioritizing what really matters to you. “Savvy” translates to “aware”.

My wife and I aren’t impressed by fancy cars, so we don’t drive fancy cars. We’re not impressed by big houses, so we didn’t buy a big house. We prefer to spend our money on nice vacations, so we do. But what is it for you? What are the most important areas for you? Define them and focus on them. That’s where your money should be going.

Do You Know Where Your Money is Going?

Do you consider yourself savvy?

I’m sure you’re more savvy than you used to be. We live and we learn.

When we get “got” by certain gimmicks, tricks and sales pitches, we know form then on that that’s a bad idea.

For example, thousands of people own a time share, and a large percentage of those people would have never bought it if they knew then what they know now. I’m one of those people. Everything made sense at the time, and while I didn’t get ripped off, I did think I was getting a better deal than I actually got.

We live and we learn.

But what about things that aren’t so obvious?

I want to share an example that may provide a different perspective for you.

The Real Cost of Cable TV

Do you have cable? If so, how much do you pay? It might be more than you think.

I have internet. You probably knew that. However, I don’t have cable. You may have known that too. However, my internet provider offers cable packages, as most do.

This month, I received a letter from my internet provider informing me that basic cable is now free. Yes, free. As long as you don’t want billions of channels, you can now watch cable TV for free. You can also get a home phone line for free, but does anyone really remember what that is?

Apparently, basic cable is considered a “need” in the U.S. now. That’s why they’re doing this. The government says people need the news, thus, people need basic cable.  If that were the case, one would think they would only give you the news channels for free. I guess that would make too much sense. Either way, I’m sure everyone who is getting it for free is only watching the news anyways, right??? Yeah…I know.

When I got this letter, my first thought was “oh, we could hook it up and have basic cable” and then my wife and I started to calculate the real cost of cable. Beyond the monetary costs. You might be surprised…

The Monetary Cost of Cable

Obviously there are monetary costs of having cable.  Unless you are just getting the free package (which still usually costs for the box, hook-up, etc.), you are paying for a package.  Maybe a movie package, a sports package or whatever, but you’re paying for something.  In many cases, it can cost well over $100.  That’s a little insane, but it’s your money and your choice, so I’m not judging.

There is also a “keeping up with the Joneses” cost to television.  It’s like there is a competition to see who can buy the biggest TV.  It’s getting out of control, which is funny, because after a few days of watching TV on a new screen, your eyes adjust to the size and your brain isn’t viewing it any differently.  Was it really worth that extra thousand?

And what about advertising?  U.S. businesses spend billions and billions on advertising each year.  Do you really think they would if it didn’t work?  How many more products are American’s spending their money on just by the subliminal messages and the ads on the screen? Look at the current and projected costs of TV advertising:

It’s insane, but it doesn’t end there.  There are the electricity costs.  As we all know, electricity isn’t free.  The average American spends about five hours each day watching television.  I have no idea where they get this time from, but that’s what the statistics show.  Almost 70% of the country watches TV while eating dinner.  About half of the country thinks they watch too much TV.  Of course, that doesn’t include the people who are in denial.  65% of U.S. families have more than three TVs in their home.  Craziness, I tell you.

When you consider that the average person only reads for a few minutes per weekend day (yes, weekend day, not to include weekdays), it all starts to add up.  We’re replacing everything with television.  Family time, dinner time, reading time, and the list goes on.  So what are we really missing out on by watching too much TV?

The Real Cost of Cable

So what is the real cost of cable?  It can be measured in the form of many things, but the greatest measurement would be time.  It costs a lot of time.  Let’s look at the time it’s costing you…

  • Family time – It’s no surprise that, on average, families who watch TV spend less quality time together.  It’s not uncommon for parents to watch “their shows” in separate rooms while the children watch their own shows in their own room.  How many hours could be spent together talking, playing games or enjoying the outdoors if we didn’t have cable?
  • Learning time – The stats on reading are sad compared to TV stats.  Almost all of us feel like we should be reading more.  Many people claim to have no time for reading while they are spending hours each day watching television.  You will prioritize the things that are important to you.  I don’t know anyone who would claim TV to be important to them, but apparently it is.
  • Earning time – What could you be doing with those hours?  Perhaps you’ve been wanting to start a business or a side hustle, but you never seem to find the time.  If you’re watching TV daily, I can find the time for you.  You could call it a sacrifice, but I wouldn’t say that.  We don’t call it a sacrifice to eat food instead of poison, do we?
  • Teaching time – If you have children, you know how important it is to teach.  Schools are a great starting place, but education really begins at home.  Why is it so common for us as Americans to teach our children daily, until the day they start school.  As parents, our job is never over.  Sure, school is a great help, but it doesn’t mean we stop teaching.  And teaching takes time.

That’s not the end of the list.  It’s just the beginning, really.  I’m not saying TV is the devil, but it may not be far off.  It’s easy to justify our tube time by calling it “relaxing” or “winding down”, but who needs to wind down for five hours?

Honestly, I’m not totally against TV.  We watch TV occasionally, not that what I do should affect what you do.  What I’m saying is that the difference between the productive and the unproductive is that the productive see TV as one of many different types of occasional events to enjoy, whereas the unproductive see TV as a daily lifestyle choice.  Which one are you?

Do You Know Where it All Goes?

Cable is one example of how your money can be wasted without ever realizing it.

Maybe you never thought about it, or you just thought everyone had cable. Some people do think it’s a necessity, and I get it. I grew up on TV and I always thought you had to have a TV in every room.

That is, until I actually sat down and looked at each expense I was paying out monthly.

And we have been without any sort of TV service for over 10 years.

As you go through this guide and create a budget, hopefully you’ll have moments where you realize you don’t need to be paying for some things that you’re paying for.

The next chapter is going to go over actually creating your budget.

Chapter 2

Budgeting That Actually Works

Budgeting is weird, because almost every financial guru recommends doing it, and almost everyone who tries to do it struggles with it.

The truth is, there are a lot of things left unsaid when it comes to budgeting.

There’s a reason it doesn’t work…or doesn’t seem to work.

I’m going to explain how to actually budget effectively and cover some unanswered questions.

Zero-Sum Budgeting + Automation

I think zero-sum budgeting is the best way to budget, because it requires you to spend every cent on paper before you actually spend it. And that’s awesome, because spending money is easy to do.

Here’s how it works:

  • Download bill payment schedule. Fill out every area that is automated (more on automation in a moment), and then save it as a master copy. This copy will only contain the areas that are automated and do not change.
  • Fill out the remaining categories.  Now save it again for the current month. The remaining should be things like groceries, entertainment, clothing, etc.. Take your best guess at how much you’ll spend in each category.
  • Track your spending.  Download an app like Goodbudget to track spending. If you’re married, your spouse can download the app and you can sync them so you can track your total combined spending.
Get Your Free Bill Payment Schedule (One-Click Download)
Once you automate all of your static reoccurring expenses, you’re really only worried about tracking the rest of it. I’ve chiseled my budget down to five categories: groceries, dining out, other entertainment, auto and clothing. Everything else (investments, savings, insurance, tithe/giving and mortgage) is automated. I still include them in my spending plan so that I don’t forget about them, but those areas are already filled in. That means I only actually manage about $900/month. Everything else is automatic. And yes, my grocery bill is very low (see chapter 3).

So what can be automated? Practically everything you spend on a reoccurring basis:

  • Bills can be paid automatically through the company or through online banking.
  • Investments (index funds, mutual funds, retirement accounts, etc.) can be drafted automatically.
  • Savings can be deducted every month automatically
  • Giving can even be deducted from your checking account monthly through your church, charity, organization or online banking.

Why Budgets Fail

Normal people give up on their careers and their marriages, so it’s really not surprising that they give up on their budget. Don’t be normal. But most of the reasons people give up are reasons you can avoid. Here are the most common:

  • It doesn’t seem to work.  Here’s the deal, it’s not going to work if you’re new at budgeting.  Budgets never work the first month, or the second.  Often it takes multiple months for budgets to really start being effective, but it’s worth the wait.
  • Not planning the specific month.  There are different expenses for different months.  If you’ll be attending a birthday party, you’ll probably need to buy a gift.  If it’s time to renew your license or your tags, you’ll want to put that on paper.
  • Getting off track and just quitting.  You’ll get off track.  You’ll forget to put some expenses in.  That’s perfectly fine, as long as you pick up where you left off and keep going.  Missing a week or a month doesn’t mean you have to quit.
  • Striving for perfection.  Your budget will never be perfect.  Trying to make it perfect and track every single cent is fine, until you start getting discouraged that it doesn’t work out.  There will always be missed money here and there.

Don’t give up or get discouraged. Realize that everyone struggles with this and no budget is perfect.

What to Do if You Get Off Track

The most important thing you can do for your money is to track it.

Even if you completely stop every other part of your budget, tracking will keep you on…track. At least you’ll know, by looking back, that you went way over budget. In fact, if you don’t want to budget at all, at least track each purchase so you can better gauge the amount you’re spending. This can be quite an eye-opener for most people.

The fact is, good budgeting is boring. Like I mentioned earlier, I only manage about $900 each month. The rest of my money is building my retirement, funding my children’s education, giving to my church and paying other bills. All of those things will happen automatically. Actually, if I just lived each month by taking out $900 in cash and spending until it was gone, I would still accomplish my major financial goals.

Budgeting gives you the ability to see patterns and adjust amounts based on what you spend and what you need to spend.

If you start to get off track, just keep tracking your purchases. Even if you don’t ever open the budget document again.

When you come to your senses, you can easily pick up where you left off.

Why I Budget (And Why You Don’t Have To)

The word “budget” sparks many different emotions.

Some people swear by their budget. Some people swear at their budget. And others swear they had a budget, though they can’t seem to remember exactly what’s in it or where it’s at.

You used to be hard-pressed to find a finance book that didn’t recommend budgeting, but things have changed.

Several finance teachers, like Ramit Sethi and David Chilton, have started to move away from the “everyone needs a budget” mindset, and for good reason. They focus more on big savings and less on fewer lattes.

Today, I’m going to show you both sides.

Here’s why I swear by my budget, and why you don’t need one to be financially successful.

This is Why I Budget

I admit it. I don’t follow every part of my budget, precisely, every month. I’ve fallen off the budget train many times, but I’ve always hopped back on, and not for the reasons you may think.

I don’t budget to invest more, save more or spend less, though it does allow me to all of those things.

I budget for the sake of freedom.

I know that I can buy everything in my budget, when I spend every cent on paper before the month starts. That means I never feel guilty about spending $50 to $200 a month on myself, as part of my “blow fund.” I don’t feel guilty buying a new shirt when I have the clothing fund. I don’t feel guilty when I’m eating out, because I know my limits, according to my budget.

Most of all, I never wonder if I spent more than I earned, because I spent everything on paper first.

I also budget because I recognize that there are three costs associated with every purchase, as Rory Vaden points out in his new book, Procrastinate on Purpose:

  1. Actual Cost – The amount you actually pay. (Example: $3 for a cup of coffee.)
  2. Opportunity Cost – What you gave up by buying something. (Example: $3 invested for retirement.)
  3. Hidden Cost – The potential return you could have earned. (Example: $3 invested over 40 years with an 8% return equals $65.17.) I hope that $65 cup of coffee was good.

To me, this shows just how important it is to save a few bucks here and there on small things, because small wins can equal big wins when compound interest is involved (see my guide to investing for more on compound interest). And I’m not saying you shouldn’t buy that cup of coffee. I’m simply saying that your small purchases matter more than you think.

I’m a finance nerd, so it’s hard to justify not budgeting when I see how much of a difference a $3 purchase can make, but you may feel differently. You may hate budgeting. If so, welcome to the majority! Here’s the good news for you…

This is Why You Don’t Have to Budget

You can be very successful without ever setting a budget.

How so? By taking care of the important matters first, and then spending the rest.

Of course, you can’t spend money you don’t have or you’ll go into debt and you could ruin everything. So if you take this approach, I suggest pulling out your monthly spending cash so you’ll know when you’re out of money. You could call this the Minimal Money Management system. You plan enough on the front end that you don’t have to worry about the back end.

So what are the important matters? Well, aside from paying off all your debt and having a fully funded emergency fund (3-6 months of living expenses on a bare bones lifestyle), there are a few things that you need to take care of.

If you will set these things to automatically come off the top of your income, you will be set up for success, and you can freely spend the rest of your money on whatever you want… yes, you can buy that nice jacket or those yard gnomes you’ve been eyeing, but once you’re out of money for the month, you still have to stop spending. So make sure you can pay for things like food and fuel before you get too attached to those sexy yard gnomes.

First, start your budget, and then follow the process below.

Here’s the foundation that allows you to “spend the rest.” Make sure you’re doing these things first:

  • Invest 15% for retirement – After your debt is paid off and your emergency fund is fully funded, set up an automatic draft for 15% of your paycheck to go into retirement investing. (See our free Investing Guide)
  • Life Insurance – Buy the appropriate type and amount of life insurance. (See: Understanding Life Insurance)
  • Other Insurance – Hold enough health, disability, auto and home insurance to cover the things that you can’t afford to replace (including your health). If you have a lot of assets, consider an umbrella insurance policy.
  • Create a will – It’s important to know what’s going to happen after you die. If you have stuff, you need a will.
  • Save for large purchases – There are always large purchases in the future. You may need a new-to-you car or a down payment for a home. Whatever it is, save an amount every month for this. If you don’t need the money for at least five years, go with some index funds. If you need it before that, go with bonds or a money market account. The important thing is to save.
  • Give 10% – This is optional, but In truly believe that giving is the foundation of receiving, and that your finances will never be fully blessed without this piece of the puzzle. Give to your local church or your favorite charity – the important thing isn’t where you give, but that you give.

If you have all of those areas covered, you will be financially successful. Even without a budget.

The bottom line: Pay yourself and make sure you’re protected first, then spend the rest.

If you’re looking for more ways to budget without budgeting, Trent Hamm wrote a great piece on alternative budgeting methods.

I would argue that you will be more prosperous if you include a budget in your planning, but if it stresses you out and makes you crazy, it’s not worth it. After all, budgets aren’t for everyone.

It’s your decision. If you want to budget, I’ve included some tools for you.

Budgeting Tools

My Favorite 2 Budgeting Tools

Personal Capital

Format: Desktop, iPhone, Android
Price: Free
Personal Capital is my new favorite budgeting tool. You can link all your accounts for your budget. You can also see all your transactions in one place and link your investments to get your net worth.

Read my full review

Goodbudget

Format: Desktop, iPhone, Android
Price: Free plan / Plus Plan ($5/month)
Goodbudget is my primary budgeting tool. If you prefer to manually input all of your expenses, then Goodbudget is for you. It’s simple and easy to use.

Read my full review

Free Budgeting Tools

Budgetpulse

Format: Desktop
Price: Free
Budgetpulse is great for simple budgeting, without linking your accounts to the system. If you would rather not link your accounts, this is a great manual system.

BudgetSimple

Format: Desktop, iPhone, Android
Price: Basic (Free) / Plus ($4.99/month)
BudgetSimple is just like it sounds…simple. It’s extremely easy to use; however, to link your accounts, you have to upgrade to Plus.

Buxfer

Format: Desktop, iPhone, Android
Price: Basic (Free) / Plus ($3.99/month) / Pro ($4.99/month)
Buxfer allows you to sync your accounts together in one place. They also let you upload your financial statements, generate reports and receive notifications if you’re overspending. It’s a great tool and you can always try the free version first and then make the decision to upgrade later or simply stay with the free plan.

dsBudget

Format: Desktop
Price: Free
dsBudget used to be my main budgeting tool since it’s easy and free, but they don’t have an app and even though the program is web-based, you can only access your information from the computer it’s downloaded on.

GnuCash

Format: Desktop, Android
Price: Free
GnuCash is budgeting financial software for your personal accounting, but it also works great for small-business accounting. If you’re looking for a more detailed accounting program, this is one of the top free pieces of software.

Money Strands

Format: Desktop, iPhone
Price: Free
Money Strands gives you the ability to compare your spending to people who are similar to you financially. It also sends alerts when you’re going over your budget.

Moneytrackin’

Format: Desktop
Price: Free
Moneytrackin’ lets you track your spending and view reports of your spending breakdown. It’s also simple and easy to use.

Mvelopes

Format: Desktop, iPhone, Android
Price: Basic (Free) / Premier ($95/year) / Coaching (Prices Vary)
Mvelopes is a simple envelope budgeting system that allows you to connect your bank accounts. They also offer a customized coaching service.

PocketSmith

Format: Desktop, Apps are currently in alpha stage
Price: Basic (Free) / Premium ($9.95/month) / Super ($19.95/month)
PocketSmith gives you the ability to see daily bank balance forecasts for up to 30 years ahead. That’s pretty cool. It’s a highly comprehensive tool, but I think it will be better once the full apps are available.

Paid Budgeting Tools

Money Dance

Format: Desktop
Price: $49.99 one time
Money Dance is an easy-to-use, well designed and detailed budgeting program. You can also track your investments.

PearBudget

Format: Desktop
Price: $4.95/month (Free trial period)
PearBudget is a simple web-based app. It’s basically a spreadsheet that was turned into actual budgeting software. It doesn’t get much easier than this, but it does require a small monthly fee.

You Need A Budget

Format: Desktop, iPhone, Android, Kindle Fire
Price: $60 one time (Free trial period)
You Need A Budget does cost some money, but it’s extremely detailed and descriptive. I don’t use it personally, but if you want a complete money management system, you want this one.

Chapter 3

How to Cut Expenses Without Sacrificing

You may think the key to having more money is earning more money.

But before you get a 2nd job, you should look at your expenses.

What can you cut?

What can you eliminate?

In America, we are famous for labeling our “wants” as “needs”.

So, which areas should you be cutting back on?

To start, here are some ideas to save on communication, food, utilities and insurance…


1. Consider cutting your home phone. If you still have one, it may be unnecessary. Do you really need it?

2. Look at your cell phone plan. Do you really need all of that? Only pay for what you use.

3. Look at other providers. Compare plans among providers. To really save some money on your phone bill, check out J’s article over at Budgets Are Sexy.

4. Reevaluate your internet plan. Shop around and look at all your options. You’d be surprised how similar the speeds of different internet plans are. It’s not always worth it to pay for the fastest one.


5. Cut back on eating out. Set a limit. Once per week, once per month or whatever works for you, but limit it.

6. Cook at home. I know, this is basically your only option if you’re not eating out all the time, but it’s worth mentioning. Cooking and eating meals at home can be great family activities and it’s a way to save some money. New to the kitchen? Become a better cook.

7. Use what you have. Use the food you already bought. Don’t let it go to waste. Use the last week each month to make meals that clean out your fridge and your cabinets.

8. Use coupons when it makes sense. Don’t spend 15 hours each week clipping coupons just to save $25, but some coupons are worth clipping. Be discerning and learn which coupons help the most. Sites like Coupon Sherpa can help you pinpoint deals and discounts to grocery stores, drug stores, and even Amazon. The deals are out there, you just have to look!

9. Stop paying for drinks. Drink water. It’s a much healthier alternative to sodas and juice. Plus, it’s free from the tap! If your water tastes bad, try this filtered pitcher that my wife and I use. If it’s really terrible, you may need this reverse osmosis filter.

10. Track all your food. Keep up with how much you spend on food. It’s much cheaper to bring your lunch to work, rather than eating out for convenience. And track every little snack or drink you buy at convieience stores. It adds up!


11. Turn down/up your thermostat. Each degree will save you about 3%-5% on your bill. Better yet, get a programmable thermostat and it will pay for itself.

12. Upgrade your lights. Fluorescent and LED light bulbs pay for themselves over time. There is usually a label on the box that shows you how much you’re saving.

13. Cut back on the hot water. If you don’t want to take any heat out of your showers, you could always just cut back by using cold water to wash your clothes.

14. Self-insulate your home. Weather strips and window insulator kits are just a couple of the affordable ways you can add extra insulation to save on utilities. There are also insulating blankets and covers for your water heater and air conditioner.

15. Cool for less. Cut money on cooling in the hot summer months by reducing your thermostat by one degree a month.


16. Check your coverage. Do you really need all the coverage in your insurance policies? You may be covered by two different policies for the same thing. See what you can drop.

17. Raise your deductibles. If you have an emergency fund, there’s no reason to have a high deductible. If you just take the extra money you would pay each money for having a low deductible and put it in a savings account, you will make up the difference in a few months.

18. Shop around for car insurance. When was the last time you called around and checked prices? There is always a cheaper insurance company out there, just make sure the quality isn’t lacking. We found out that Geico was cheaper for us, but we prefer the quality of USAA and it’s not that much of a price difference, but it’s good to know.

How to Eat Healthy and Spend Less Than $400/Month on Groceries

Heart disease is a killer. So is type 2 diabetes.

Anyone can get these diseases, but you can greatly reduce your chances by eating a healthy diet.

So then why don’t we all eat healthy meals every day?

Well first off, because fatty, processed, high-carb food tastes great, despite how it makes you feel.

But it’s also about price, right? Eating healthy is expensive. But it doesn’t have to be.

Our family of 6 spends less than $400 on groceries each month. It wasn’t always like this, it takes strategy and planning.

Here are some unique things we have done that you can do too, to eat healthy and save money…

1. Plan Your Meals Around Sales

Buy the marked down meat or the produce that’s on sale. Then you can plan meals around sale prices. If you make a menu for upcoming meals, just write down “meat” or “vegetable”, then you can decide which type to get based on what’s on sale.

The more variety you enjoy with meat and fresh produce, the easier it is to spend less on healthy meals. If you like all types of produce, you can buy what’s on sale during that season. You will also have an easier time finding meat on sale, if you eat all different kinds.

Want to save even more money? Skip the meat or limit it. Only eat meat a few times per week or eliminate it all together. Just make sure you replace your protein source, especially if you exercise regularly.

2. Drink Your Own Water

Everyone knows that water should be your main drink, but not all water is the same. If you’re trying to pay off debt, water should be your only drink. Have you tried your tap water? You can find reports on the quality of your tap water here. If it tastes bad, try using a filter, as long as it’s safe to drink. Our family uses a basic inexpensive Britta filtered pitcher. If you want to go a step further, or if you have really bad water try something like this or this.

You should be drinking water when you go out to eat too. This is a huge money saver, especially if you have a large family. You may forego eating out to save money and that’s a great plan, but if you don’t, I would urge you to consider drinking water.

The average American family eats out 3 times per week! If we assume that a glass of soda is $2, with just one child, that’s $6/meal or $18/week that an average family spends on not drinking water. That’s almost $1,000 in one year spent on drinks! This doesn’t even include beer, wine and alcohol, which would show even more staggering numbers.

3. Try Intermittent Fasting

Intermittent fasting is a way of eating, not a diet. It doesn’t focus on what you eat , it’s more about when you eat. The idea behind it is that you eat in a specific window of time each day. The most common time-frame is noon-8PM. There are several benefits to this method of eating, including increased fat loss. When your body is in a fasted state, you burn more calories. Common diets, such as the Atkins, that require you to consume little or no carbohydrates (to achieve a state of ketosis) have been proven to be bad for your long term health and shown to cause more problems than good. It’s also almost impossible to stick with an Atkins style diet as a lifestyle.

I practice intermittent fasting and have experienced great results. It’s definitely more cost-effective. I only eat 2 meals per day now instead of 4 or 5. Don’t believe all the hype about needing to eat several small meals per day. There have been no proven studies to show that eating several small meals increase your metabolism. This is just mainstream hype, mostly created by magazine articles. Sure, my meals are bigger, but overall I am eating less food, which means I am spending less money on food. Only eating 2 meals per day also makes it easier to buy your food in bulk, since you’re eating more at a time.

4. Find a Food Co-Op

Here in Oklahoma, we have a food co-op called Bountiful Baskets that reaches many cities. A food co-op is a place to get fresh, usually local, low-priced produce. It’s generally ran by volunteers, so make sure to help out, but the savings are worth every penny.

Go here to find a food co-op near you. There are even some listed in Canada, Australia and Europe.

5. Buy Frozen Fruit and Veggies

It’s important to include a lot of fruit and vegetables in a healthy diet. Buying fresh is always the best option for the most nutrition, but buying frozen is a close second and you don’t have to worry about all the sodium of canned food. Frozen fruits are great for shakes, smoothies or simply letting them thaw and eating. Not only are frozen veggies easy to prepare, they also takes up less space than fresh veggies.

6. Stop Buying Junk Food

Not only is junk food unhealthy, but it’s expensive. There is no reason to put it in your shopping cart. There is nothing wrong with the occasional bag of cookies or box of snack cakes, but it shouldn’t be a regular purchase. Use that money on meat, fruit or veggies. Our family only buys junk food when we go on vacation. It’s more of a treat than an everyday thing.

The Bottom Line

These are only a few tips to save money while eating healthy. If you want to eat healthy, you will make it happen. You will find a way.

Don’t fall prey to the general mindset that “you can’t afford to eat healthy”. That’s no excuse. There are ways to afford eating healthy and it’s very possible for you to do it.

It all comes down to having a plan, creating a solid budget and being mindful of where your money is going when you enter the grocery store. Make a list and stick to it.

One final point: I hear a lot of people talk about how spending $400/month works in some parts of the country, but not in the high-cost areas. That’s just an excuse. We’ve been able to spend this little in Oklahoma, but we also spent this little in San Diego, CA. The bigger the city, the more options you have, which means often times you can find even lower prices. You just have to go find them.

6 Ways to Cut Cooling Costs in the Summer

There are ways to cut cooling costs. Practical ways.

You don’t have to spend thousands to save hundreds.

Unless you want to do that. But you don’t want to do that.

That would be dumb. I don’t even know why we are still talking about it.

Since you don’t want to do that, do this…

1. Cool Naturally

An air conditioner isn’t the only way to cool your home. Try opening the windows.

No, not during the heat of the day, but on cool nights.

Be aware of the upcoming temperatures and plan when to open and close your windows. You can save some serious cash by using natural cooling at the right times.

Make sure the humidity is below 60%. Your unit will have to work hard to remove the moisture left inside if it’s over 60% and that could eliminate all your savings.

2. Move Out of the Air’s Way

Blocking vents with furniture or other things can cause your system to work twice as hard.

Keep the air flowing freely throughout your home by leaving vents and doors open.

Even using vent covers and shutting doors to unused rooms has been shown to cost more than leaving them all open.

3. Shut it Down

Remember this for your shades and your air unit.

Keep the shades closed and invest in darkening curtains. Keeping the heat out in the first place will keep your bill low.

For your unit, don’t totally shut it down when you leave since that will cause the unit to work even harder when you return, but remember to turn it up.

There’s no reason to keep your home as cold as an ice box when you’re not there. Unless, of course, you have pet penguins.

4. Use the 1 Degree Method

Start by keeping your home 1 degree warmer at night. If you’re used to 68, try 69. It’s not much of a difference, really.

After you get comfortable with that temperature, turn it up one more degree.

Over several weeks, you may be surprised to find that you are as comfortable at 75 as you were at 68. Each degree can make a noticeable difference in your bill.

5. Give Your Air Some Air

Make sure your air conditioning unit is clear of shrubs, trees and plants.

The unit will be working harder than it needs to if it can’t properly receive airflow.

Clearing the area around your unit can save up to 10% on your bill.

6. Plant a Tree

Plant a tree or two in front of your biggest windows to block heat, but not just any tree…

Go for a tree that is leafless in the winter to benefit from solar heat. Double the savings, double the fun.

This is a Big Cut

If you are able to do all of these, you may be looking at a 10%-20% savings in your overall cooling costs…maybe even more.

That will add up quickly.

If you can’t do all, just do a few. Any is better than none.

Chapter 4

How to Save Money on Everything

You can save money on everything.

You can haggle anywhere.

And you can always save more.

Let’s start with a list of 14 one-sentence tips that will drastically improve your finances.

These are quick tips, but they will surely make a huge improvement if you take them to heart.

Remember, just because you have heard some of these before, doesn’t mean you actually absorbed it.

Read the list slowly and see if you can implement some of these, especially things that you may have “already heard.”

Hearing alone doesn’t help. It’s about acting and implementation.

Without further ado and in no particular order, here are a total of 14 One-Sentence Tips for your finances…

  1. Sell the useless things around the house that you don’t need.
  2. Cutting off your cable will not only save you money, but you will have more time to be productive in other areas.
  3. Always compare online prices when shopping around.
  4. Buy things based on what you and your family need, not based on what other people think.
  5. Add up the costs of your jobs (travel, food, expenses and daycare), then determine if it’s worth it for both parents to work.
  6. Spend less than you make.
  7. Compare rates for insurance companies frequently, since they are always changing, and switch if you find a better deal.
  8. Fine tune your budget so that you know where every cent is going and have more control over your money.
  9. Use Personal Capital to link your budget and all of your accounts together.
  10. Look for promo/coupon codes when you buy online by searching: “[site name] promo code”.
  11. Cut out a useless activity, like watching television, and replace it with reading a good book on finances.
  12. Cut up your credit cards if you have made late payments or failed to pay them off in full every month.
  13. Have an emergency fund for emergencies, not a credit card.
  14. Add at least one of these tips to your life today!

Try to implement as many as possible over the next few weeks.

You will notice a change in your finances if you do.

15 Things You Should Buy From the Dollar Store

Dollar stores are interesting because they make their money by charging a dollar for everything.

So that means things that are typically $2 or $3 are only a dollar at the dollar store. That also means some things that are typically 50 cents are also a dollar at the dollar store.

Then there are stores like Dollar General, which isn’t really a dollar store at all, if you’re going off the “everything’s a dollar” idea. I suppose Dollar General just means everything is generally…close to a dollar, which is more accurate, but still a little shady if you ask me.

I want to be clear that this list is talking about dollar stores where everything is actually…*drum roll please*…a dollar. Dollar stores can save you money, but if you use them for all your shopping, you may be wasting some money. Also, it’s worth noting that some dollar stores accept coupons and that can be quite lucrative, so check into that with your local stores.

Here are 15 things you should generally buy from the dollar store and some ways to save even more money…

1. Home Décor

Home decorations don’t have to be made out of the most expensive materials. Dollar stores offer really nice options for decorating your home, throughout the year or for the holidays.

Save more money: Look at the clearance sections of places like Ross and TJ Maxx. Or why not make your own? Go to some yard sales and bring some life into older pieces.

2. Party Supplies

Plates, plasticware and party decorations. Dollar stores usually have specific designs, like a one year birthday party or a going away party, but if you need a better selection, try Walmart.

3. Holiday Supplies

Almost everything you need for the holidays can be found at the dollar store. Wrapping paper, gift boxes, tissue paper, etc.

Save more money: The absolute best way to buy holiday supplies is to simply go to large retail stores like Walmart, after the holidays. We bought our Christmas tree there for 90% off.

4. Cleaning Products

You may be picky about your cleaning supplies, but if you’re not, dollar stores have a great variety. I use “LA’s Totally Awesome” for almost all my cleaning. $1/bottle.

Save more money: Make your own cleaning supplies for things like detergents or turn to coupons. Coupons may not always be worth your time, but you can get cleaning supplies practically for free with them if you do it right.

5. Spices

The more expensive spices may be hard to find at your local dollar depot, but for the basic spices, go to dollar stores.

Save more money: Why not make your own?

6. Preserved Foods

This one is 50/50, but when it’s a good deal, it’s a really good deal. Try to keep track of what you pay for canned and other preserved foods, on average.

Save more money: Can your own food. The Frugal Farmer is a great place to learn about canning.

7. Food Storage Containers

If you aren’t looking for quality, but just a cheap way to store food or possibly containers you can give away, the dollar store has the best deals.

Save more money: Walmart’s Black Friday, hands down. You can wait a little later after all the crazies leave to buy the storage containers. It will still be there.

8. Kitchenware

Once again, if you’re not looking for quality, but just looking to stock your cabinets, the dollar store is your friend. Cups, mugs, glasses, plates, etc.. It’s really great if you’re just starting out.

Save more money: Black Friday. Kitchenware isn’t the highest demanded thing, so come after the crazy train leaves.

9. Coloring Supplies

Crayons, markers and colored pencils are cheap at the dollar store. And you can usually get actual Crayola brand if you want it. (Because everyone knows the other brands are junk, or is that just me?)

Save more money: Back to school sales. Get there early. Almost everyone procrastinates until the week before school. If you go within the first week of the sale, you’ll be shopping freely and possibly alone in the aisles.

10. Batteries

Dollar stores often have name brands for cheap. Like everything on this list, it depends on the store, but if you shop around, you’ll find deals on batteries at dollar stores.

Save more money: If you use a lot of batteries, look into rechargeable options.

11. Candy

This one is especially true for movie theater candy. So if you’re one of those theater-goers with the extra large purse , you’ll love the dollar store.

Save more money: Look for sales in the actual candy aisle instead of just looking at the checkout counter. Or just stop eating candy.

12. Greeting Cards

This is the best thing on this list in my opinion. I buy all my greeting cards from the dollar store. They usually still have the $3 or $4 price on the back, so you really feel like you’re getting a deal.

Save more money: Make your own printable cards or use a free greeting card service to send an e-card. Saving the trees and saving money, right?

13. Undergarments

This is especially true for children’s undergarments. Socks and underwear are worth checking out at the dollar store.

Save more money: Outlet malls! Or back to school sales.

14. Crafting Supplies

Crafting items, such as scrap booking supplies are cheap at the dollar store. Once again, you’re not looking for the highest quality, you’re just looking for the visual effect.

15. Balloons

If you can find one of those dollar stores that sell the actual mylar balloons for a dollar and air them up for free, you won’t find a better deal. Some even offer a custom design or wording on them.

Every dollar store is different, so don’t be surprised if you have had a different experience with something on this list.

Just remember to check the dollar stores out and know where to get the best prices in your area.

9 Tools to Become a Master-Shopper on Amazon

Who doesn’t love shopping on Amazon?

It’s hard to beat the prices, but what if I told you that you can do better?

I’m not talking about shopping somewhere else.

I’m talking about better deals where you already shop. On Amazon.

Here are 9 tools to become a master shopper on Amazon…

What Works and What Doesn’t

There have been numerous tools through the years for shopping on Amazon.

Many of them have bit the dust like Jungle Crazy, Deal Locker’s Secret Amazon Discountand Refund Please. Those sites were great.

There used to actually be a website that allowed you to get paid when someone bought you something off your wish list…yeah, shut down. It was called AmzWsh and the entire idea of it seemed a little sketchy to me.

I’m actually going to keep this list up to date. I want you to be able to come back to list and use all the resources in the future, including resources I add when I find out about them.

Without further ado, here they are…

9 Tools to Become an Amazon Master Shopper

Check out these 9 tools and the 3 bonus tools at the end…

1. CamelCamelCamel

This one is a must, even if you don’t like camels. It’s a free service that allows you to follow the price of an item and then receive a notification when the price drops. It’s an automated way to save and keep saving. There’s really no reason not to use it.
Visit: CamelCamelCamel

2. Price Jump

Enter the URL of the product you’re interested in and this site will let you know if Amazon has the best price. It will compare other websites that sell that type of product. For example, if you’re looking at electronics, it will compare to places like New Egg and Tiger Direct. This an extremely simple way to save.
Visit: Price Jump

3. Amazon Warehouse Deals

This is like buying used, but not really. Many of the deals are just open-box products. Never used, but the box was opened. The important part is that it’s all backed by Amazon’s return policy. There is nothing “as is” about Amazon Warehouse Deals. You buy a product, if it isn’t what it’s supposed to be, you return it. No risk.
Visit: Amazon Warehouse Deals

4. Amazon Outlet

Markdowns, clearance items, overstocks and more. That’s what the page says. You can score some pretty great deals here, just make sure you don’t buy things just because they are on sale. That can get you in trouble.
Visit: Amazon Outlet

5. Amazon Filler Item Finder

Trying to get to $35 for free shipping? Simply enter the amount you have left to reach $35 and hit enter. It will show a list of items you could add to your cart to get free shipping. This is a great alternative to buying useless junk, just to get free shipping. Buy stuff you actually need.
Visit: Amazon Filler Item Finder

6. Subscribe and Save

This is an autoship type service. If you know you need certain products every month, subsribe and save. Save up to 15% and get free shipping.
Visit: Subscribe and Save

7. Amazon’s Programs

Everyone knows about Amazon Prime. Amazon Mom is also becoming a popular way to buy diapers at a discounts. But did you know about Amazon Student? If you’re an extreme Amazoner, parent or a student, these programs can save you some money.
Visit: Amazon Prime, Amazon Mom, Amazon Student

8. Drop the Price

Yes, Amazon will usually price match. If you find a lower price elsewhere, just click on “tell us about a lower price”. Why not just buy the product there, instead of getting Amazon to price match? Because you can earn cash-back that I’m going to tell you about right now…

9. Cashback

You should be getting cashback from Amazon. Ebates is one site that allows you to earn cashback while shopping on Amazon. We can’t forget the Chase Amazon Visa card. Earn 3% cashback on Amazon purchases? Yes, please. The best part is that you can combine the two.
Visit: Ebates, Chase Amazon Visa

Related: 11 Ways to Make Money When You Spend Money

Bonus Tools

Shopping isn’t all about Amazon.

Lest we forget the classics like eBay and Walmart. Here are 3 bonus tools…

1. Fat Fingers

This is a great way to find mispellings of items you may be looking for on eBay. It works best for things that are hard to spell, but you should always give it a shot.
Visit: Fat Fingers

2. Bay Crazy

Another great eBay tool. My favorite feature is the listing of auctions that are ending soon with 0 bids. You will find some great deals there. You can also use this site to search for misspellings, like Fat Fingers.
Visit: Bay Crazy

3. Walmart Savings Catcher

Finally, a tool for smarter shopping at Walmart. If you find a lower price after you bought something from Walmart, just scan your receipt and Walmart will give you a gift card for the difference.
Visit: Walmart Savings Catcher

11 Ways to Make Money When You Spend Money

Remember when you were able to go months without spending any money at all?

Me neither.

It seems like it was somewhere in my childhood, but…it’s been a while.

We spend money. All the time. That’s life.

Why not make money while we spend? It’s very possible and here are 11 ways to prove it…

Get Smart About Credit Cards

We all know about the credit card rewards out there.

You see the ads in the mail everyday…

“Earn up to 5% cash back on your purchases”

“We offer the highest cash back of any card”

The truth is that nobody offers the highest cash back on everything.

That’s why you need more than one credit card to get as much cash back as possible.

Let me go ahead and preface the rest of this article by saying two things about credit cards:

  1. If you use credit cards, pay them off fully every month
  2. There are other ways to make money when you spend

Now let’s get back on track…

Choosing the Right Card

It’s common for certain cards to offer a higher cash back for certain purchases.

The percentages will be different, depending on the category, such as:

  • Groceries
  • Gas
  • Specific stores
  • Home improvement

Find cards that match your normal purchases.

It’s important that I say “your normal purchases”. Don’t get caught in the trap of buying things you don’t need, or things you wouldn’t normally buy, just to get the cash back. That doesn’t make sense, unless you are a crazy person, but you’re not a crazy person, you are a money-savvy genius…or close to it, at least.

If you have a hard time remembering which card is which, just take a Sharpie and write “Gas” or “Groceries” on the card.

Also, make sure you do your research to find the best cards.

I shop on Amazon.com all the time, so I have an Amazon.com Visa that earns 3% cashback on Amazon purchases. That’s my most used card.

If you have multiple rewards programs, you can keep track of them all with Points.com.

Like I said earlier, there are other ways to make money while spending it. You don’t have to use credit cards. That’s only one way. Let me show you the rest…

Get Paid to Shop

There are a plethora of websites that offer rewards for shopping through them.

Basically you will buy everything you normally buy, but instead of going to the store or the website, you go to one of these sites first. You are then linked to whichever website you want to shop with.

For every dollar you spend, you earn a certain amount of cash back for shopping this way.

Then you can use your credit card to make the purchase and get rewarded twice!

Here are the other 10 ways to earn while you spend:

  1. Swagbucks – Earn money for all kinds of things.
  2. Ebates – My favorite! Earn while you shop.
  3. Fat Wallet (inactive) – Another great way to earn while you shop.
  4. Memo Link – Earn while you shop here too.
  5. My Points – A fourth way to earn while you shop.
  6. My Deals Club – Great coupons and coupon codes.
  7. Extrabux – Up to 30% cash back through them.
  8. Shop At Home – Cash back for online shopping.
  9. Big Crumbs – Yet another cash back shopping site.
  10. Mr. Rebates – One more cash back website for you.

Maybe you were already taking advantage of these rewards. Maybe not. But hopefully now you will.

There are so many ways to earn while you spend, why not take advantage of them all?

How to Save Money on Books

These are some little-known and some often forgotten ways to get cheap books and even free books. Reading is one of the most productive ways to pass the time and as they say:

Leaders are readers

Read on for 4 ways to get cheap books and free books!

1. Your Book May Already Be Free!

Before you buy a book, make sure it is not already free online. Many books that are in the public domain are available online for free.

BooksShouldBeFree.com has a huge selection of books and audio books for free.

Free-eBooks.net is a great resource for free books from rising authors.

If you plan to just read the book one time, why not use the library? It’s a great resource that’s often forgotten about.

2. Instead of Buying, Try Swapping

If you just read books one time, there are many great services for book swapping. Book swapping is where you swap books with other people; basically everyone shares books. What a great idea!

Here are some of the most popular book swapping websites:

3. Get the Most out of Used Book Stores

Used books stores and thrift stores are a great place to find cheap books, but they can be overwhelming.

The best way to maximize your time in used books store is to create a list of all the books you are currently looking for and start search for them. To make sure you always have your list, it’s best to keep it on your phone for easy access.

You also have the authority to bargain for a lower price at these stores. They may not be able to lower the price, but it doesn’t hurt to try!

4. Buy Cheap Books Online

We all know that amazon.com is a great place for cheap books, but don’t forget to also try other websites. Check eBay every time you buy a book to compare prices. There is a new eBay company called Half.com that is best when searching for books on eBay.

You can always search the internet for coupon codes to get discounts and free shipping. Just type in the name of the website (i.e. Amazon) then type in coupon code or promo code and see what you can find. It’s worth a try.

Don’t forget bookstore websites such as:

There are so many ways to buy cheap books and get free books online, so there is no reason to buy books without shopping around. Check out the websites in this post and save money on books!

How to Save Money on Technology

Technology can be an important part of our lives. After all, this is the information age. It’s important to not go broke when trying to keep up with technology, but it’s also easy to spend a fortune if you’re not careful.

Here are 3 tips to keep you up to date with technology, while keeping your finances in check…

Just Hold On a Second

I remember buying a 27″ non-flat screen television for $700. I also remember buying a 1.4 megapixel camera for $500. Those were actually good deals at the time. Everyone knows how fast technology is changing so why don’t we just hold on a second?

If you can wait a year or even a few months to buy the newest piece of technology, the price will drop substantially.

At our home, when the PlayStation 4 came out, we bought a PlayStation 3, for a steal! Not only are the older items cheaper because they are older, but many people who buy the new systems are trying to get rid of their old systems and they will end up selling them for next to nothing.

500 Terabytes, Really?

Ok…so I know you can’t really find a 500TB hard drive right now, but I am not exaggerating by much. Why would you buy the biggest, fastest computer, only to surf the internet and check your email?

Too often, we get caught up wanting the best of the best, when we really just need something to do the job.

Do your research to figure out what you really need. Don’t spend a fortune on something that doesn’t really suit your needs.

Keeping up with the Joneses, when it comes to technology especially, will absolutely ruin your financial progress.

Know Where to Go

Last, but not least, it’s important when you do decide what you need to buy, that you know where to get it. Shopping online is usually the best place to go for new technology and old. Here are a few great websites (that I personally use) when shopping for electronics online:

  • NewEgg.com – Primarily computers and computer parts. Also includes other electronics. New.
  • Amazon.com – All types of technology. New and used.
  • eBay.com – Auctions on all types of technology. New and Used.
  • TigerDirect.com – Similar to NewEgg, but a good for comparing prices. New.
  • SonicElectronix.com – Great for car, boat and home audio. New.

6 Haggling Hacks for Buying a Used Car

My wife and I headed into Oklahoma City this past weekend to look for a vehicle.

After spending the majority of the day at a certain car dealership, we ended up driving a new car home…well, new to us.

We are happy with the vehicle, and we were even happier with the price.

Long story short, they were asking almost $9,000 for a vehicle that we ended up purchasing for $2,800.

How did we do that? We used these 6 haggling hacks (I hope you can appreciate the alteration) to get the deal…

1. Be Flexible

We were flexible on everything except the price.

If you’re flexible, you can always move to a different car (or a different seller) when the negotiation doesn’t work out.

We wanted a vehicle with at least 6 seats for under $5,000.

That’s it. We didn’t care if it was a minivan, SUV, or a bus…if it fell within our criteria, we were interested.

This opened up a lot of options, which brings me to my next point…

2. Don’t Get Married at the Dealership

I’m talking about to a vehicle, not to a person. That would be a weird wedding.

There are better places to get married and better things to marry than a car…like a human, for example.

Don’t marry the vehicle you want, even if it’s the “car of your dreams”.

It’s important to know what you want, but not to fall in love.

That’s exactly what the dealer wants.

It won’t be the end of the world if you don’t buy that exact vehicle.

We didn’t fall in love, so we could always walk away, which leads me to…

3. Don’t Be Afraid to Walk Away

We left the dealership and they actually called begging us to come back. That happens when they know you are serious and they know you have money (either in the form of cash or a credit score).

The deal isn’t going anywhere, and if it does, you’ll survive.

Once you have your price set in stone, don’t budge.

You can always find a good deal. Seriously, you can.

Sometimes you have to just walk out so they know you’re serious. You can always come back.

Be prepared to devote at least one day to buying a car and that may mean walking out more than a few times.

4. Be Informed and Know the Value

You should be as informed as possible. It’s easy these days, since most of us have the internet in our palms.

The more informed you are, the less they can take advantage of you.

You can compare the value at these sites:

Most dealerships use these guides, along with others, such as a “black book value”. But just because they show you a piece of paper with a price on it, that doesn’t mean it’s accurate. Edmunds actually sent a staff writer undercover as a car salesman for a few months and one of the things he discovered is that some dealerships just make up a value and hope you’ll pay high-dollar for the vehicle, instead of questioning the price.

Salesmen tend to…”fluff” the truth a little, so don’t always trust the value they come up with.

Know the value of what you’re looking at. Do your research. You’ll want to check a few things out to get the real value.

It’s a good idea to take a test drive to a local mechanic for a quick inspection. If that’s not an option, try out Firestone or Auto Zone for a quick diagnosis (it’s not completely thorough, but it’s better than nothing).

You can check a lot of it yourself. Just remember to check everything. It’s easy to be sold by a cold A/C in the middle of July, but how well does the heat work?

5. Don’t Be Afraid to Hurt the Salesman’s Feelings

They will try every tactic in the book. They will try to make you feel guilty or even obligated to buy a car, but you don’t owe them anything.

You should see how much they would be willing to help you after you buy the car…probably not much. It’s all sales gimmicks.

The only decision that matters is the one you make. It doesn’t matter what the salesman wants. It’s your money. It’s ok if you decide not to buy and they get upset.

6. Don’t Finance, Get Rewards Instead

Pay cash. plain and simple. If you have to finance, you can’t afford it.

You have more negotiation power with cash. When you finance, they can always talk you into buying more car.

You should never finance something that depreciates.

We used a credit card for the purchase to get the cash-back. More money saved!

Just be sure to pay it off in full when the bill comes in.

One Last Tip

We actually had a great experience buying our car. It was fun to haggle and watch the price sink lower and lower.

You will usually get a better deal when buying private-party, but we chose to keep our options open to dealerships as well…and it worked out well for us.

It was sad, however, to watch the couples sitting in the different offices. Sad, upset and even scared. One lady was crying!

That’s what happens when you finance and especially when you overpay. It can be stressful.

We walked away knowing our car was paid in full. It’s a great feeling.

One Last Tip: Make sure everything that is promised is on paper. A tank of gas, gift certificates, a TV…these are a few examples of what dealerships will do to earn your business. Make sure, if you haven’t already received it, that it’s in the paperwork or you might as well forget about it.

And don’t forget to ask for the CarFax Report. No need to pay for one yourself.  Any reputable dealership will provide one, free of charge.

5 Easy At-Home Car Repairs You Can Do Yourself

One of my biggest woes in life is the money it costs me to keep my car ship-shape.

It seems every time I take it to a workshop, they find things wrong that I never even heard of. Things that end up costing me money I hadn’t planned spend—not now, anyway.

So I figured there had to be a better way to do basic repairs, and save not only the cost of the materials and labor but also the “extra” things mechanics always seem to uncover.

Here are 5 easy at-home car repairs…

1. Changing the Air Filter


There’s lots of contradiction about how often you should change the air filter, and it varies between every 3,000 miles and every 12,000. If you don’t drive much you can go longer in between changes, but if you drive a lot and especially in rough conditions, you should rather err on the side of caution and go for more frequent changes.

It takes all of about five minutes to change an air filter in most modern cars:

  • Look for the filter under your car’s hood, or check your owner’s manual for its location if you’re unsure. You’ll usually find it in a black box with metal clips holding it closed.
  • Open up the box and take a look at the air filter and the way it fits into the casing. Take the filter out and see how much dust it holds.
  • Insert the air filter into the casing the way it was positioned, and close the metal clips on the box to seal it in.

Voila! Your air filter is either cleaned or changed. And it sure beats giving up your car for a day and paying for a mechanic’s labor for an hour.

2. Flushing the Radiator


With most vehicles, the radiator only needs flushing every year or two. When it needs doing, however, it’s vital that you give it timely attention if you want the car to keep running cleanly and efficiently.

  1. Find your radiator drain plug using the owner’s manual. Unscrew it and let the coolant drain into an empty bucket or bottle. Replace the cap, fill the radiator with a flushing solution and water, and start the car.
  2. Let the car run until it warms up to the normal temperature, then turn the internal heater on high. Run the engine for another 10 minutes, then turn it off and allow it to cool completely.
  3. Drain the flushing solution the same way you drained the coolant and fill it with fresh coolant. The hardest part of this task is making sure you dispose of the old coolant (and the flushing solution) safely where pets can’t drink it by mistake.

3. Obvious Oil Options


Oil changes are one of those pesky tasks that usually require sending your car to a maintenance workshop. Changing your oil and oil filter is an obvious way to avoid having to do so. It’s a messy, dirty job, but I’d rather clean my hands of grease afterwards than part with hard-earned cash!

  • Drive your car around the block to warm up the engine and loosen the oil, then allow it to cool.
  • Jack up the car, get underneath and find the oil pan. Unscrew the drain plug and drain the old oil out. Replace the plug.
  • Locate the oil filter using the handbook, and remove it with a filter wrench. Lubricate the new oil filter’s gasket with some clean motor oil and tighten it in position.

Fill the new filter two-thirds full with clean oil using a funnel to avoid spillage. Use your dipstick to make sure you’ve put in enough.

4. Keeping the Battery Clean


There are few car problems as annoying as a dead battery, and often the cause is simply a build-up of dirt on your terminals.

  1. Unclip the negative cable from your battery.
  2. Disconnect the terminals, using a flat head screwdriver if you need to.
  3. Clean the posts with a professional solution or a mixture of baking soda and water, using a wire brush to scrub around them.
  4. Rinse the solution with clean water, dry the posts thoroughly with rags and remove all traces of moisture.
  5. Reconnect the battery terminals to the posts.

Honestly, could it really get any easier than that?

5. New Windscreen Wipers


Ok, even my mother can do this one herself. It’s always fun to see workshops offering free installation of new blades, because there’s really nothing to it: Buy the right blades for your make and model. Lift the wipers and press the tab underneath the wiper to remove the old blades. Attach the new blades to the wiper arm. That’s really all there is to it.

Take the plunge.

All you have to lose is some unnecessary expense and inconvenience, which I’m sure you can do without anyway.

21 Simple Tips for Child-Proofing Your Finances

My wife was nice enough to share some of her secrets.

When people see how much money she saves, they always want the inside scoop.

Here it is! Ladies and gentlemen, I introduce my wife to give you some saving advice…

From door handles to baby gates to the cabinets under the sink, we do a thorough job of child-proofing our homes.

But do we make sure our finances are child-proof?

With children come new expenses. Expenses that can get out of control if we don’t have a plan.

Here are 21 tips for child-proofing your finances…

1. Get Free Products

Sign up for baby clubs of products you use.

They will send you coupons for things you’re already buying.

You can also get samples from your OBGYN or pediatrician. I did not pay for prenatal vitamins the entire time I was pregnant (and for a couple months after I gave birth). My OB gave me what I needed.

This can also be true for some prescriptions at the doctor’s office. I can’t tell you how many times I didn’t have to buy a prescription because I asked the doctor for free samples.

2. Don’t Say “No” to Baby Showers

They take time, but what you get is completely FREE.

If you get stuff you won’t use, just return it for stuff you actually need.

3. Use Cloth Diapers

Using cloth diapers is not only great for your baby’s skin, but it can save hundreds over the span of the diapering age.

I chose to do a mixture of cloth and disposable. I use disposable when my child sleeps so I don’t have to change him every time he wakes up (plus, it’s easier to get him back to sleep).

I also use disposable diapers when we go into public or when someone else watches him away from home. Then I don’t have to tote dirty diapers.

I end up using 1 or 2 disposable diapers a day instead of 6-10 or even more!

I have heard of babies using upwards of 20 per day!

You can also use wash cloths instead of wipes. You can dampen them with water and add a little Witchhazel to the mix if/when they get a diaper rash.

4. Breastfeed

If you are able to, breastfeed your baby. It saves time and money.

With our first child, I was unable to produce enough milk, so I breastfed as much as I could, then supplemented with formula for the rest of her diet.

Also, be sure to check with your hospital or insurance provider if you need a breast pump. Sometimes they are free or at least discounted. You can also rent one from some hospitals.

5. Be Smart About Baby Food

Solid baby foods can be made in a blender or food processor. You can feed your baby whatever you are eating (make sure to introduce foods according to what your pediatrician suggests).

You can also buy canned veggies and process/blend those for quick feedings.

For the ease of it you could try canned pumpkin or unsweetened apple sauce. It’s already a good consistency.

6. Don’t Pay Retail for Your Car Seat

Make sure to get your car seat from a trusted source.

Always check to see if the car seat has been in an accident and check it’s expiration date (they have expiration tags on the bottom).

That being said, a car seat can be a great hand-me-down from friends or family. Or you can always reuse one from an older child.

Another Tip: check with your insurance company. Some of them offer new car seats for $25 and most insurance companies will reimburse you for car seats that need to be replaced.

7. Plan Ahead

Have a small bag in the car with a few diapers, some wipes, a change of clothes and some snacks.

This will keep you from having to make “spur of the moment” purchases when something unexpected happens.

8. Compare Hospital Costs

All hospitals are not created equal.

Some hospitals charge for television usage as well as other “perks” such as single recovery rooms.

Keep this in mind when you are looking at the potential overall cost of your stay.

And just so you know, you or your insurance company has paid for all the items stanched under your little ones bassinet. Don’t forget that stuff. Baby wash, diapers, thermometer/covers, wipes…it’s all yours!

9. Don’t Immediately Go to the Doctor

If it’s not a life threatening issue, call your doctor and talk to them over the phone instead of automatically making an appointment

A lot of times they can diagnose and even prescribe a treatment over the phone, potentially saving you the cost of a doctor’s visit.

10. Borrow

Many times you can borrow baby items from a friend or relative who isn’t using them.

Some big ticket items such as a breast pump, baby swing, jumper, or car seat can be borrowed at zero cost to you.

11. Swap Sitting Services

Alliteration aside…ask a trusted friend to swap sitting with you.

They can watch your kids one night and you can watch their kids another.

If they don’t have kids, maybe you could swap them some other service such as dog sitting or mowing their lawn.

This not only saves you money, but it saves your friend’s money too!

12. Don’t Be Afraid to Say “No”

Kids will be kids. And that usually means they ask for a lot.

It’s a great thing to get them what they want…sometimes.

Learn to tell them no, especially if it is an impulse request, but don’t forget to explain why you are telling them no.

My daughter asks for a lot after she sees a commercial or walks down the toy isle.

Oh, marketing.

Does she usually remember that toy exists a week later? Nope.

I listen to her requests and file them away. When she asks for something often, that can give me a great gift idea for the next holiday!

13. Know What Your Insurance Covers

Insurance doesn’t always cover everything.

I always discuss what my insurance covers with my doctor and let them know that I DO NOT want any procedure that is not covered by my insurance unless they talk to me about it first.

A lot of doctors just follow a routine and it can end up costing you more if your insurance does not cover their “routine”.

Some insurance companies don’t cover things like the 2nd ultra sound when you are pregnant unless it is medically necessary. Speaking of pregnancy, if you don’t have insurance, some hospitals have a reduced payment plan for births (among other things). It never hurts to ask!

14. Count the Cost of Daycare

It isn’t always beneficial for both spouses to work outside the home.

If the cost of daycare outweighs (or comes close to) the income brought in by the second spouse, you might want to reconsider. At least calculate what you actually earn after expenses.

For instance, if day care is $300 per week and the second spouse makes $9 an hour for 40 hours, they essentially added $60 a week to the total household income.

What could you cut back to save $60 a month and have the second spouse stay at home?

After expenses like commuting and eating out, there may be even less than $60.

15. Don’t Always Buy in Bulk

Always calculate cost per ounce or item such as per diaper.

Contrary to popular belief, the bigger package isn’t necessarily the best price.

I also find that quite often they are close to the same price per ounce/item and with a coupon; it makes the smaller package a better deal.

Take the time to check. It’s worth it.

Some stores list the price per ounce on the shelf tags. Double check these as well. Surprisingly, they are not always correct.

16. Baby Stuff? Think Resale, Not Retail

Buy baby stuff from resale shops, yard sales and other second hand places.

Facebook swap shops are great for this!

You can purchase baby toys such as jumpers for pennies on the dollar and quite often, they are barely used because of how quickly they are outgrown.

17. Be Reasonable With Baby Clothes

Why not purchase baby clothes used as well?

Baby clothes are worn only a hand full of times before they are out-grown.

If you buy new, you end up paying $15 for an outfit that you can sell for $1 a month later when your baby out grows it.

Also, buy unisex colors/styles so that they can be reused for more babies in the future. You never know what (or who) is going to happen.

Forego the shoes. They outgrow the footwear very quickly. Shoes are cute, but they are unnecessary for babies until they start walking.

18. Compare Prices

Before you buy, make sure you are getting the best deal. Many times you could buy items for less on the internet or at another local store than the “one” you always shop at.

No one store has the best deal on everything.

Try to know the average price of the items you buy frequently.

Kalen and I frequently buy things like diapers off of Amazon instead of in store. You can often buy them with a damaged box (but no damaged or open diapers) for much less.

Amazon also shows the price per count for easy price comparison.

While you are comparing prices, make sure to check out the reviews on the products you are considering buying to see what others like you have to say about the product’s value. You can also talk to friends or family to see what their favorite or most useful buys are.

19. Buy What You Need When You Don’t Need It

If the item is not perishable or doesn’t expire quickly, buy it when it is on sale or when you have a coupon. Or both!

If you don’t do this, you know you will have to buy the item anyway and when you do, you will end up paying full price for it.

Why pay full price for anything, really?

Here are a few things that you could be looking for:

  • Paper Towels
  • Toilet Paper
  • Laundry Detergent
  • Soap/Shampoo/Conditioner
  • Shaving Cream

This is a great concept for Christmas and holiday gifts too; you can buy things all year round when they go on sale and put them away for later.

20. Pay for the Product, Not the Marketing

You may find a store brand or a less expensive brand that you like just as well or better than the one you have always used.

Often these brands are made by the same name brand companies, just without all of the fancy packaging.

Name brands are mostly only more expensive because of the marketing, advertising and packaging.

21. Don’t Buy What You Don’t Need

This seems obvious, but we still do it.

Do we really need a fancy expensive diaper disposal pail? Why not use a grocery sack? Tie up the used diapers and throw them out.

Do we really need 20 outfits of one size? Why not use 6 or 7 and just wash them every couple days?

This also works well with our cloth diaper regimen.

What about a changing station? Could you use the top of a low dresser? Why not use the floor or the bed?

Sometimes saving money on what you “need” can be as simple as challenging the concept of what is “needed”.

5 Quick Date Ideas for Under $10

These are great quick date ideas for maximizing fun and frugality. Some are even free! Usually the more cost-effective a date is, the more quality time you spend together. Expensive dates tend to have distractions and attractions that take time away from you and your mate and focus more on the things you are paying for.

Is it really worth it? Sometimes, but often it’s not.

The dates below are great ways to save money and spend time together. Some of them involve using things you already have, like fuel in your car, food in the cabinets or other things at home, but the point is that you should be able to do these dates without coming more than $10 out-of-pocket.

1. Low-Rollers

Average cost: $0-$10

This is also known as the “spend as little as possible” date. On this date, you will be the opposite of a high-roller; you will be a low-roller. The goal is to do as much as possible, while spending as little as possible. You can find great coupons and gift certificates online at places like restaurant.com and groupon.com. Use gift certificates that you may already have. Opt for the free things that allow you to spend quality time together, such as walks, hiking, house hunting (unless you actually buy a house, then it turns into a high-roller date!) or looking at Christmas lights. You will find that this is often times more fun than expensive dates.

2. Dollar Date

Average cost: $2-$10

Lest we forget the dollar movie theaters. They are still very much alive in many towns and if you have one, you should use it! I’ll admit that movies aren’t the best dates for interacting with your date, but occasionally I think it’s a good idea. Dinner and a movie? Make dinner at home with things you already have. Use coupons and gift certificates to make you meal as cheap as possible.

3. The Frugal Photographer

Average cost: Free

This seems to be a popular idea, but that’s because it’s a great idea! Find a great location, or two, or three! As many as you want, really. Take a camera and take pictures together. You can take pictures of nature, each other or old structures downtown. You can save the pictures and later have them framed for the memories. This is a really great way to spend time together and keep some of the memories. It’s also great for a picnic if you go somewhere scenic!

4. The Aluminum Chef

Average cost: Free

Maybe we can’t afford to be The Iron Chef for under $10, but we can be The Aluminum Chef. This one is simple. Cook together! Use things you already have at home and make a full meal. This works great for just the two of you or the whole family. Make an appetizer to eat while the main course is cooking, then make a desert! Cooking together is a great way to spend quality time with each other and create a wonderful free (or, at least, already paid for) meal. This is one of my personal favorite quick date ideas.

5. Game Night

Average cost: $0-$10

Playing games together is a great way to have fun, spend time together and save money! Pull out the board games or break out the Playstation. Either way, you are doing it together and that’s what makes it fun! For dinner you can buy a frozen pizza to cook while you are playing games. Just pretend like it’s delivery and if it’s Digiorno, it shouldn’t be hard to pretend.

Cheap dating is much easier when you are in agreement with your mate about saving money, but it can still be done without feeling cheap if you are the only one trying to save money.

Quit spending all of that money on dates and you can not only improve your wallet’s health, but improve your relationship’s health by spending quality time together. Remember, it’s not about the money, it’s about the memories!

Chapter 5

The Homeowner’s Guide to Saving Money

Buying a home. The American dream. Though many are questioning whether it still makes sense to buy or if you should rent, many still believe that a home can be worth the price tag. When you’re buying a home, there are a few things you need to know. First, you want to make sure the property you’re buying is worth it. Consider doing a few things before you buy:

  • Get your own home appraisal
  • Get a professional home inspection
  • Get a real estate agent that knows their job
  • Get a feel for the area by talking to some homeowners
  • Get everything in writing – verbal agreements don’t hold up

Once you have found your home and you’re ready to get a mortgage, it’s extremely important to get the best interest rate you can find; it’s amazing the difference 1% can make on how much you pay over the life of the loan. If you already have a mortgage, run the numbers to see if a refinance is right for you.

Let’s start there: refinancing…

To Refinance or Not to Refinance

Refinancing your home is like the government.

Sometimes it makes sense.

Sometimes it doesn’t.

And sometimes it will force you to spend a lot of money with little or no return.

Doesn’t that remind you of the government?

So, when does it make sense to refinance?

There are ways to figure that out and there are some things you need to know about refinancing…

Refinancing Explained

Refinancing is the process of taking out a new loan to pay your existing loan.

There are several reasons for this:

  • Lowering your interest rate
  • Shortening the term of your mortgage
  • Switching one type of mortgage to another
  • Retrieving some of your home equity
  • Possibly even debt consolidation

But, wait! It doesn’t come free… or even cheap, really.

There are costs associated with refinancing, such as:

  • Appraisal fees
  • Application and processing fees
  • Title search fee
  • A percentage of the loan’s principle

Like I said, it’s not always cheap. But…it’s often worth it.

Lowering Your Interest Rate

When seeking to lower your interest rate, you need to make sure that the change is enough to be worth it.

Refinancing companies will usually run your numbers and tell you whether or not it is best for you, but it’s best to know for yourself.

Use the calculator below to figure out how much money you will save with your new interest rate. Weigh that against the estimated closing costs for refinancing. Make your decision.

Even a 1% drop in your interest rate can make a huge difference.

Shortening the Term

Generally, the shorter the loan, the lower the interest rate. This is typically a win – win.

As long as you can afford the monthly payments and everything else makes sense, you should go for the shorter mortgage, even if it requires you to refinance.

It is easy to pay off a 30 year mortgage in 15 years, but it’s easier not to.

That’s why most people don’t do it.

If the interest rate is higher or the same, you will need to run the numbers.

If interest rates are down and you are locked in at a higher rate, you may even be able to shorten your mortgage without changing your payment.

Shortening your term makes much more sense in the earlier years than the later years, but once you run the numbers, you will know if it works for you.

Switching Loan Types

If you have a “creative financing” type of loan, such as an adjustable-rate mortgage (ARM), switching to a fixed-rate mortgage is a good idea.

At a minimum, you are reducing the risk of having interest rates skyrocket.

Creative financing can be very risky, so make sure you know what you are doing if you decide to use it.

Don’t fall into the trap of thinking that creative financing is the only way you can afford a home in your area. If that’s the case, you can’t afford to live there.

Tapping Into Home Equity

Not a good idea.

If you need to borrow money from your home equity, you can’t afford what you are buying.

As far as emergencies, use an emergency fund.

Running the Numbers

Basically, you should run the numbers to see if a refinance makes sense for you.

Hopefully you have a better understanding of what to look for.

You have everything you need to make the decision. Now you make the call.

Should You Pay Off Your Mortgage Early?

Should you pay your mortgage off early?

Some people believe paying off your mortgage early is dumb. Let’s see why they think that…

Why is it Dumb?

I have read the articles on why you shouldn’t pay off your mortgage early and why it is “dumb” to do so.

Those arguments, for the most part, are pretty terrible.

Obviously, check to see if you have a pre-payment penalty, but if it isn’t that high, it may still be a good idea to pay your mortgage off early.

And yes…

Don’t Pay Off Your Mortgage Until…

One of the main things people will say about paying your mortgage off early is that you need to have the rest of your debt paid off first.

Really? Is that not obvious?

What should be paid off before you start aggressively attacking your mortgage?

Just about everything.

  • Personal loans
  • Credit card debt
  • Student loans
  • Auto loans
  • Medical bills

…to name a few.

Your mortgage should be the last debt you pay off.

I actually read an article that explained how you shouldn’t pay off your mortgage early, because your finances could “go south” and you may need to take out the extra equity you’ve put in. Come on, people! That’s why you have a fully-funded emergency fund before you start pouring money into mortgage payments.

Do This First

It’s equally important to set yourself up for success before you pay off the mortgage.

So do this before you begin to aggressively pay off your mortgage:

Many people will also tell you that you need to make “sufficient contributions” to your children’s education accounts, but obviously that is up to you. Don’t feel like you “need” to do that before paying off your home. It’s not your responsibility to pay for your children’s education, but it is nice and [hopefully] they will appreciate it.

Why You Should Pay Your Mortgage Off Early

Once your home is paid off, you [usually] cut out your biggest payment.

Talk about setting yourself up for success.

Just picture it…

You now own a huge asset that is paid in full. Your home is no longer the liability it once was since you no longer paying for it.

Sure, you have maintenance costs and repairs, but when your home is paid off and you have a fully funded emergency fund, your cashflow can take care of most of those expenses.

This should get you excited about paying off your mortgage:

  • You can live in a home that you own instead of a home the bank owns.
  • You have the option to sell you home for pure profit.
  • You can live on much less since you lost that huge payment.

You can’t set yourself up much better than that.

Yes, you should pay your mortgage off early.

Once you have done everything mentioned here, get to work!

Another Option: A Compromise?

There are strategies for paying off your home early. We’ll get to them in a moment.

Those strategies are great and they work.

With mortgage rates being so low, why not invest the extra money instead of paying off your home?

I really don’t think you have to pick. I think you can do both.

If you want to pay off your home early, this may be the best strategy for you.

Let me explain…

Meet in the Middle

I haven’t read about this strategy before, so I am just going to claim a name!

I am calling it “meet in the middle”.

Since there is a big debate about whether you should pay off your mortgage early or invest that extra money, let’s look at both sides.

For this article, we will refer to these two crowds as the “OCD Investors” and the “Debt Haters”.

Do you need a visual? Let’s use Warren Buffett as the OCD Investor and this random screaming guy as the debt-hater. Calm down debt-hater, you can pay off your debt, just stop screaming so loudly.

The “OCD Investors” think, with mortgage rates being so low, you can earn more money by investing than you can save by paying off your mortgage early.

The “Debt Haters” think, as long as you have a mortgage, you are in debt. And they hate debt (hence the name).

So, who’s right? Both of them.

Can’t We All Just Get Along?

I have devised a plan.

A plan to unite OCD Investors and Debt-Haters everywhere

It’s as simple as investing the extra money you would be putting towards your home.

Keep steadily investing until you accumulate the amount that you owe on your home.

Or, in other words, until you meet in the middle.

To start, just figure out how much you can contribute each month and start investing.

Make sure to use a separate account from all your other investments.

If you can’t afford the fund you want, start with a mutual fund that has a smaller initial investment, then keep upgrading once you have enough for the fund you want.

Once your investment is worth the amount you owe on your home, pay it off.

Is This the Best Mortgage Strategy?

This is only the best method if you can get a high enough return on your investment to earn more by investing than you would save by paying extra on your mortgage.

Usually this strategy wins, because you should be able to get a low mortgage rate right now and your return on some good basic index funds should yield a high return.

To calculate your situation, you need to figure out:

  1. Your available amount to invest
  2. Your mortgage interest rate
  3. Your specific tax situation

Simple Steps: Once you know how much you can contribute, use this calculator to see how many years and how much money you would save by paying extra on your mortgage. Then use this calculator to see how much you could realistically earn by investing.

This strategy works great for some, but not for others.

For example, if you’re interest rate is really high, you may want to refinance. If you can’t refinance for some reason, it may be more beneficial to pay extra on your mortgage.

The thing about this strategy is that it works extremely well for those who are in the right situation to make it work.

There are many variables, especially interest rates and taxes…

Watch Out for Uncle Sam

Obviously, it wouldn’t be worth your time to invest all this money, only to pay high taxes when you withdrawal to pay off your mortgage.

There are some ways to accomplish this strategy tax-free…

If you will be over 59 1/2 when you pull the money out, you can put it in a Roth IRA (if you meet the requirements).

If you are in the 10% or 15% tax bracket (USA), you pay 0% long-term capital gains taxes (long-term means gains on assets held for longer than 1 year).

Of course, tax brackets can always change, but they will most likely remain very low for the bottom tax brackets.

If you don’t have any options for tax breaks, you may have to do some more math. If you’re in a higher tax bracket, it may benefit you more to simply pay extra on your loan.

Just make sure it makes sense when you calculate your rate-of-return, taxes and interest rates.

Every situation is different.

Final Thoughts

This strategy is not for everyone.

You may not be able to make this method work.

Calculate the costs. If this method doesn’t make sense for you, you will have to choose a side, my friend.

“Debt hater” or “OCD investor”.

Figure out what is more important to you. Being debt free or creating the most possible wealth.

There is no right answer. It’s about your priorities.

If you’re not sure whether this makes sense for your situation, just leave a comment or send me a message. I would be more than happy to run your numbers.

Everything You Need to Know Before You Start Paying Off Your Home Early

“I’m in debt. I am a true American.” -Balki Bartokomous

It’s true. Just about every person in American (and much of the world) is in debt.

We are so used to it that we even consider ourselves to be debt-free when we still have a mortgage.

You know how it goes…

“Yeah, I’m debt-free…well, except for my house.”

If you have a mortgage you are not debt-free.

But you can be…

There is a lot to know before you start paying off your home early…

Types of Mortgages

There are many types of mortgages, but really, only a few apply to the savvy home-buyer.

Fixed-Rate Mortgages

Fixed-rate mortgages have a fixed interest rate for the entire life of the loan. This means that you will pay the same interest rate until it is paid off (or until you refinance). Fixed-rate mortgages are predictable since the interest rate remains the same. The standard loan is 30 years (in America), but it’s also fairly standard to see a 10, 15 or 20 year fixed-rate mortgage. The shorter, the better. Under no circumstance should you ever take out a fixed-rate loan for over 30 years. If you need a 40 year loan, you can’t afford that house!

Adjustable-Rate Mortgages (ARMs)

Adjustable-rate mortgages (ARMs) have an adjustable interest rate. Usually the rate is fixed for a certain amount of time, but after that time it fluctuates with the market rates. ARMs are unpredictable since interest rates fluctuate. They can go lower, but they can also go much higher. This makes an ARM much more risky than a fixed-rate mortgage. To keep it simple, I would just say: don’t do it!

Other Mortgage Types

Other mortgage types include interest-only mortgages, interest-only ARMs, balloon mortgages and other types of “creative financing”. There are also several variations of ARMs. These types of loans are very risky and should never be used by the average home buyer. In my opinion, they should never be used, period.

A fixed-rate mortgage is the safest and most predictable type of mortgage. Unless you are experienced with creative financing, stick with a fixed-rate. I recommend refinancing if you have anything but a fixed-rate.

It All Comes Down to One Thing

No matter which type of loan you may have, there is one very important thing for you to know right now when you are attempting to pay off any mortgage early.

It’s all about making extra principle payments.

I have probably heard 100 different ways to pay off a mortgage early and every single one of them equated to paying extra principle payments in one way or another, but that doesn’t mean that they aren’t all effective.

There are different reasons for the different strategies.

These strategies are not magic, but they work. And they set you up to be able to make extra principle payments, even if you don’t think you can afford to.

Pre-Payment Penalties

Everyone likes to talk about pre-payment penalties.

I have actually heard this as an excuse for not paying off a mortgage early.

Many loans don’t even have them. You need to contact your mortgage company if you are unsure and figure out if your loan has pre-payment penalties.

Even if you do have pre-payment penalties that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t pay off your mortgage early.

Yes, the bank would love for you to make payments for the entire length of the mortgage, 15, 20 or 30 years. That’s why pre-payment penalties exist, but don’t let them scare you!

These penalties generally only apply to the extra principle payments you make, not to your regular payments. Even if you have a penalty, you will almost always benefit from making extra principle payments.

Pay More, Earlier

You will see a bigger difference when you make extra principle payments in the earlier years of your mortgage, as opposed to the later years.

With a fixed mortgage, your payments will stay the same over the life of the loan as long as nothing about your loans changes.

Your interest rate will also stay the same with a fixed mortgage.

You payment is made up of principle and interest.

There is also escrow in your payments for insurance and tax payments, but for the sake of this article, we are just talking about principle and interest.

This means that in the early years, your payments will be almost entirely made up of interest. In the later years, your payments will be almost entirely made up of principle.

Why? Because your payment amount stays the same and your payment always includes principle and interest. In the earlier years, you owe much more on your home than in the later years.

Once you have paid off the majority of your mortgage, you are paying much smaller interest payments and much larger principle payments. Think about it: 6% of $150,000 (when you first get your loan) is a lot more than 6% of $20,000 (after you have paid off most of your loan).

Does that make sense? Hopefully! But if you have questions, that’s what the comments are for.

It’s important to make extra principle payments in the early years in order to pay less interest overall. Once you make it to the final years of the loan, you won’t notice as much of a difference.

Some people say that you shouldn’t pay off your mortgage early, but you should invest the money since you can generally earn more by investing than you can save by paying off your mortgage early.

This is true, but it’s much more true in the later years of your mortgage.

If you are in the very first few years of your mortgage, you can make a huge impact just by paying a little extra here are there.

It can mean years off the life of your loan if you pay extra in the beginning.

What Are You Putting Down?

If you are still looking for a home, consider making a sizable down payment.

You will reduce your overall mortgage amount. You will reduce your monthly payments, which makes it easier to pay extra. And you will pay less interest!

Don’t fall for those first-time buyer 0% down loans.

Plus, there are great ways to save money for your down payment.

First, you need to determine how long it will be before you will be buying a home.

If it is less than 5 years, you should save your money in a savings account, Money Market account or possibly a very conservative mutual fund.

If it is more than 5 years, you should invest your money in a moderate to aggressive index fund until 5 years before you plan to buy, then transfer to a safer account.

If this is your first home, you can use an IRA to shelter your down payment.

Now let’s talk about something that you may have heard about, but you may not understand…

A Word About Private Mortgage Insurance

Private mortgage insurance (PMI) is basically an insurance that the lender uses as protection in the event that you default on your loan.

It’s common for loans with less than a 20% down payment, since those are viewed as a “riskier” investment by the lender.

If you are required to pay PMI, it is typically included in your monthly payments.

The thing that many people don’t know about PMI is that once you have paid 20% of your total loan, you can drop it, but don’t expect the lender to remind you about this.

If you are required to pay it, pay 20% of your loan as quickly as possible, then call your lender and kindly ask them to remove your PMI.

3 Powerful Strategies to Pay Off Your Mortgage Early

These are extremely powerful strategies for paying off your mortgage early.

1. The Short-Term Strategy

This is a big one.

30 years is a long time to pay for a house. Opt for a 15 year mortgage or even a 10. If you can’t afford to take out a mortgage shorter than 30 years, you can’t afford that house.

If you can’t refinance, that’s ok! You can pay a little extra on a 30 year loan to pay it off quicker. Look at how much extra you would have to pay to pay it off early, it’s not much:

This is the amount you would pay every month (for an 8%, $100,000 loan) to pay off your mortgage early:

  • 30 years: $733.76
  • 25 years: $771.82
  • 20 years: $836.44
  • 15 years: $955.65
  • 10 years: $1213.28

Did you notice that there is only a $102.68 difference between paying off this loan in 30 years and paying it off in 20 years? That’s 10 years off your mortgage!

Figure out your numbers and how much you can save with Dave Ramsey’s free mortgage calculator.

Not only do you pay off your mortgage earlier with a shorter loan, but the interest rate is usually much lower as well. Why? Simply because the bank is “stuck” or “locked-in” at that interest rate for a shorter period of time.

2. The First Day Payment Strategy

If you take full advantage of this strategy, it is one of the most powerful ways to make a huge impact on shortening the life of your mortgage without paying extra.

You simply make your first payment on the day the loan is activated (the day the lender starts charging interest) instead of waiting until your first payment is due.

This works so well, because this way, your entire first payment goes towards principle. Principle payments have the most impact during the early years, especially this first payment.

It will make you sick to see how much of each payment is going to principle in the early years of a mortgage. There could be as little as $20 or $30 each month going to principle on a $1200 payment. The rest is going towards interest.

If are already the proud owner of a mortgage, you can still apply this strategy by simply making one extra full payment. It won’t have quite the same effect as it will on the first day, but you will still knock some time off your mortgage.

3. The Famous Split-Payment Strategy

You’ve probably heard of it. Some people think it’s magic, but it’s actually a really simple concept.

You simply pay half your payment twice per month, instead of making one full payment.

This works in 2 different ways…

  1. Paying half-payments every 2 weeks will cause you to automatically make one extra full payment every year. (26 half-payments per year comes out to a total of 13 full payments instead of the usual 12)
  2. You will lower the principle balance 26 times per year instead of 12.

You can usually set this up with your bank, but if they won’t do it, you can still take advantage of this strategy by adding a little extra to your principle each month.

To figure this out for your mortgage, simply divide the amount of your principle payment (principle only, not escrow or interest) by twelve and add that amount to each month’s payment.

For example, if you have a $500 payment, add $41.67 to your principle every month and you will achieve the same effect.

How does your realtor get paid?

Whether you’re a home-buyer or seller, you have to deal with a real estate agent for a safe and hassle-free transaction.

Only a few sellers prefer to purchase or sell a home without help of a real estate broker. But most of those for-sale-by-owner transactions are done between buyers and seller who are already related to or know each other. On the other hand, most home-buyers work with a real estate agent while buying a property.

Here’s how your realtor gets paid…

How They Get Paid – In a Nutshell

Unlike other professionals who get paid on hourly basis or send an invoice after finishing a project, real estate agents get paid only at the end of the sales transactions. If an agent works with a home-buyer or seller for even a couple of months sans a successful transaction, he or she won’t get paid for his or her time. They earn commission on the basis of the sales price of the property and only if the transaction goes into an agreement.

Amount of commission is also negotiable between the listing agents and the clients. Though some brokers provide a discount to the sellers, typical commission is 6% (total) of the sales price.

In some cases, commission is uniformly divided between the buyer’s agent and the listing agent, while in other cases, the division is done unevenly.

The Broker and the Real Estate Agent

While some realtors are brokers – commission payment goes to the brokers who handle the brokerage where realtors work.

The commission is then divided between the broker and the real estate agent as per the agreement done between them.  This split of commission differs from agent to agent with new real estate agents usually getting a smaller percentage of commission than the experienced ones who sell more properties or rather pricier properties.

Commission Payer

Officially, the commission is paid by the seller at settlement table where the fees are deducted from the proceeds of the sale.  But, in a sense, the buyer pays commission as they pay to buy the property and the seller has taken the realtor commission into account while fixing the listing price. The commission usually (though not always) gets divided at the settlement table between buyer’s agent brokerage and listing agent’s brokerage. After that, both the agents get paid by their respective brokers as reported by top real estate agents Noe Valley, California.

Commissions and Contracts

The precise percentage of realtor commission must be spelled out in the listing agent’s contract with the respective seller so that the former gets paid if the home sells, irrespective of who purchases it.

Listing agents along with the brokers spend both money and time for the marketing of a property, advertising and making the home ready for sale and they get paid for these services. The buyer’s agent typically has a contract with his client so that he gets paid when the buyer completes the purchase even if he has found that specific home on his own.

How do you get a mortgage when you’re self-employed?

There’s no debating the fact that being self-employed offers quite a few benefits you just don’t get with a conventional job.

You don’t have that pesky boss looking over your shoulder all the time, you get to make your own decisions about the direction of the business, and if you work from home you don’t even have a commute.

Of course, there are always negatives to balance things out, and with self-employment getting a mortgage is often one of them.

However, just because you’re self-employed doesn’t mean you’ll never be able to get a mortgage.

It just means the rules are a little different…

Extra Documentation

If you’re self-employed and looking for a mortgage, set aside some time to fill out lots of forms and documents to complete the process. Being self-employed means that you don’t have the benefit of a steady pay check from an employer, so you really have to prove that the income will be there on a consistent basis before you are approved.

A handful of years ago, a self-employed person could essentially declare an income and in many cases they’d be approved on that number. Now, the rules have tightened and you have to show that the number you state is actually true. This means tax returns and any other documents the lender wants to see during the approval process. You also might have to show that you’ve been making this type of money for more than just the previous tax year. In short, you will have to back up your claims with evidence.

Don’t Hurt Yourself

One area that might help the self-employed at a certain time, could hurt when it’s time to apply for a mortgage. Since you have to prove your stated income when looking for a mortgage, using creative accounting techniques to lower your income at tax time, could hurt your chances.

You can’t very well say, “I know it looks like I made $50,000 but I actually made $80,000.” Many creative accounting techniques aren’t legal anyway, but that doesn’t stop people from using them to lower their income and pay less in taxes. Keep it as honest as possible and don’t hurt your own chances of getting a mortgage down the road.

Shop Around

Being organized and truthful with your statements and returns is important from your end, but it’s also wise to seek out a lender that will benefit your situation. Don’t just put all your eggs in one basket and dive in with the first one that comes your way. Take the time to shop around a little and investigate before you sign on. Even if they are receptive to your self-employed status and seem to want to help, check out a couple of others before you commit. They will still be there when you’re done, and if they say they won’t be, better off to go elsewhere anyway.

Look for lenders who aren’t against giving mortgages to self-employed people, and who have a solid track record and reputation in the community. Just because a place agrees to give you a mortgage doesn’t automatically mean they are trustworthy and professional. It’s important to keep in mind that just because you are self-employed doesn’t mean you don’t deserve the same as everyone else, or that you should accept any less.

Specific Bank Programs

With more and more people entering the ranks of the self-employed, many banks and other lenders have developed specific programs geared toward self-employed mortgages. Many of these programs make the process easier and will base the loan on your personal credit history and not on that of the business.

If you already own a home and are looking for an additional loan, a self-employed mortgage loan program will help you leverage your home equity to get what you need. These loans are good for home renovations for your family or the self-employed business, debt consolidation or purchasing another property.

Whatever the exact details of the situation, if you’re self-employed and you require a mortgage, gather up all your information and bring it in to a mortgage professional so he can take a look. If you feel like you’ll be searching for a mortgage in the future, get in the habit of saving all your statements and receipts and organizing everything by year.

It might take a little more effort and you might have to prove yourself a little more, but if you are self-employed you can have a mortgage just like all your friends and family who work for someone else.

What happens to a mortgage when the homeowner dies?

It is a sad thing to consider, but not all that uncommon.

Sometimes a homeowner with a mortgage will die before the mortgage has been completely paid off.

Since mortgages can last 20, 30, even 40 or more years, a lot can happen to a person between the time they start and the time it finishes.

If you are worried about confusion with the house and mortgage if this happens to you or a loved one, here are some things to know…

Details of the Mortgage

In most cases, the details of the mortgage agreement will specify how to proceed should the homeowner pass away. Depending on the family, financial situation, and what has been agreed upon previously, there are a few different ways the mortgage can be handled.

The central issue is to determine how the remaining balance on the house will be paid back. If no person or source of money can be found, the lender may foreclose the property.

Keep in mind that many mortgages contain clauses that will require full payment whenever the mortgaged house is sold or transferred (called the “due on sale” clause). When the property is transferred to an heir, this type of clause would take effect. So you should be prepared to arrange for the hand-over of debt payment soon or find a way to finance the home.

Transferring to the Co-Signer or Spouse

If there was a co-signer on the loan, they may take responsibility for continuing the mortgage payments. In many cases, this is the husband or wife of the homeowner. If they had a life insurance policy, the surviving spouse may use that money to help make the mortgage payments.

Transferring to an Heir

If there was no co-signer or spouse, or if the spouse is unable to afford the remaining mortgage payments, the next person to consider is an heir. If the original homeowner left the house to an heir in his or her will, that heir will have the option to take over the mortgage payments. When no heir was specified, the executor of the estate can look for another family member willing to come forward as well.

Other Liquid Assets

Sometimes, no heir was specified or those that were named cannot afford to pay off the debt directly. However, there may still be ways of keeping the home in the family in these situations. If there is enough money or other assets in the deceased’s estate to fulfill their debts, then the executor of the estate must let the mortgage lender know how the estate plans on paying. While this means that there will be less money available in the inheritance, the home may stay in the family.

On the other hand, if there are not enough assets in the estate to fulfill the debt obligations and if no heir can take over, then there is not much else that can be done. Unfortunately, in most cases like this, the lender will have to sell the house at auction.

All of this is a greater reminder to prepare now, before anything happens. If you’re financially prepared for a tragedy like this, you can focus more on grieving and spending time with loved ones.

How does it work when you purchases a home with friends?

If you want to own a home but just can’t seem to get the capital together for a down payment, don’t have the income to carry payments or don’t have the credit history to get the loan, you might consider purchasing it with a friend.

Two incomes are certainly better than one, and you’ll probably have a better chance if you have another strong candidate applying with you.

People buy houses with friends all the time, and while there is nothing inherently bad about it, you should consider a few things before taking the plunge.

1. For Living or Investment?

The initial discussion and decision to buy a house together will probably provide the answer to this, but make sure you’re both on the same page.

If one friend is thinking it’s a great business investment and the other is envisioning living in the house together, it probably isn’t going to work out.

2. Open Communication

It’s also very important to communicate openly about your financial situations.

Things like credit history, income and future plans are all relevant when it comes to buying a house with a friend.

You don’t want any financial surprises to come along at any point, and you don’t want the other person to suddenly change gears or tell you they are moving to another city to further their career. Obviously, you can’t account for everything that may happen, but knowing the realities of the present is a good idea.

3. House Rules

If you are buying a house with a friend so you can both live there, create a set of house rules that both of you have to follow.

Everyone has quirks and characteristics that annoy other people, and different people have different likes and dislikes when it comes to living arrangements. Things like household chores, the regular state of the home and house guests are important factors to consider to keep a harmonious home if you’ll be living together.

4. Get a Lawyer

It’s a good idea to separate the friendship and business elements and get an attorney. Right from the time you apply for mortgage make sure that every penny spent is properly accounted and documented for.

A lawyer will ensure everything is as it should be on the legal side, and the two of you can feel confident when you sign the contract.

It’s easy to put it all on a handshake, but it’s not the smart thing to do. Even the strongest friendships and relationships can fade and sour, so getting it all done legally with every aspect laid out is the way to go. This way, each party will know their obligations and can buy the house feeling secure that the legalities are all covered.

5. Insurance Policy

Another thing you might want to do is to purchase a term life insurance policy and name your friend and co-owner as the beneficiary.

With this type of policy in place, if anything happens to either one of you, the entire mortgage will be paid off.

It’s not something anyone wants to think about, but that doesn’t mean it’s not the right thing to do.

Chapter 6

The Student’s Guide to Saving Money

We all know the story of the college drop-outs who became millionaires… or even billionaires.

Those people did still attend college, so that’s not really an argument against attending college. They also usually dropped out with a set plan or because they were already making a lot of money with their business.

I think the lesson here is: “work to learn, not to earn”.

Whether you are working towards a degree or working for a company, you shouldn’t be doing anything strictly for the money, unless of course you want to be unhappy for the rest of your life, and then…by all means! At least you’ll have money, right?

Is it Worth It?

A degree, on it’s own, is just a piece of paper. If you have a set plan and you need a degree to reach your goals, then you have every reason to go after it, even if you have to go into debt.

On the other hand, if you don’t have a plan, a college degree is often a waste of money. I know more than a few people with a college degree and a job that doesn’t require one.

It really comes down to the specific situation.

Contrary to popular belief, going to college is not always the right answer.

I am a huge advocate for education and learning, but if you are going to go into some serious debt for it, do your research and be sure you are making a wise decision.

Let’s look at the numbers and some stats in this infographic from EducareLab to get a better understanding of the overall picture…

3.2 Tax-Free Ways to Invest for College

Should you save for your children’s education?

A better question is “should you invest for your children’s education?”

There is a simple cut and dry answer here…it depends…it’s really up to you.

Did I say cut and dry? Forgive me.

You are not obligated to pay for their college. It’s not your responsibility as a parent.

However, it is nice to be able to help them out. Here are the best ways to do it…

The Age Old Question

As long as I can remember, people have been talking about whether or not you should pay for your kid’s college.

Do I? Yes. My wife and I save for each one of our four children. Not enough for a free ride, but enough to make them feel like college is a legitimate option, even without scholarships.

I realize that you don’t have to go to college to be successful and sometimes it makes sense not to go, so nobody is forced in our home.

The thing is, it doesn’t take that much money, invested monthly, over many years, to build a decent education fund.

Let’s look at ways to build that education nest egg…

1. The Popular: 529 Plan

529s are offered accross the entire United States, but they are state-specific.

That doesn’t mean you have to open one in your state though.

You can live in one state, open an account in another and go to school in a completely different state.

If the money is used for education, your earnings are tax-free. There is a 10% penalty, if it’s not used for education.
Here are the positives to a 529:

  • You, not your children, have total control over the money
  • The things you can spend the money on are fairly liberal
  • There are no income restrictions to open a 529 account
  • Most states don’t have an age limit for using the money
  • You can easily transfer the money to a different child

Here are the negatives to a 529:

  • You don’t have direct control over the investments

Interested in opening one? Try TD Ameritrade.

2. The Less Common: Coverdell’s ESA

A Coverdell ESA (Education Savings Account) is another option.

This option may be useless for your child’s college fund (due to the restrictions), but they do work for some people and certain situations.

The contribution limit is currently $2,000/year (per child), which is quite low. But if you don’t plan on investing more than that, it doesn’t really matter.

There is one unique (non-college) benefit of using Coverdell’s though…you can use the money to pay for other schooling, such as elementary or private schools.

Here are the positives to a Coverdell’s ESA:

  • You can use the money to pay for lower level education
  • You can use the money to pay for a tutor of test prep classes
  • You can easily transfer the money to a different child

Here are the negatives to a Coverdell’s ESA:

  • The contribution is quite low for an education fund ($2,000 currently)
  • The funds must be used within 30 days of the beneficiary turning 30
  • The beneficiary must be under 18 while you’re contributing to the fund

3. The Classic: Roth IRA

IRAs aren’t just for retirement.

Roth IRAs can actually serve two purposes. Retirement and education.

You can withdrawal money from your Roth IRA, before you are 59 1/2, without the 10% penalty, if the money is used for higher education.

There are two schools of thought on using Roth IRAs for education.

One side says it’s a bad idea, because most people aren’t fully funded for retirement. In other words: don’t bankrupt your retirement account for your children’s college. The contribution limit is $5,500 (as of 2014), so you don’t have a whole lot of room to invest for your retirement and your child’s education in the same account, but you should also keep in mind that the contribution limit is per individual, not per household.

The other side says it’s a good idea, because you have the option to use the money for retirement if your child doesn’t use it for college. That makes sense too.

It all comes down to where you’re at with retirement and what your priorities are.

Here are the positives to a Roth IRA:

  • You can use the money for retirement if your child doesn’t use it
  • You have a wide range of investment options (basically anything)

Here are the negatives to a Roth IRA:

  • The contribution limit is $5,500, which limits your retirement funding

.2 More Options

These are what I consider the .2 options in “3.2”. The above options are generally preferable, but there are some circumstances where you might need these:

Municipal Bonds are an option, especially if you’re in a high income bracket. They usually won’t yield a very high return (around 3-4% on average), but you also aren’t forced to use the money for education.

Custodial Accounts. The Uniform Gifts to Minors Act and Uniform Transfers to Minors Act allow you to make your child the trustee; however, once the child turns 18 or 21 (depending on your state), they can use the money for whatever they please. That’s a scary thought. Think: The Parable of the Prodigal Son.

Tax-Free Education

All of these accounts can grow tax free. Figure out what works best for you.

If you want to save for your child’s education, you have options. Just get started.

But remember, it’s not your responsibility. It’s a privilege for your children, not a right.

Student Discounts are Everywhere

I started to write a gigantic list of everywhere that offers a student discount and then I thought twice about it…

Why waste your time searching for companies that offer discounts when there is a better alternative?

Here’s what you should be doing…

Start by Asking Everyone

These days most businesses do offer some type of student discount.

If you’re in a college town, you’ve probably noticed that most places offer a discount. A Pizza Hut or a Chili’s in other towns may not, but in your college town they do. Or at least, they have cheap specials directly for students.

So why search for a list of discounts when you can ask everyone?

Even if they don’t advertise it, many places will give a student discount. This goes for military, firefighters, AAA and police discounts too. There’s no need to look for a list if you can always remember to ask. I’m in the military and I don’t go anywhere without asking for a military discount. I’m also a student so I can usually get something. If they don’t have a discount, no big deal, but you asked. You’ll have a lot more luck by asking everyone rather than searching for lists.

So with all the lists out there, don’t waste your time, just ask everyone. However, I’ve included an extremely helpful list of 10 student discounts you can still get after you graduate. This list is great, since most places don’t continue the discount…

Every little bit helps and I’m all for asking for discounts, but don’t waste your time looking for an exhaustive list. Use the list above for after you graduate (or if you already graduated), but until then, ask everyone! You’ll be surprised at the places that offer a discount.

5 Simple Ways to Save Money as a Student

More often than not, college students are constantly facing shortage of money even if they have managed to acquire a student loan. While the funding may appear to be enough when you get it at the beginning of the term, it is not long before you realize that you will need to seriously budget to last it throughout. This is the hard part; budgeting, to make sure that you do not run out of money before you receive your next funding. However, it is not so difficult that you would term it impossible. I would like to list down a couple of saving tips for you college students.

1. Save Money on Food

You do not have to live on scraps of food. No, this is definitely not what I am trying to say. But you can definitely save a lot by planning out your meals rather than getting a takeaway on your way back home. You can buy the ingredients and cook up your meal at home. It would be cheaper along with being more hygienic, healthy and tasty. If you are living with roommates you all can together buy your food in bulk, further saving on food expenses. Another possibility is growing your vegetables and fruits yourself. Again, this would lead to tremendous savings. Both your wallet and your body would be better off this way. Of course, gardening requires time and I would advise you to go for it only if you can afford to. There is definitely no point in saving money this way if it costs you your studies.

Of course you would want to dine out sometimes. Everyone likes that and a treat once, or max, twice a month should not hurt, provided you do not go overboard. Opt for happy hours or deals available.

2. Save Money on Textbooks

You have the option of renting out or buying used textbooks for your courses. Buying new textbooks costs a lot and there is no point in doing that because you would probably not need them after your course. There are textbook rentals that you can go for, or look for websites who deal in used books. Another option is to exchange your old books, or even sell them off to, at least partially, recover the costs.

3. Save Money on Transportation

If your campus is near your place it would be a good idea to walk or bike to it. Besides saving you fuel costs it would also be a good exercise for you, keeping you fit and building your stamina. If your campus is not at a walking distance from your residence you can opt for public transportation. Again, get a student discount pass if your college offers one. If you own a ride you can get your fellow classmates to carpool with you. It would be economical for all of you and you would not have to burden the fuel costs on your own. If you do not have a car, do not even think of getting one at this point!

4. Avail Student Discounts

There are loads and loads of student discounts available out there. All you need to do is look. From restaurants to libraries, accessory shops, transport and cinemas – you name it. Even if a particular outlet has not mentioned out loud about the student discounts they have, it would not hurt to ask. Chances are that they probably do have deals for students. If you keep a track of the savings you get through such offers over a period of time, you will realize how beneficial it turned out to be.

5. Avoid Credit Cards

Try not to use your credit card until and unless there is an emergency. And definitely never use it for anything that you do not really need. While you may particularly need them when you are extremely tight on money, make sure that you are not careless with it. One way to ensure that is by keeping a low credit limit. Pay off the balance every month and pay on time to avoid extra costs. Just do not let the debt manage you!

Learn the difference between needs and wants and draw out a clear line between the two. Avoid buying anything expensive that you do not actually need. I am sure you will be able to find cheaper substitutes. For example, you may have your eyes on that super pretty costume you want for the college Halloween party. Or a gaming mouse you have been after since a long time. Try to get a cheaper, non-branded version instead. The important thing to remember is to stay debt free during college and to develop a habit of properly managing your finances. These habits would go a long way in ensuring that you do not accumulate debt later on as well.

Plan Ahead for College Debt

Attending college is a rewarding and exciting time in a young person’s life. It’s a period marking your transition from childhood to adulthood and the obligations that come along with it. A critical area of responsibility necessary for this change is finances; you must be financially prepared for college and everything that comes after. Savings, scholarships and grants, and student loans are topics you need to become educated in.

Savings Programs

Hopefully you already have a savings program, such as a 529 plan, in place. Named after Internal Revenue Code 529, these plans are designed to invest in higher education. Parents and guardians typically open these accounts to save money for their children’s future education. All qualified education expense withdrawals from 529 accounts are free from federal income tax.

If you do not already have a savings plan in place, start now; even small savings add up and make a big difference in the long term.

Scholarships and Grants

Scholarships and grants are funds awarded to you based on merit or need. They are “free money” in the sense that you are not required to repay the funds you receive. Scholarships may be “merit-based” meaning you have to meet certain standards set forth by the scholarship giver; whether that is in the area of academic achievement, sports, or talent. Grants are typically awarded based on financial need rather than merit. Schools, employers, private organizations, and state and federal government may all be sources of free money. The funds may cover a small portion or the full amount of your tuition, easing your financial burden, in either case.

Free Sources for scholarship and grant information:

  • High school guidance counselor
  • College financial aid office
  • Local library
  • U.S. Department of Labor’s search tool
  • Federal agencies
  • State grant agency

Student Loans and Repayment

Scholarships and grants may not cover the entire amount of your tuition and educational expenses. There’s also the possibility that you were unable to qualify for scholarships or federal loans due to your academic standing, criminal convictions, or non-US citizenship. At this point, you may need to turn to private loans to cover any remaining portion of your expenses.

It is important to repay your loans to remain in good credit standing. Repayment is especially important if you are looking to continue your education – as mentioned above, you can be denied for federal loans if you’ve previously defaulted. Some students choose to consolidate their debts after college in order to have one lower monthly payment. Another good option is to make an ascending list of your debts and begin paying them off in that order. With the snowball, at the start you get the satisfaction and confidence boost from eliminating the small debts, and as time goes on you’ll be better equipped to take out the larger ones.

Preparation is the Key

It’s important to prepare for college. Saving from an early age can be particularly beneficial, but any and all savings can go toward your college education. Grants and scholarships are especially effective in reducing your overall financial obligation, but are not a guarantee, which is where student loans come into play. Make sure you are financially responsible and repay those loans – you do not want to ruin your financial reputation as you are just getting out of the gate.

3 Strategies to Plan Ahead for Student Debt

As of 2012, the average amount of student debt accrued by graduating students reached nearly thirty-thousand dollars.

For these graduating students, debt is a fact of life that they’ll be dealing with for around a decade after leaving their old alma mater.

Student debt can be prohibitive for many students, and the snowballing interest of forbearance makes it a highly unappealing option.

However, there are ways to brace yourself, or avoid payment entirely, by planning ahead when it comes to how to manage student debt before it becomes a problem.

Here are three strategies to consider when a future of student loan payments is just around the corner…

1. Loan Forgiveness or Discharge

Instituted by the U.S. government, loan forgiveness occurs after completing a qualifying program or community service endeavor.

If you’re working as a teacher, doctor, or are involved with the military, there may be a variety of options for you to get a free ride after college to avoid paying student loans.

Many state-based institutions such as teacher associations offer career specific loans which can be forgiven with a certain number of years of service, oftentimes as a means to encourage more professionals to work within the state, for example.

Other organizations, such as the Peace Corps., will often work with its volunteers on forgiveness programs for their service.

However, loan discharge is another type of financial assistance entirely, and possibly the silver lining to an otherwise devastating personal event. While having a relative pass away as an excuse for not completing a paper might be as popular as “my dog ate my homework”, it can have dire financial consequences when it actually happens.

The government recognizes this predicament and is often able to discharge loans when death, or serious disability, impede one’s life too severely to manage repayment.

2. Know Your Options and Best Approach

Depending on your amount of debt and the rates of interest you’re dealing with, there may be preferable options for your situation.

The popular “pay-as-you-earn” repayment plan can make payments significantly lower, but often saddles students with a decade longer of payments than they could have dealt with originally.

Only after carefully measuring each of your options, such as standard, graduated, or other models of payment, should you commit to any course.

While you should ideally stick with the option that results in the least overall sum, be careful to not overextend your finances with the ideal option if it’s not immediately affordable. After all, there’s a reason you needed a loan in the first place!

3. Strategy When You Can’t Afford It

Forbearance can seem generous on the surface, but accruing interest can be crippling in the long term.

It should only be used to keep collections calls at bay and your credit score safe, since allowing interest to accrue alone can be devastating.

Instead of relying on this as your only option for pushing back payments when you can’t makes ends meet, consider reviewing your student loan consolidation options.

Most providers are willing to compete with your current interest rates and help streamline the debt repayment process – especially if you’re dealing with multiple loan providers.

Best of all, this stems the tide of interest that has been gaining against you all the while you were attending college.

While no two financial situations are the same and a piece of cookie cutter advice isn’t always applicable, these methods can be foolproof once you’ve analyzed your personal debt situation and assessed your options.

Managing your student debt wisely – or avoiding student debt entirely – can be the bright start to your life in the “real world.”

How to Actually Get Your Student Loans Forgiven

Student loan forgiveness has been a hot headline over the last year. The ever increasing mass of student loan debt continues to weigh on the hearts and minds of our college graduates. Today, 7 in 10 college seniors are graduating with student loan debt! While student loans are a necessary tool for some students, they should be used carefully by borrowers.

You may have seen the late night television ads preaching the benefits of student loan forgiveness. Despite what these television ads say, not everyone is eligible for student loan forgiveness. These ads are often being run by unethical telemarketers looking to take advantage of uneducated student loan borrowers. To qualify for student loan forgiveness you must meet certain eligibility requirements for federal programs. Don’t find yourself victim to a student loan forgiveness scams.

The following U.S. Department of Education programs can actually forgive your student loan debt:

1. Public Service Loan Forgiveness (PSLF) Program

The PSLF Program was created to encourage individuals to enter and continue to work full time in public service jobs.

Under the PSLF program, federal student loan borrowers may qualify for forgiveness on the remaining balance of their Direct Loans after they have made 120 qualifying payments on those loans while employed full time by certain public service employers. Qualifying employment is any employment with a federal, state, or local government agency, entity, or organization or a not-for-profit organization that has been designated as tax-exempt by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC).

Private student loans are not eligible for the PSLF program!

2. Total and Permanent Disability (TPD) Discharge

If you find yourself total and permanently disabled you may be eligible to receive federal student loan forgiveness.That being said, you must be able to prove that you are totally and permanently disabled in one of the following three ways:

  1. If you are a veteran, you can submit documentation from the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) showing that the VA has determined that you are unemployable due to a service-connected disability.
  2. If you are receiving Social Security Disability Insurance (SSDI) or Supplemental Security Income (SSI) benefits, you can submit a Social Security Administration (SSA) notice of award for SSDI or SSI benefits stating that your next scheduled disability review will be within five to seven years from the date of your most recent SSA disability determination.
  3. You can submit certification from a physician that you are totally and permanently disabled. Your physician must certify that you are unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that

3. Death Discharge

If you, the borrower, die, then your federal student loans will be discharged.  If you are a parent PLUS loan borrower, then the loan may be discharged if you die, or if the student on whose behalf you obtained the loan dies.

Depending on the private student loan lender, your loans may or may not be forgiven with death. You should check to see if your private student loans will be discharged at death. You may have seen the headlines where cosigning parents have been stuck paying the student loan debt in place of the primary borrower. Don’t let this happen to you! Check your promissory note for more information.

4. Teacher Loan Forgiveness

If you are a teacher and also a new borrower, and have been teaching full-time in a low-income elementary or secondary school or educational service agency for five consecutive years, you may be able to have as much as $17,500 of your subsidized or unsubsidized loans forgiven.

5. School Closing While Enrolled or Soon After

If your school closes while you’re enrolled or soon after you withdraw, you may be eligible for discharge of your federal student loans.

Be aware, private student loans may not be eligible for forgiveness under this rule.

Student loan forgiveness has been a hot topic and will continue to be a hot topic as long as borrowers struggle with student loan debt. There is no easy way out of student loan debt. That being said, you can improve your student loan situation through a variety of other programs. Income-based-repayment can help you better manage the repayment of your federal student loans. And, if you find yourself paying high interest rates on your student loans, student loan refinance may be a great option to lower your interest rate.

Chapter 7

Tools to Save You Money

The Best Money Savers

Save Money

These are the best websites and sources I use to save money in every area of my life.

My Top 2 Go-To Stores

  • Amazon – You probably already shop here. Shopping through this link will help support MoneyMiniBlog without costing you a dime!
  • AliExpress – Think of a thing and they probably have it, and at insanely low prices.  Some products are as much as 90% less than other websites.

Save on Your Car

  • Tire Rack – We started using TireRack originally, because it was cheaper to buy better tires with the wheels included here than it was to buy lower quality tires at any store in my city.
  • Autotrader – A great place to buy and sell vehicles.
  • eBay – I’m sure you shop here already, but if you haven’t looked at their prices on car parts, check them out.  Never buy a part for your car until you’ve checked eBay first.
  • Gas Buddy – The best app to find the cheapest gas in your town and on trips.

Save on Your Reading

  • Amazon – Shipping is still free for books if you spend more than $25, as opposed to the normal $49 minimum.
  • Barnes & Noble – Great for comparison-shopping with Amazon.
  • The Economist – Pay just $1 per issues for the first 12 weeks for The Economist magazine – the only magazine I read.

Earn When You Shop

  • Swagbucks – A great cashback site, and they also pay you for completing a variety of tasks, from watching videos to games to surveys.
  • MyPoints – Another awesome cashback website that seems to have a higher than average pay-out..
  • TopCashBack – A cashback website that gives you 100% of their commission when you shop through them. They can do this, because they make their money with ads.

Legal

  • Legal Nature – Highly affordable legal documents for almost any legal need.

Save on Music Equipment

  • Musician’s Friend – Usually the first place I check for a product. Amazing service and low prices.
  • Sweetwater – A second source to check for comparison shopping.
  • Music123 – An additional source I use for comparison shopping.
  • eBay – It’s not uncommon to find brand new products for way cheaper than the above websites.  There are hundreds of small music stores on eBay that can often offer a lower price.

Save on Electronics

  • NewEgg – My first stop for computer parts and electronics.  I’ve built several computers and every part came from NewEgg.  I’ve also purchased full computers from here, since they always have great deals on them.
  • Tiger Direct – Great for comparison shopping, and they seem to have the best prices on monitors usually.
  • Sonic Electronix – The best price for auto electronics.  I saved almost $2000 on the sound system I installed in my car, vs. the price of the local dealer.

Save on Printing

  • Create A Shirt – Extremely affordable screen printing for shirts, and you can buy just one! The shirts a re great quality – I have ordered some! They also give away a free shirt of your own design each Friday to the lucky winners.
  • 123inkjets – The easiest way to figure out which type of ink your printer requires, and some of the lowest prices on the internet.  I go with the remanufactured cartridges to save even more and the cartridges are as good as new.
  • Shutterfly – A great place to go when you want someone else do the printing.  They also send out awesome deals.

Coupons

  • Groupon – Anytime you’re traveling, going out to eat or purchasing something, it never hurts to see if there is a Groupon available.  You may be surprised at what they offer deals for.

The Best Cash Back Site

Cash back that helps you reach your goals. Earn cash back and use it towards your retirement, student loan debt or a college fund.

Thanks!

I just want to say thank you! I appreciate you reading my guide.

I put a lot of work into this, and I truly hope it benefits you.

If you have any questions about anything, please reach out to me.

All feedback is welcome…

6 + 7 =

The post The Complete Guide to Control and Save Your Money appeared first on MoneyMiniBlog.

]]>
The Legitimate Guide to Make Money Blogging https://moneyminiblog.com/make-money/blogging-guide/ https://moneyminiblog.com/make-money/blogging-guide/#comments Mon, 27 Jun 2016 10:00:52 +0000 http://moneyminiblog.com/?p=4858 make money blogging guide

This guide is for the average person who wants to start a blog and understands that, though it's easy to start a blog, turning a blog into a money-making machine or even just a full-time income isn't always easy, but it is doable and highly rewarding.

The post The Legitimate Guide to Make Money Blogging appeared first on MoneyMiniBlog.

]]>
make money blogging guide

This guide is detailed. Detailed means long. Over 8,000 words.

If you don’t have time to read it all now, you can download it as an ebook and read it later! Or just save it to keep it for reference.

Click here to download this guide as a PDF for free. (Right click to save)

Who is this guide for?

This guide is for the average person who wants to start a blog and understands that, though it’s easy to start a blog, turning a blog into a money-making machine or even just a full-time income isn’t always easy, but it is doable and highly rewarding.

This guide is for you, as long as:

  • You don’t mind putting in the work
  • You legitimately want to help others
  • You’re not looking to get rich quick
  • You’re not only in it for personal gain

What makes this guide different?

There are probably thousands of how-to-start-a-blog guides on the internet, so why should you be reading this one? Here are three reasons:

  1. This Guide is Simple – If something doesn’t absolutely have to be included, it won’t be. This is a straight forward guide to starting a blog.
  2. This Guide is Honest – Blogging isn’t for everyone, though I wish everyone would do it. I’ll be honest about the work involved with it.
  3. This Guide is Transparent – I’m going to be 100% honest all the way down to telling you when I make money from you clicking on a link.

What this guide will cover:

(click the link to go directly to a specific section)
Preface: Here’s Why I Blog
Chapter 1: Start a Blog
Chapter 2: Improve Your Writing
Chapter 3: Find and Use Images
Chapter 4: Get Traffic to Your Blog
Chapter 5: Make Money With Your Blog
Chapter 6: Plugins, Tools and Resources
Chapter 7: Ethics and Legal Matters in Blogging

The resources in this guide: I have compiled this list of resources over several years of doing my own learning and research for writing and blogging. The tools, articles and programs I mention throughout this guide make up my electronic toolbox, full of all the best resources I know of to help you blog. You’ll want to bookmark this guide so you don’t lose any of these resources.

Preface: Here’s Why I Blog

Who Am I?

My name is Kalen and I won’t waste your time telling you things about me that you can learn right here, but I will quickly tell you why I love blogging…

  • I love to blog because you have the entire world for an audience.
  • I love to blog because you grow through teaching things to others.
  • I love to blog because you can do it from anywhere in the world.
  • I love to blog because you have no competition, only friends.
  • I love to blog because it keeps me engaged in my topics.
  • I love to blog because my family supports me doing it.
  • I love to blog because you can earn passive income.
  • I love to blog because it’s just a lot of fun.
  • I love to blog because I love to write.
  • I love to blog because it helps others.

You’ve got to find your reason. It could be some of these or none of these, but you need to figure out what motivates you. Blogging is a lot of work. It takes time and dedication before you will ever see your first dollar, but once you put in the work, you will eventually be able to sit back and earn money while you’re not even at your computer. It’s all worth it in the end, but you’ve got to remember that.

Chapter 1: Start a Blog

Starting a blog is easy. There are really just 5 steps between not having a blog and writing your first post.

Step 1: Choose a Name

The first thing you’ll want to do is choose a name for your blog. Once you choose a name, you’ll want to see if your domain name (ex: yourname.com) is available. There is a lot of debate over the importance of your blog name (and your domain name), but in my experience and after listening to many successful people on this topic, I don’t believe your blog name is that important. Taking the action of just choosing a name is better than taking months to pick “the right name.” You just need to make sure it’s relevant.

Step 2: Buy Your Hosting and Domain Name

I recommended signing up for web hosting and registering your domain name with SiteGround. Use this link to get started for just a few bucks a month. Plus, it includes your domain name and the hosting is extremely high quality. I was using a company called HostGator, but I switched to SiteGround for many reasons. By the way, it’s really easy to upgrade your hosting plan as your blog grows. (I’ve done it. Twice.)

A moment of transparency: When you click the link above (or right here) and sign up for hosting with SiteGround, I will get a small commission. This is one of the ways I make money with this blog. It’s called affiliate marketing. More on that later. That being said, HostGator actually pays more money than SiteGround and I could still use my HostGator affiliate link if I wanted to, but I am not making this guide to make as much money as possible, I’m giving you the best tools possible and I believe SiteGround is your best option. If you want to know exactly why I recommend SiteGround, read 5 Reasons That Prove I’ve Found the Best Web Hosting Company.

Update: I actually had an agent from BlueHost contact me to try to convert me to using them as my company of choice. They offered to pay almost double the commission that SiteGround pays, but again, I turned them down, because I honestly believe SiteGround is the best hosting company available to you.

Step 3: Install WordPress

There are many blogging platforms out there, including WordPress, Blogger, TypePad and Sitebuilder. I suggest using WordPress. It’s the most popular blogging platform and in my opinion, there is no competition.

Why use WordPress?

  • WordPress is 100% free
  • WordPress is easy to use
  • WordPress is extremely versatile

I don’t know of anything that the other blogging platforms do that WordPress can’t do, but I do know some things that WordPress can do that the others can’t. The choice seems obvious, right? See, and I’m not even getting paid to encourage you to use WordPress.

SiteGround actually has WordPress hosting plans. It’s the same as a regular hosting plan as far as what you get, but it will come with WordPress already installed, so as soon as you buy your hosting, you can start blogging. It doesn’t get any easier that that!

P.S. For some reason other hosting companies like to charge extra for WordPress-specific hosting. I’m not sure why that is, but SiteGround charges the same. Another great reason to use SiteGround.

Step 4: Choose a Theme

Your theme is simply the design of your blog. Themes are easy to install. There are free themes and paid themes, but I highly recommend using a nice paid theme. My favorite themes come from Elegant Themes. I’ve been using them for years. Every MoneyMiniBlog theme is from those guys and the price is unbeatable. I even use Elegant Themes for all of my web design clients. (I have the Developer package)

Right now, you can get access to all 87 of their themes for $69. Most premium themes cost at least that much and with Elegant Themes, you are getting 87 different options. You could change your theme every week if you wanted to (not that I would suggest doing that). That price gives you access to all their themes for a year. If you’re happy with those 87 themes, you can download every single one of them, let your membership expire after a year and still continue using the themes as long as you want, but consider keeping the membership for theme updates.

Installing a theme is extremely easy. Simply, go into your WordPress dashboard, hover over “Appearance” in the left menu and click “Themes”. Then click “Add New” at the top, then on the next page click “Upload Theme” at the top and upload your theme zip file. Elegant Themes makes it easy to download the zip file for any theme in their member area.

Step 5: Write Your First Post

Once you’ve installed WordPress and your pretty new theme, you’re ready to write your first post. First, let me explain the difference between a post and a page. A post is simply a blog or an article…whatever you want to call it. A page is a permanent, usually stagnant, piece of the web for things such as your “about me” section or possibly a “contact” section. Pages don’t change very often, whereas new posts are constantly being added and updated. Also, posts will flow through your RSS feed as you upload a new one, but pages will not.

Here’s how to actually write your first post, in five steps:

  1. Create your post.  Go to Post > Add New in the sidebar
  2. Create your title.  You can always change this later, but go ahead and put a title in the title box.  Your title, also known as a headline, is arguably the most important part of your post, because it’s all many people will see.  If the title doesn’t drag them in to read your post then it doesn’t matter how good the article is.
  3. Write your post.  Writing a post is easier said than done, but ultimately, the process is simply to come up with an idea, create an outline with main points, write a sloppy first draft and then edit until you’re happy with it.
  4. Change your URL.  Under your title you will see an editable URL field.  You’ll want to make that “search friendly,” so remove the filler words like “the” or “at” and simplify the title to a few main keywords.  This will help others find your post.  You can change the format of your URL, under Settings > Permalinks in the sidebar.
  5. Finalize the post.  Add your category in the right sidebar.  Add some tags.  Add a beautiful featured image that will catch people’s eye.  That’s a good start for your first post.  We’ll talk about plugins and other additions in a moment.

It Really is That Simple

That’s it. Choose a name, buy hosting/domain, install WordPress, choose a theme and write your first post. It’s a good idea to play around in WordPress a little to become more familiar with the platform and if you have any questions along the way, don’t hesitate to contact SiteGround’s customer service. They are seriously top notch and can be reached through their website or by calling (866) 605-2484.

Why and How to Start a Newsletter

If you blog and especially if you want to make money with it, you should remember that “the money’s in the list.” This is true for two primary reasons:

  1. Email subscription is the most valuable way to promote your articles, products or services. It’s a direct link from you to your readers.
  2. If you ever decide to sell your site, the amount of active subscribers weighs heavily into the amount of money you can sell your blog for.

It’s easy and actually even free to start a newsletter. There are many paid services, but I would suggest starting with MailChimp. They offer a free plan as long as you have less than 2,000 subscribers, so it’s great for starting your newsletter. Use this link to signup for free and get started today. MailChimp has tutorials to guide you through everything so it’s super easy.

Once you’ve signed up with MailChimp, you’ll need to integrate some sign-up forms into your blog. The easiest way to do this is by using a “plugin”. Plugins are uploaded just like “themes”, except you click on “Plugins > Add New” to add them. We will get into plugins more in chapter 6, but for now we’re just going to talk about an email subscription plugin (which may be the most valuable plugin you can install).

Elegant Themes offers an amazing plugin called Bloom. That’s what I use and I love it. You can get all of Elegant Themes’ plugins included with their themes for an extra $20 on top of the price I mentioned above. It’s highly worth it. Bloom allows you to add subscription forms that pop-up, embed in the page, slide in or show up at the bottom of each post. I love the versatility. However, if you don’t want to pay for a plugin to add subscription forms, MailChimp offers a few ways to add the forms.  However, the best free way to do this is with the Sumo plugin.

A Quick Word on Your Homepage

Most bloggers start off by having their blog as their homepage.  This is perfectly acceptable, and it is the default in WordPress, so you don’t have to change anything to do it.  If you decide you want something specific to show when people go to your homepage (like mine), you can set it to a specific page; it’s called a static page.  You can go to Settings > Reading, from your WordPress dashboard, to change your homepage to a static page of your choice.  I wouldn’t worry about this in the beginning.  I would focus more on creating great content.

Now let’s talk about the most important part of your blog: your writing.

This guide is detailed. Detailed means long. Over 8,000 words.

If you don’t have time to read it all now, you can download it as an ebook and read it later! Or just save it to keep it for reference.

Click here to download this guide as a PDF for free. (Right click to save)

Chapter 2: Improve Your Writing

When I first started blogging, I didn’t realize the importance of being a good writer. It may seem obvious, but you’ve got to work on your writing skills to write the amazing content you want to write. Now I love to write and I consider myself a much better writer than I used to be. I was pretty horrible at first and I didn’t even realize it.

In this chapter, I’ll show you how to improve your writing skills and make money while doing it. I’ll even show you exactly where to go to get paid to write and I’ll give you all the resources you need to become an expert writer – you’ve just got to be willing to put in the time.

How to Become a Better Writer

How do you become a better writer? You write. There’s no shortcut. You write as much as possible – everyday is best. You write when you don’t feel like it and when do feel like it. Make friends with other writers so you can share your work and get feedback. Writing comes with practice like most things that are worth doing.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

My Favorite Book on Writing: On Writing Well by William Zinsser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The ultimate goal, especially with a blog, is to write how you speak. That’s much easier said than done. You’ve got to write all the time to find your voice in the words. You can even try a speaking program like Dragon NaturallySpeaking Home that will actually type the words as you speak them. Some people prefer to write like this, but the end goal is to be able to write exactly how you speak whether you have a speak-to-write program or not.

Here’s how to become a better writer and actually get paid…

Before we go on, check out Copyblogger’s guide to becoming a better writer:

My Top 3 Writing Tools

There are so many free writing tools out there. I would highly recommend using them all first before paying for one. Here are a few of the best tools, that I have used personally and continue to use to help with my writing:

1. Grammarly

Grammarly is like spell-check for grammar. You can simply install it as a browser extension in Google Chrome and it will automatically start highlighting and checking your grammar. It’s so useful that I actually learned a few things about grammar just by seeing my mistakes.

Here’s a screenshot of Grammarly:

2. The Readability Test Tool

The Readability Test Tool allows you to type in a domain name and see how easy the content is to read. Your content should be as simple as possible and this test will help you determine that.

Here’s a screenshot of The Readability Test Tool:

3. Scrivener

Scrivener is the ultimate writing platform, whether you’re writing a blog post or a 400-page book. The best part is that you can try it for free. Scrivener offers a 30 day free trial that only counts the days you use it. So if you use it everyday, you have the program for 30 days. If you use it twice a week, it lasts fifteen weeks. Plus, you can always export all your writing before the trial expires if you decide to discontinue using it. By the way, if you decide to buy it, it’s only $40.

Here’s a screenshot of Scrivener:

10 Websites That Will Pay You to Write

It’s not uncommon to write and work on your blog for a year before you start earning an income. Many bloggers, myself included, get paid writing gigs to not only help our pocketbook, but also to grow and become a better writer. Here are some of the best places to go for getting paid writing gigs:

  1. FundsforWriters – FundsforWriters pays $50 for each accepted post. They are looking for articles about writing and making money with it. They only accept articles between 500-600 words, but they want you to make each word count.
  2. Uxbooth – Uxbooth pays $100 for each accepted post. They take four to eight weeks to accept and post articles, so don’t count on this being a quick money maker. They take so long, because they pair with editors to only publish the best content.
  3. iWriter – iWriter pays up to $15 for each accepted post. That may seem small, but they aren’t as strict as many of the others above and they allow you to pick exactly what you write – as many or as few articles as you want.
  4. Textbroker – Textbroker pays up to five cents per word, if you’re a 5-star writer. You’ll start by submitting a short sample article and you will most likely start as a 3-star writer, but you can work your way up by writing more and writing great content.
  5. Listverse – Listverse pays $100 for each accepted post. The article must be a list, it must be at least 1,500 words and you must include at least 10 things. Other than that, you can get pretty creative with it.
  6. TopTenz – TopTenz pays $50 for each accepted post. Again, the article has to be in a list format and it must be at least 1,500 words, with few exceptions.
  7. A List Apart – A List Apart pays $200 for each accepted post. They’re not first on the list, because they tend to publish less articles, which means you have a smaller chance of getting accepted, but they pay well.
  8. International Living – International Living pays $75 for each accepted post. They are mostly looking for travel experiences from countries you have visited.
  9. Matador Network – Matador Network pays up to $60 for each accepted post, but standard pay is around $20-$25. They don’t really focus on a minimum word count, but they have a maximum count of 1,500 words.
  10. The Penny Hoarder – The Penny Hoarder pays up to $800 (rarely), depending upon the number of page views you receive. The pay starts at $100 for 50,000 page views, so this isn’t a guaranteed paid article, but it can potentially be highly rewarding.

Writing Resources for Days

There are all kinds of tools out there to help you improve your writing and most of them are free thanks to the internet. Here are some huge lists of writing resources that you will want to bookmark and come back to:

Improve Your Grammar

Grammar is important. Whether you’re writing on your own blog or you want to write for some big websites, you have to make sure your writing is on point. Here are some great resources to put you ahead of the game:

A Few Hundred More Writing Resources

Chapter 3: Find and Use Images

Eventually you’ll want to include images on your blog. You may want header images for each post, images within your post and other images around your website. That’s great, because images can really break up content and make it easier to read. But be careful, you can’t use just any old image you find searching the web. There are rules.

You’ll want to find images that you are free to use. Sometimes images require attribution, which simply means you’ll need to put a link somewhere in the post showing where you got the image from. Some don’t require attribution at all, though it’s still a nice gesture to do it anyways.

When you start searching for images to use, you’ll see the Creative Commons License start to pop up. That’s basically just a license that dictates how you use the photo and how you provide attribution. Many of the resources I’m about to share will not require attribution, but for the ones that do, you can read more about the Creative Commons License here. Now for some places to find free images!

32 Places to Find Free Images You Can Use

  1. Unsplash *
  2. Gratisography *
  3. DTTSP *
  4. Compfight *
  5. Pixabay *
  6. Pic Jumbo
  7. Stock Vault
  8. Je Shoots
  9. Stokpic
  10. PDA
  11. Jay Mantri
  12. Little Visuals
  13. Cupcake
  14. Burst
  15. Move East
  16. Snapographic
  17. Life of Pix
  18. Picography
  19. Stock Snap
  20. Pexels
  21. Twnsnd
  22. Jay Mantri
  23. Snapwire Snaps
  24. Pexels
  25. Get Refe
  26. SplitShire
  27. Super Famous
  28. IM Creator
  29. Kaboompics
  30. Foodies Feed
  31. Travel Coffee Book
  32. Free Images
  33. Pik Wizard

* Denotes that it’s one of my go-to places to get images.

Chapter 4: Get Traffic to Your Blog

Obviously it doesn’t matter how wonderful your blog looks if nobody visits your site. The reason I chose to wait until chapter 4 to mention blog traffic is because I want you to understand the importance of having a solid foundation. Before you really starting worrying about getting more visitors, you need to make sure you’ve got something worth visiting. Improve your writing skills and really create a resource, first.

You can build traffic in a variety of ways.  We’ll go over guest blogging and how it really does work in a moment.  But there are many, many ways.  Ultimately, one of your main goals with building traffic is getting your content out there on other websites for people to see, and then building links back to your blog.  Another important aspect is blog commenting.  Commenting on other blogs isn’t the best way to build traffic, but it’s a great way to connect with other bloggers in your arena, so start finding other similar blogs and start building relationships.

Now let’s go over the basic ways people will get to your blog:

  • Search Engine – When someone searches for a specific term or phrase, your website may come up as an option. If you want to rank higher in the search engines, you’ll need to learn a little bit about Search Engine Optimization (SEO) and how Google ranks websites, but blogging is not all about keywords and writing for robots.
  • Referrals – When someone sees a link to your site in an article or on a blogroll and clicks on it, you just received referral traffic. This is some of the most valuable traffic you can get, and it’s relatively easy to get this once you start working on your writing skills.
  • Social Media – When someone sees your article on Facebook or Twitter and clicks on it, you just got social media traffic.  There are hundreds of places like that to share your content. This is a great source for traffic; however, you really don’t want to count on it as a primary traffic source, because social media websites and algorithms change almost everyday.  There are also plenty of tools to automate part of this process.
  • Direct Traffic – When someone types your blog URL into their browser, the are going directly to your website. Hence the name, direct traffic. This could be from word-of-mouth advertising or a random business card, but this also includes someone clicking a link in an email, like your newsletter.

There are different views on whether you should primarily write for search engine traffic or social media traffic or referral traffic.  I say just write.  Become an amazing writer.  And then write.  Don’t write like a robot to include certain keywords, and don’t write about the hottest topics just to get social media traffic (unless that’s really what you want to do).  Write about what you’re passionate about and you’re more likely to stick with it, because traffic doesn’t come overnight.

Content and Traffic

I don’t consider myself an expert on writing viral articles, but I have noticed that people talk about getting 100k views as a huge success, and I’ve had articles get 100k social media shares, which means millions and millions of views. I may not be the authority, but I am, arguably, an authority.

Ramit Sethi says how you’re writing is actually much more important than what you’re writing.  William Zinsser says, in On Writing Well, “You can make anything interesting, if you write well enough.”  You must have the writing part down before you start trying to build a huge audience.  I’ve seen it happen a hundred times where someone’s article goes viral and they get a million views to their blog within a few days.  But due to their poor content, only about 20 people stick around for the long haul.

In the end, if you write consistently and well, for a while, it will pay off.

And that doesn’t just mean writing on your own blog.

Guest Blogging for Traffic

One of the most powerful ways to get traffic is by guest blogging.  Once your foundation is set in place and you have a great blog for people to see, start guest blogging like crazy. Of course, you’re going to hear about how guest blogging doesn’t work anymore, and how it’s a waste of time. Nonsense. Here’s the deal: guest blogging purely for backlinks on a bunch of spammy blogs with terribly written articles is a waste of time. That has never worked well. If it drives traffic to your blog, it’s not the traffic you want. But guest blogging on reputable websites, whether high profile websites in your niche or multi-topical websites like LifeHack, Huffington Post or Business Insider, guest blogging works.

Guest blogging is a process. You’ll want to write some high quality content for your own blog, and then apply to write for some high profile websites. That will be the basis for your writing portfolio so you can start writing at bigger and bigger websites. It will take time, but it’s worth your while. I promise

Learn From the Experts

I’ve built traffic by doing many different things. Instead of repeating what has already been said by the main authorities in the area of building traffic, I’m going to direct you to some of the resources that really helped me out along the way:

I’m not going to link to a million guides and articles.  Those six should keep you busy for a while.

This guide is detailed. Detailed means long. Over 8,000 words.

If you don’t have time to read it all now, you can download it as an ebook and read it later! Or just save it to keep it for reference.

Click here to download this guide as a PDF for free. (Right click to save)

Chapter 5: Make Money With Your Blog

This is where it gets interesting. A blog isn’t necessarily a money magnet on its own. You can have 10 million readers and not make a dime. Getting people to your blog and making money from your blog are two totally different topics. You can make next to nothing with a huge audience or you can make a comfortable living with 10,000 readers a month. It has everything to do with how you choose to monetize your blog.

Let’s go over 8 ways to monetize your blog:

1. Advertising

This is definitely the most known way to make money with a blog. It’s also starting to become the least common way. You can sell direct advertising spots on your blog or you can sign up with a company like Google AdSense or Media.net. Either way, you won’t see a whole lot of money from ads until you have a serious number of views.  You can make money with ads by how many people see your ads (CPI – Cost Per Impression) or from how many people click on the ads (PPC – Pay Per Click) or from how many people follow the link/ad and buy/sign up for the product or service (CPA – Cost Per Action).

2. Affiliates

This falls into the CPA category for getting paid.  There are many affiliate networks, such as FlexOffers and CJ Affiliate that allow you to promote other people’s products and services. I’ll tell you about more affiliate networks in a moment. You simply put a link or a banner on your page and then you get a percentage if someone clicks through and buys the product/service. This is effective and one of my favorite ways to earn.  I suggest only linking to products or services you’ve personally used and know are good.  The last thing you want to do is damage your reputation.

3. Membership

Many people have created a paid membership area on their blog. This is typically for exclusive content that you can only access in the “member’s area.” If you have a really great idea on what to include, this can be a great idea.  Of course, it must be something that people can’t easily find elsewhere on the web for free.  One example would be to create a very detailed, professional video series on a subject, and charge a small fee to access all the videos.  Another (and more popular) option would be to create a members are with direct access to you through things like webinars.  At that point you’re basically selling yourself.

4. Products

You can create your own product, such as an ebook, film or computer software. You may feel like you don’t have the skills to create a product, but there are plenty of tools to help. Services like Fiverr make it easy to find freelancers to do the things you can’t do. There are other companies to do the aspects you don’t excel at. For example, an ebook design service can design your ebook so all you would have to do is write the content. You would then use your blog as a promotion tool to get people to buy your product. You don’t have to have an incredible amount of traffic to make this option work.  You just need a very good product and an even better system of marketing your product.  If you create a seriously awesome product, you’ll want to spend just as much time and money creating a seriously awesome marketing plan for your product.  This could be done through your blog and through other avenues.

5. Services

You can offer a paid service, such as life coaching, blog coaching, goal setting or financial planning. Just be sure to investigate all the legal implications and make sure you’re not claiming to be a professional if you’re not one.  Again, you’re selling yourself here.  Whatever service you provide, make sure it’s high quality and consistent.  If you claim to post an article every Monday and you miss one, it’s not a big deal.  However, if someone is paying for a service and you don’t hold up your end of the bargain, you’re going to have trouble.

6. Sponsored/paid posts

There are two very different types of sponsored or paid post to be addressed.  One type is where a company will pay you to publish an article about their company or a certain product.  This is usually going to be in the form of an article related to their company.  For example, a car part company could write an article for your blog about “How to Find Cheap Car Parts Online”, and then they would include a link to their own website, as well as others.

The more legitimate form of this is where you start the post off with a disclaimer that the post was written by the company, and then people expect them to mention their own brand.  The more sketchy type of sponsored post is when someone wants you to publish an article under your name and just include a link to a certain website.  This is basically the same as selling a link on your blog, which Google is highly against, because it messes up their algorithm. You’ll start seeing a lot of the latter type of offers as you get more and more traffic, but beware!  While this can be a highly lucrative form of monetizing your blog, you don’t want to jeopardize your blog or your brand for some money now, when you can be making much more legitimate money down the road.  The wait is worth it.

7. Subscription

If you think of something valuable (newsletter, online magazine, etc.) that you can consistently offer on a certain basis (weekly, monthly, etc.), you may want to offer a subscription service. This could be a fee charged each time your product is sent out or on a monthly basis. Either way, this has to be something that your customers can only get by subscribing to your website.  This is just like magazine subscription services, only digital.

8. Videos

This could be an entire section on it’s own. Many people have made money by creating YouTube videos. Evan of EvanTube is a kid and he has made millions by creating reviews of products that other kids his age would use. It’s not easy to get views into the millions, but once you do, you’ll start seeing some cash come in. Many bloggers have completely turned to videos to get their point across by starting a video blog.  Feel free to start an entire video blog (Vlog), but make sure you’re set up to record professional videos.  You’ll also want to polish your speaking skills and actually have something worth talking about.

Think of it like this, you’re not really “building a blog,” you’re building an audience. You want your audience to trust you. You want them to feel like you have their best interest in mind, because you should. That’s part of what I love about blogging: you grow your audience and earn more by serving others. Sometimes it’s best to have things in place that help you stick to your plan of serving others to grow your audience, as opposed to self-serving methods. Let me give you an idea of what I’m talking about…

The 10/1 Formula for Sharing

It’s a good idea to have a formula to keep you on track. For example, you could use a 10/1 formula. For social media, that means you share 10 valuable posts from other peoples’ websites to every one of your own posts. For your newsletter subscribers, you could send 10 completely informative, non-profitable emails for every one email asking for something or promoting your product.

If everything you share and send out is to earn you money, people will pick up on that, and it won’t work. At least, not for long. If you truly want a committed audience, be real, be transparent, and serve your audience. That will lead to earnings down the road, but remember, it’s going to take a lot of work before the money starts coming in. But once you do start earning money, it will be some of the most rewarding work you’ve ever done. Not to mention, it will most likely be passive income. Sounds like a win-win to me.

Chapter 6: Plugins, Tools and Resources

I’ve already given you several resources for your blog, but in this chapter, I’m going to organize some of the resources I already mentioned, and list many more resources to help you build your blog.  You don’t want to overload your blog with plugins, because that can dramatically decrease loading speeds.  However, a few solid plugins won’t affect speed very much, and they can make everything easier for you and your readers.

This isn’t an exhaustive list, but I think it’s pretty impressive.

WordPress Plugins

I have used most of these plugins.  I use several of them now, and others have served me well in the past, but are no longer necessary.

  • Adsense Click-Fraud Monitoring – Monitors and prevents malicious clicks on Adsense ads. Could prevent an exclusion from your Google Adsense account.
  • Affiliate Link Cloaking – Cloaking your affiliate links and tracking the hits and unique visitors of each link.
  • Akismet – Used by millions, Akismet is quite possibly the best way in the world to protect your blog from spam.
  • BackupBuddy – The most complete WordPress solution for Backup, Restoration, Migration, and Deployment. Backs up a customizable selection of files, settings, and content for a complete snapshot of your site. Restore, migrate, or deploy your site to a new host or new domain with complete ease-of-mind.
  • Bloom – A simple, comprehensive and beautifully constructed email opt-in plugin built to help you quickly grow your mailing list.
  • Clean My Archives – A plugin that displays a full archive of posts by month and year with the “clean-my-archives” shortcode.
  • Better Click to Tweet – Add click to tweet boxes to your WordPress posts, easily.
  • Google Analytics – This plugin makes it simple to add Google Analytics to your WordPress site, adding lots of features, e.g. error page, search result and automatic outgoing links and download tracking.
  • Growmap Anti Spambot – Very simple plugin that adds a client side generated checkbox to the comment form requesting that the user clicks it to prove they are not a spammer. Bots wont see it so their spam comment will be discarded.
  • Monarch – An extremely versatile and comprehensive social media plugin with so many different options and ways to display social media share buttons.
  • P3 (Plugin Performance Profiler) – See which plugins are slowing down your site. Create a profile of your WordPress site’s plugins’ performance by measuring their impact on your site’s load time.
  • Pre-Publish Post Checklist – With Pre-Publish Post Checklist, you’ll never have to worry about accidentally publishing a post.
  • Pro Categories Widget – Pro Categories Widget plugin.You have choice to specific categories exclude.
  • Q2W3 Fixed Widget – Fixes positioning of the selected widgets, when the page is scrolled down.
  • Quick Adsense – Quick Adsense offers a quicker & flexible way to insert Google Adsense or any Ads code into a blog post.
  • Revive Old Posts – WordPress plugin that helps you to keeps your old posts alive by sharing them and driving more traffic to them from Twitter, Facebook or LinkedIn. It also helps you to promote your content. You can set time and no of posts to share to drive more traffic.
  • RSS Image Feed – RSS Image Feed is not literally producing a feed of images but it adds the first image of the post to the normal feeds of your blog. Those images display even if you have the summary in the feed and not the content.
  • S3 Media Storage – Store media library contents onto S3 directly without the need for temporarily storing files on the filesystem/cron jobs. This is more ideal for multiple web server environments.
  • Shortcodes Ultimate – Supercharge your WordPress theme with mega pack of shortcodes.
  • Strive Content Calendar – adds a beautiful editorial calendar into your WP dashboard where you can add, edit, and schedule your upcoming posts. It also features post checklists in the editor and a revisions feature for republishing older blog posts.
  • Sumo – Many free Tools to grow your email list.
  • Editorial Calendar – The Editorial Calendar makes it possible to see all your posts and drag and drop them to manage your blog.
  • WordPress Popular Posts – WordPress Popular Posts is a highly customizable widget that displays the most popular posts on your blog
  • WP Review – Create reviews! Choose from stars, percentages or points for review scores. Supports Retina Display, WPMU and Unlimited Color Schemes.
  • WP Super Cache – Very fast caching plugin for WordPress. My caching plugin of choice.
  • WP Optimize – This plugin helps you to keep your database clean by removing post revisions and spams in a blaze. Additionally it allows you to run optimize command on your WordPress core tables (use with caution).
  • WP PageNavi – Adds a more advanced and elegant paging navigation to your WordPress blog.
  • Yoast SEO – The first true all-in-one SEO solution for WordPress, including on-page content analysis, XML sitemaps and much more.

Social Media Tools

These are all tools that I either use or have used.

  • Buffer – Schedule across multiple platforms.
  • Dlvr.It – Schedule and share on multiple platforms.
  • Hootsuite – Several social media tools in one tool.
  • JustRetweet – Mutual sharing for multiple platforms.
  • Socialoomph – Scheduling and friend/follower management.
  • Tweepi – Another Twitter friend manager.
  • TweetDeck – Twitter account management.
  • Twiends – Connect with people on Twitter.
  • Twitter Counter – Twitter statistics.
  • TwitterFeed – Auto-post your own and friends’ updates.
  • Twitter Tools – Exhaustive list of Twitter tools.

Affiliate Programs

These are programs I’ve worked with or currently work with.  Flex Offers is my main one.

More Guides to Make Money Blogging

I’ve chosen to only list the guides I’ve actually read.

Books on Blogging

Again, these are all books I’ve actually read and recommend.

Blogging Blogs I Frequent

These are all of the blogs about blogging that I subscribe to.

  • Copyblogger – Tips on blogging, writing, and specifically copywriting.
  • Elegant Themes Blog – All kinds of blogging topics, and free resources.
  • Moz – Great information for marketing your blog.
  • OkDork – Noah Kagan’s marketing blog.  Very valuable information.
  • Problogger – Awesome, practical ideas and tools to grow your blog.
  • Quicksprout – Very detailed blogging articles, published often.
  • Search Engine Journal – Great information about getting search engine ranking.
  • SEO Book – Awesome search engine information.
  • Smart Passive Income – Very detailed articles, published occasionally.
  • Smartblogger – Long, detailed articles about everything blogging related.

Fight the urge to subscribe to more than about 10 blogs like this.  There is enough information on the above blogs to keep you busy for a while, and there is no need to overwhelm yourself with information.  Plus, the more you subscribe to, the more you take a chance of getting bad information.

Chapter 7: Ethics and Legal Matters in Blogging

Don’t blow off this chapter. It’s some of the most important information in this entire guide. And it’s not that long!

Ethics in Blogging

I want to briefly touch of the importance of ethics.  It’s very important to follow a set of ethics or principles in your blogging.  For example, if you decide to accept sponsored posts, or any guest posts on your blog, set principles and guidelines for the contributors.  The last thing you want to do is compromise your character, and the character of your brand.  For example, if you’re running a fitness and nutrition blog, you wouldn’t want to publish a sponsored post about the importance of daily donut eating, just to make a few bucks from the sponsored post.


In blogging, you want to be real and transparent with people.
Click To Tweet


People will have to trust you to keep coming back.  You never want to lose that trust, so make sure you’re doing this for the right reasons.  I’ll tell you right now, if you want to start a blog just to make money, find another side hustle. Blogging isn’t for you. You can create niche sites and make money from advertising, but that is very different from blogging, and from being a respected blogger.

If you want to blog to help others and connect within the blogging community, then you’re doing it for the right reasons.  The money will follow if you keep at it, but it’s by no means a quick buck.  And when money is your first priority, you won’t produce your best content.

Just make sure you’re blogging respectfully, and for the right reasons.  Now on to the legal stuff!

Legal Matters – Disclosures and Policies and Terms, Oh My!

There are some things that you’ll need to add to your blog that may not be as fun as writing, designing and making money with your blog, but they are very important to your long-term success.  Let’s address the main six types:

1. Privacy Policy

A privacy policy is a statement (technically a legal document in privacy law) that discloses the ways your blog gathers, uses, discloses, and manages your reader/customer’s data. It fulfills a legal requirement to protect the privacy of the people who visit your blog.  For bloggers, this just means have a privacy policy page on your blog (see mine here).  Plus, Google prefers that you have a privacy policy on your website, so it helps you to rank higher in search results.

Don’t worry about hiring a lawyer for this just yet.  Here are some free privacy policy generators you can use:

I know, very original names, right?

2. Terms and Conditions

Terms and conditions (also known as “terms of service,” “terms of use,” or simply “terms”) is another legal document that can help lay the ground rules and protect both you and your viewers.  Basically, these are rules that you and the people visiting your website are agreeing to (see mine here).  Just like with your privacy policy, Google likes you to have terms and conditions on your blog.

Here are some free terms and conditions generators:

3. Disclaimer

This would be where you would explain that you are not a professional (unless you are). It’s important to protect yourself, because once you get going, you’ll have a lot of content on your blog. Some of it may even be from other authors, and you don’t want to be held responsible.  People understand that reading blogs is a good way to get information, and most people accept the fact that bloggers aren’t certified experts, but cover yourself legally with a disclaimer.

You can view mine here, it’s part of my Terms and Conditions.

4. Affiliate Disclosure

This is exactly what it sounds like: a disclosure of your affiliate partnerships.  If you don’t have affiliate partners, don’t worry about this part, but it’s vital if you do have them.  You are required by law to have an FTC Affiliate Disclosure if you have any affiliates on your website.

View mine here.

5. Other Disclosures/Disclaimers

Always play it safe and make sure you have all the disclosures you need.  Be honest and transparent with people — that’s the only way to have continued success. If your blog involves anything legally, do your research and get the proper disclosures.  For example, since I am not a certified financial expert, like a CPA or a CFP, I have to include that in my disclaimer (in my terms).

6. Copyrights

Copyrighting is protecting your content — your words.  Technically, it’s just the process of being able to prove your wrote something first.  Once you publish a blog, it is copyrighted to an extent, but if you’re concerned about other people stealing your work, get a professional copyright. Usually you won’t have to go the legal route, because it’s not that big of a deal if people do steal your blog content, and most people give credit where credit is due.  Zen Habits is an example of a blog that gives permission to everyone to do what they will with the author’s content.  That’s another option, and I don’t see anything wrong with it, unless you’re paranoid.

Final Words

Stop waiting for a magic guide to do all the work for you. Go out and put what you’ve learned into practice. If you follow this guide, you can be extremely successful as a blogger, but you do have to put in the work. It really is as simple as “write, monetize, put in the work,” but it’s the last part that stops most people. There is so much to learn, and this can all seem overwhelming, so I will leave you with a thought to take the pressure off and get you started:

Start a blog and just start consistently writing to increase your writing skills — that’s what will help you become a successful blogger and a successful writer. Don’t worry about what people think about your writing (unless you’re constructively using the criticism), just start writing to get better. For yourself.

And one more thought:

Stop waiting, get started now; now is always the best time.

Happy blogging! I will see you in the comments below!

This guide is detailed. Detailed means long. Over 8,000 words.

If you don’t have time to read it all now, you can download it as an ebook and read it later! Or just save it to keep it for reference.

Click here to download this guide as a PDF for free. (Right click to save)

A disclaimer that you saw coming, if you read the last chapter: This guide is for informational purposes only. I am not a financial or legal professional, or a professional of any kind pertaining to this guide. Some of the links on this page are affiliate links, which means that I make a small commission if you buy something through clicking the link. However, I only recommend products or services that I personally use or have used and that I believe are truly worth your money. Many of the links on this page are not affiliate links. I want to provide you with great resources whether I make money from them or not. Read more.

The post The Legitimate Guide to Make Money Blogging appeared first on MoneyMiniBlog.

]]>
https://moneyminiblog.com/make-money/blogging-guide/feed/ 18
The Complete Guide to Creating Positive Habits https://moneyminiblog.com/creating-habits/habits/ Tue, 01 Mar 2016 08:30:29 +0000 http://moneyminiblog.com/?p=204749 creating habits complete guide

This guide will show you how to create positive habits, and stick with them for the rest of your life.

The post The Complete Guide to Creating Positive Habits appeared first on MoneyMiniBlog.

]]>
creating habits complete guide

Creating Positive Habits

The Complete Guide

Learn how to easily create habits that you actually stick with.

How to Create Good Habits (And Stick With Them)

We all have our habits. Positive and negative.

Habits are like compound interest. They can be our best friend or our worst enemy.

So, how do you create positive habits? How do you get them to actually stick?

Here is the most effective way to create and stick with new habits…

How Habits Are Created

If you have enough good habits, you won’t have time for bad habits.

Bad habits get in your way. They steal your time and trample your goals.

All habits, good and bad, are created the same way.

They start small.

Think about it. You know that’s how it happens with bad habits…

  • The alcoholic started with one drink
  • The smoker started with one cigarette
  • The gambler started with one game

You get the idea.

You can learn from this and use this technique to create positive habits. One small step at a time.

But how exactly do you do that?

How to Create New Habits

Start small. And make small progress. And keep going.

Leo Babauta says “Make it so easy you can’t say no”. That’s exactly what a new habit should be.

Want to start exercising? Start by running or walking one minute every day.

Want to make a habit of reading a good finance book everyday? Start by reading one page per day. It takes just a minute, but you are building the habit.

Identify yourself with the habit. You’re becoming “someone who works out” or “someone who reads daily”.

And you have to believe that you are exactly that. Prove it to yourself.

James Clear calls this “identity-based habits.“ The key is doing the habit each day, even if you can only do part of it.

Make small increases everyday. Add a minute to your run. Add a page to your reading.

If it becomes difficult to do, you’re adding too much too quick. The goal is to keep is easy.

How to Stay on Track

Add new habits gradually. One at a time.

If you have several habits that you want to add, add a new habit each week.

This is a slow, but effective way to build the discipline.

Remember this: If you stumble, start where you left off, but keep going.

What happens if you miss a day? Or a week? Or several weeks? You pick right back up. You keep going.

You’re not a failure for missing one time. You only fail when you decide to quit entirely.

To summarize, here is how you create a new habit, in 5 steps:

  1. Start small
  2. Increase each day
  3. Increase by small intervals
  4. Continue building until you’re satisfied
  5. Repeat the process with another new habit

It almost seems too easy, because it is easy. Really easy. But it works.

Remember, while it’s easy to do, it’s just as easy not to do.

You can always create a new habit. You just have to start small enough.

I’ll leave you with a few ways to start some new habits that seem to be popular these days:

N

Reading

Read one page, or one minute, per day. Increase by that amount daily or weekly.

N

Pushups/Situps

Do one pushup or situp, every other day. Increase by one each day.

N

Meditation

Meditate for one minute a day. Each week, increase by one more minute each day.

N

Writing

Write 100 words a day for a week. Each week, add 100 more words to your day.

N

Healthy Eating

Track your meals. Eat healthy meals one day a week. Increase one day each week.

N

Prayer

Download the Echo app. Pray for one topic a day. Add one topic a day, each day.

How to Change Every Part of Your Life With Tiny Habits

Watch this video by Dr. BJ Fogg about tiny habits. Tiny habits change everything.

Goals Vs. Habits

Do you have goals?  Like real, written, actionable goals? Most people don’t.

But I’m sure you do. Because you want to get the most out of your life.

But what if I told you that goals aren’t as important as every self-help book says they are?

What if I told you that habits are the foundation to success?

Goals and habits actually work together, but goals are nothing without habits.

Goals

We’ve all heard that we need goals. If we want to achieve anything in life, we need goals. Right?

Zig Ziglar says “if you aim at nothing, you’ll hit it every time.” And he uses that to explain why you must set goals.

Practically every popular productivity author talks about goals. Most speak of SMART goals:

  • Specific: Exactly and specifically what you what to accomplish.
  • Measurable: A way to know when the goal is accomplished.
  • Attainable: The goal must be something you can actually reach.
  • Realistic: Be honest with yourself about your capabilities, but aim high!
  • Time-Bound: There must be a date. A deadline.

Here’s the truth: goals are important, but they aren’t the most important thing.  Let’s talk about habits, and then tie them together. But I want you to know right now, goals are nothing without habits, and habits are much more important than goals.

Habits

Goals are only necessary to help form habits. Habits are what gets you to your goal. Habits are action.

In other words, it’s important to have goals and habits, but if you had to pick one, habits would be the best choice. Why? Because even actionable goals don’t directly prompt you to do anything. Sure, they’re a good starting place, but a goal in itself doesn’t specify action, only outcome.

So what about these habits? How do they work and how do they relate to goals?  Here’s the process:

  1. Set your goal. Make it SMART and write it down.
  2. Find your action habit(s). This is what will get you to your goal.
  3. Break it down. Figure out what you need to do each day to achieve your goal.
  4. Build your habit(s). Take smalls steps towards your goal, and increase the steps regularly.

Here’s what this looks like, very simplistically:

Set your goal:

“I will weigh 175 pounds by October 16.” Let’s assume a current weight of 195 and today is June 16.

Find your action habit(s):

“My action habits will be running and dieting.”

Break it down:

“I need to lose 20 pounds in 4 months, which is 5 pounds per month — roughly 0.16 pounds a day.”

Build your habit(s):

“I will start by running 0.25 miles 3x per week, and increase this by 0.25 each week until I get to two miles. I will diet 1 day per week and increase this by one day each week until I am dieting 6 days per week.”

It looks like Mr. Example would have a much better chance of achieving his goal with these last three steps added. You can’t just set a goal and walk away; there must be action habits to follow. In fact, let me explain why you don’t even need written goals, if you stick to your habits. But the “if you stick to your habits” part is much easier said than done.

Goals Aren’t Necessary If You Stick to Habits

I set goals.  Personally, I think everyone should, because they show you where you’re going, but it’s true that you don’t absolutely need goals. Habits are enough on their own. Before you unsubscribe and never come back to this blog again, let me explain:

In the example above, the action habits will most likely get Mr. Example to his goal, but even if he doesn’t hit the “October 16” goal, he will lose the 20 pounds shortly after, if he sticks to his habits. It’s all about habits.

If you decided you wanted to write a book, and you came up with an idea, decide which option would better serve you:

  1. You write down a goal to write a book by January, 2018.
  2. You implement the habit of writing 1,000 words per day.

You got it, the second one. Obviously these will work best together, but the problem is that goal setting can be hard, because you always either feel like the goal is too lofty, or not lofty enough, and this often leads people to forget their goals entirely. But it’s easy to start writing 100 words per day, and increase it by 100 each week, until you reach 1,000 words per day.

In summary, goals and habits work best when formed together, but if you had to pick one, pick habits. Every time.

A Word on “Visions”

I mentioned earlier that I set goals and build habits, but I also set a vision for every area of my life, and I feel like this is important, but don’t take this step until you’ve consistently set goals and built habits. Here’s how visions work, they’re actually above goals and habits. Now for the process and examples:

  1. Set a vision. “I will be a serious student of life. I will be a life learner.”
  2. Set a goal. “I will read 100 books by my 30th birthday”
  3. Set action habits. “Reading”
  4. Break it down. “I will read 10 books per year”
  5. Build the habit. “I will read for 5 minutes per day, increasing by 5 minutes per week, until I read for 1 hour per day.”

Why do you set the vision? Wouldn’t the goal and the habits cover everything? Kind of, but here’s the deal: you set a vision to keep you on track. You want to remember the whole reason you set the goal and built the habits in the first place, right? So set visions.

It’s easy to set a goal, hit it and then set another goal, but once you’ve done that several times, you may realize that you’re moving away from your vision.  The takeaway here is this: remember why you set the goal(s) in the first place by using a vision statement.

I believe the ideal scenario is to take one area at a time, set a vision, create a goal out of your vision, and build habits based on your goal. It’s a process that runs like a powerful machine once you get it down. The most powerful machine in the world.

How to Create New Habits When You’re “Busy”

Are you intentional about creating new habits? You should be.

Building positive habits is one of the most powerful disciplines in the world.

Large results are created through the building of small, consistent habits.

But how do you build a new habit if you don’t have any time to spare? You know, if you think you’re “too busy”.

Everyone is busy and most people think they are too busy to add something to their life. They’re not. And you’re not.

Here’s what has worked for me, and it has also worked for many influential leaders…

Become Your Habit

OK, I admit it. “Become your habit” sounds like something out of a motivational book designed to help you “live your best life”.

This isn’t about “being one” with your habit.

I’m actually talking about something much more practical. Let me explain…

When you’re trying to build a new habit, your first priority is…drumroll please…building the habit.

You shouldn’t be focused on doing as much as you possibly can or beating world records, you should be focused on actually creating the habit.

Find your habit, determine how often you want to do it and simply do it. And become a person with that habit.

In the beginning, it’s not about how much or how many, it’s about doing it.

That’s what “become your habit” means. Identify yourself with the habit.

Let me give you some examples, to make this more clear:

  • End goal: Becoming a daily reader. You will need to read everyday. That’s it. Set a certain amount of pages or time to read each day. If you can’t read the full number of pages or the full time, read what you can. One page is better than none. If you read one page each day, you are a daily reader. Chances are, you will be able to get in more than one page on most days.
  • End goal: Becoming a runner. You will need to run several days a week. That’s it. Figure out which days you want to run and stick to those days. Sure, you can set a time for 20 or 30 minutes, but if you can’t run for that long, run for what you can. Even if you just run for 2 minutes, you’re building the habit of putting on your workout clothes and heading out the door.
  • End goal: Becoming a daily writer. You will need to write everyday. That’s it. Set a time that you write and do it. Perhaps you set aside an hour each day for writing, but you can only write for 5 minutes one day…you’re still a writer. You still write daily. If you set down to write for 5 minutes, you will usually find yourself writing much longer, but the point is to do it, no matter how small.

It’s all about seeing yourself as a reader, a writer or a runner. And these are just a few examples.

Most times, if you start the task, you will spend more time on it than you think you will.

Habits are created by repetition. Daily habits are created by repeating a task everyday, no matter how small.

Lose the Time Excuse

The great thing about doing this is that you lose the excuse of not having enough time.

We live in a world where everyone is busy. Everyone! It’s not just me. It’s not just you.

If you want to create a new habit, you have to be flexible and understand that even though you’re busy, you can still create a new habit.

You’re never too busy to run for one minute, read one page or write one sentence.

How to Become Unstoppable

Studies show it generally takes a minimum of 3 weeks to form a habit (usually much longer). And that’s if you do it everyday.

Once you do it without thinking about it, you are the pround owner of a new habit.

That’s the point you want to be at. Then you can really start to grow.

Once you have your habit in place, start building on it by making slow, small progression.

Starting with 1 minute or 1 paragraph is great, but you don’t want to stay there.

Your habit is now in place. Adding small increments is easy.

Just figure out where you want to start and begin to increase by a small amount.

Every. Single. Day.

Here are 5 easy steps to accomplishing everything we’ve been talking about:

  1. Choose your habit
  2. Practice it everyday, until is becomes second nature
  3. Increase your habit by a small amount each day
  4. Track all your progress and set goals
  5. Become unstoppable

Wash. Rinse. Repeat.

This is an easy way to add a new habit to your busy schedule. There’s really no more room for excuses.

Just remember: Start small. End big.

Source: Habit Formation Duration Studies

Do you really have to practice new habits every day?

Every time I read about creating new habits, the term “daily habits” always pops up.

You’ve probably heard it before…

“You must do this habit every day to make it stick.”

“Your new habit should be a daily practice.

I always had the question: “Does that really mean every single day?” Even weekends and holidays?

I’ve finally figured out the best way to approach new “daily habits”.

Let me share what I’ve learned…

Daily, But Tiny

The short answer to the question behind this entire article is “yes”, if you want a new habit to really stick, it needs to become a habit you practice every single day. Weekends and holidays included. You should even stick with it on vacations. (I know all of my UK friends are thinking: “On vacation? You already mentioned holidays!”  )

It may seem overwhelming and possibly even undesirable to consider practicing a habit every single day of your life. If this is the case, your habit is too big!

The first step when creating a new habit is to make it small enough to be able to do it every day without interrupting your life significantly.

If you can’t accomplish your habit on those days when your dog is sick, your kid has soccer practice and your in-laws just showed up for a surprise visit, your habit is not small enough.

If you have a million things going on, your habit should be small enough to be the 1,000,001 thing.

Here are some examples of how small your habit may need to be when you’re first starting out:

  • Reading – One page each day.
  • Writing – Fifty words each day.
  • Running – One minute each day.
  • Calisthenics – Five reps each day.

Seems too small doesn’t it? It’s not, let me tell you why…

Tiny Habit, Large Time Slot

I’m sure you realize that reading one page a day won’t equate to much over time. That’s why you schedule more time to read your one page than you need. If I schedule 15 minutes to read one page, it’s likely that I’ll be able to read much more…at least 2 pages, right?

The beauty of it all is that even if you really do only have time for one page or one minute, that’s all you have to do. That’s the habit.

If I schedule a one minute run every day, I’ll make sure to schedule at least 30 minutes for that one minute run on Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays. So, those three days are my real running days, but all that is required is still just the one minute.

Once I put on my running shoes and head out the door, I can usually door more than a minute on the other days too. And anything over a minute is a bonus.

Increasing the Habit

Remember, the key to creating new habits isn’t just starting small, it’s also gradually increasing the habit.

You should be increasing your habit gradually, but you don’t have to increase your “everyday” habit. You build onto your daily habit, insofar as it makes sense for your schedule.

Your goal may be to run for one hour, 3 days a week. So, that means you should set aside an hour a few of the days each week to complete your small habit. You’ll always be running for one minute per day, but you should be gradually increasing to run more on your “running days”.

What does that look like?

Week 1, you run for one minute each day. Week 2, you increase to two minutes per day on Mon, Wed and Fri, but you still continue to do one minute on the other days. You will be building up your 3x per week run, while maintaining the habit by just a minute each day. Once the habit of running three times each week sticks, you can get rid of the other days, as long as you stay disciplined.

You may have heard me talk about identity based habits before. That’s what this is all about. Becoming a daily reader/writer/runner or a financial expert…one day at a time. Eventually, you may be running 5 or 10 miles several times each week, but we’re not there yet…

I know, you’re not going to read a million books by taking it one page a day, but you will become a daily reader. And that’s the type of habit that will stick. There is always time to grow your habit. The important thing is starting it. And too often people don’t grow their habits, because they never get started.

If you practice a habit every day, it will become an identity based habit. You will become a daily reader, a financial expert, a runner, a weight lifter, etc…

The Most Important Thing

Nothing is more important than persistence.

What happens if you miss your habit for some reason? Absolutely nothing. You just pick up where you left off. You’re supposed to be practicing your new habit every day, but you’re not a failure if you miss it.

Maybe you forgot or you were sick or you were too busy making an excuse of why you couldn’t do it, so you didn’t have time to actually do it. The point is that if you mess up, keep going.

A daily habit is the goal. You’re on your way, but there will be setbacks since we’re dealing with life here. Identify yourself with your new habit.

How your words affect your habits

We all know that positive language provides better results than negative language, but we may be using negative language without realizing it.

As Zig Ziglar says “negative people call it an alarm clock, positive people call in an opportunity clock”. Corny? Sure, but it’s also true that your words can define your habits.

Let’s take a look into some language that you may not realize is holding you back, and how to change it…

Defining Positive and Negative Language

Negative language is pretty obvious…

  • I will never have that
  • I could never do that
  • I will never be able to break this habit
  • I will never be able to create this habit

…but it goes farther than that. Negative talk isn’t just the obvious stuff – it’s anything that is taking away from your goals due to the wording you’re using. More on that in a moment.

So what does positive language look like?

  • I will be able to have that
  • I can do that
  • I can break this habit
  • I can create this habit

That’s the obvious language, but again, it goes farther than that. Let me explain…

Your Language and Your Habits

If you’re trying to quit smoking and you say: “I will not smoke cigarettes”, you may think about that as positive language, but it’s really not. Why? Because the word cigarettes is in your statement. Every time you say what you’re going to do, you think about cigarettes, and that’s counterproductive.

So how do you make the switch to positive language? When you’re trying to break a bad habit, you need to remove that habit from your vocabulary. We don’t think in ticker-tape lines of information, we think in visual images. So every time you say “I will not smoke”, you’re mind starts thinking about smoking. If you say: “I will stop looking at pornography”, guess what your mind is thinking about?

As I’ve said before, and I know from personal experience, it’s best to replace habits instead of simply breaking them. This carries over into your language.

Here are some practical examples…

Templates to Follow

Here are some of the most common habits that people want to ditch or control, and here is some effective word-replacement to get you started:

  • Smoking – Instead of “I am quitting smoking”, try “I will only breathe fresh, pure air”.
  • Pornography – Instead of “I will not look at pornography”, try “I will only look upon productive and good things”.
  • Poor Diet – Instead of “I will not eat junk food”, try “I will only put healthy food in my body”.
  • Alcohol – Instead of “I will drink less alcohol”, try “I will drink more water”.

Stop using negative language and start using positive language.

Here’s to replacing bad habits and bad language.

Small choices make the difference when creating habits

You’ve always put cream and sugar in your coffee, but today is different.

You went to put that second spoonful of sugar, and you stopped halfway through.

You only put one and a half today. You’re not sure why, and you’re not sure if it matters. It does.

It matters more than you would ever know. That half of a spoonful could change your life, if you let it.

Small Choices

Habits are built by small choices. Small choices, practiced daily, turn into huge choices over time.

When it’s a negative habit, we just brush it off as a bad habit that doesn’t matter much, although we know what it will do to us over time. When it’s a positive habit, we call it self discipline. And that’s what we’re going to talk about today.

How do you start a new habit? With a small decision to change. A small decision that turns into a large result.

You decide you want to be a runner, so you run around the block. You want to be a daily reader, so today you read one page. You want to start a new writing habit, so today you write 100 words, or just ten words. You start small, knowing it’s going to snowball into a life-changing habit.

So yes, small choices matter. But they don’t just matter, they’re everything. And it’s important to remember that.

When you’re running and you decide to run to one more mailbox, after you planned on stopping, that decision matters. You just made a huge step towards becoming a successful runner, if you continue on that path. How many mailboxes would you run to over the course of a month, if you were constantly “just doing one more?”

It matters. It all matters. More than you know, or at least, more than you used to know. But honestly, you know each one of those decisions matter. That’s why it bothers you when you planned on doing 10 reps and you only do nine. You know how it will compound. If you do nine today, it will be much easier mentally to do eight tomorrow. It’s a downward spiral that happens faster than we think. Every time.

Bad Small Choices, Good Small Choices

Don’t fall for the “I might as well go all out mindset.”

You know what I mean. You’re on a diet, and it’s going great. Until one day, you meet a friend at a Chinese buffet. You think:

“I’m going to cheat, so I might as well go all out. I’ll have a Coke. And…I’ll pack out my plate with fried food, before going back for a second plate of rice and noodles. Yeah, I’ll have some soup too. And I can’t forget the desert bar.”

30 minutes later, you feel like you’re going to die.

Sometimes we need that. Sometimes we need to go all out. But the key word is “sometimes.”

You shouldn’t go all out every time you cheat on your diet. You shouldn’t do absolutely no exercise every time you miss your hour-long workout. You shouldn’t wait until tomorrow to resume your daily reading habit, even if tomorrow is Monday. Read today.

Those small choices are important.

Why Small Choices Are Everything

The British Journal of General Practice published a study on habit formation.

And it seems like every study says the same thing. Habits start small, you need a cue and you need a reward.

The Study published a tool for creating new habits. Here’s their checklist:

  1. Decide on a goal that you would like to achieve for your health.
  2. Choose a simple action that will get you towards your goal which you can do on a daily basis.
  3. Plan when and where you will do your chosen action. Be consistent: choose a time and place that you encounter every day of the week.
  4. Every time you encounter that time and place, do the action.
  5. It will get easier with time, and within 10 weeks you should find you are doing it automatically without even having to think about it.
  6. Congratulations, you’ve made a healthy habit!

My goal (e.g. ‘to eat more fruit and vegetables’) ______________
My plan (e.g. ‘after I have lunch at home I will have a piece of fruit’)
(When and where) _________________ I will _______________

The key phrase is “choose a simple action.” If you start too big, you fail. If you start small, it’s easier and you have nothing to lose.

This model is extremely effective. The problem is, we would rather read about how to do it, instead of just taking the first small step. I’ve been guilty of this and so have you.

It All Matters

Every choice matters in some way. And that’s good! Now you can feel good about each one.

When you go for that donut, and decide you don’t need it, you just had a small win, and you know that’s huge!

Small wins are all you need for huge success. You just have to have enough of them

Every decision you make has some sort of implication on your life. Remember that when you’re happy, and when you’re stressed. Remember that on the weekdays and the weekends. Remember that morning and night.

It makes “micro quotas” and “macro goals.” That means using small habits to create huge results.

Everything you do matters. Take the word “just” out of your vocabulary, unless you use it for good. It’s not “just” one more spoonful of sugar. It’s not “just” one more piece of pizza. It’s not “just” one day without completing your habit.

But it is “just” one more mailbox. It’s “just” one more page. It’s “just” 100 more words to write.

Flip your thinking. Stop making excuses for why you can do the bad, and start doing the good.

A brief guide to breaking bad habits

A habit isn’t bad or good on its own.

Positive habits are an absolute must for success in your health, finances…basically everything.

But negative habits, or bad habits, can combat your positive habits.

In fact, eliminating negative habits can be much more effective than starting new positive habits and often, it’s easier to break a bad habit than it is to stick with a new good habit.

The truth is, you need good habits in your life, but let’s break the bad ones first…

What is a Bad Habit?

This is a pretty basic question, but it’s worth asking. How do you define a bad habit?

When we first think of bad habits, the obvious things like smoking, overeating and alcoholism come to mind. I would simply put it like this: a bad habit is anything that takes away from achieving your goals without providing anything in return.

Most things are defined in your goals already. Let me explain…

I’ll use video games as an example. Like I’ve said before, playing video games with your family could contribute to a family goal to spend time together. Playing video games alone everyday doesn’t contribute to anything. Occasionally playing video games by yourself to relax however, could be perfectly fine.

Be honest with yourself. That’s the most important thing here.

You know if something is blocking you from achieving your goals. You know if something doesn’t provide benefit or value.

So once you’ve defined the habit, how do you break it?

Don’t Just Break It, Replace It

It’s easier to replace a habit than it is to stop a habit completely out of the blue.

Want to stop smoking? Replace your smoke breaks with 10 minute walks.

Want to stop watching so much TV? Replace your tube time with reading.

Create the new habits of walking and reading as you stop the old habits of smoking and watching too much TV.

The important thing to remember before starting this process is that you must have the motivation or it won’t happen.

What’s Your Motivation?

You need to really find some motivation to quit. Think of all the reasons you should break the habit and try to use them as motivation. If one reason doesn’t do it for you, use another.

Let’s go back to smoking, since it makes an easy example…

You may want to quit smoking because the second hand smoke harms your family, whether directly or on your clothes.

Don’t have a family? Think about the fact that you likely spend over $2,000/year on cigarettes if you smoke a pack a day.

Money not an issue? Think about the fact that you may spend over 1,000 hours each year smoking. What else could you do with that time?

If you’re a smoker, you’ve heard about lung cancer so much that you’re likely numb to that reason.  So find a different one.

Keep going down the list until you find motivation that works for you.

Remember, anything is better than nothing in a situation like this.  For example, you could try an alternative to smoking, such as vaping.  The addiction is still there, but it’s a step in the right direction, and you’re avoiding many of the negative effects of smoking, such as secondhand smoke and smelling like a smoker.

Your Environment Determines Your Success

Vietnam was a tough place for a lot of reasons in the 1970s, but one of the little-known issues with American soldiers was heroin addictions. Upon the return of our troops, it was discovered that 2/5 of the returning soldiers had tried heroin in Vietnam and 1/5 of them were addicted to it.

Typically, with heroin addicts, there is a 90% re-addiction rate. With these returning soldiers, there was only a 5% re-addiction rate. So what was the difference between these soldiers and other heroin addicts?

Environment.

Most of the heroin addicts that typically come into clinics are coming from a “drug lifestyle”. Once they break their addiction at the clinic, they head back to their old house, with their old friends and they get right into their old habits.

If you’re trying to quit smoking, stay away from the smoke pit. Don’t go out to the smoky bars with your smoker friends. If you’re trying to create a healthier lifestyle, stay away from the office with the candy bowl. Remove the junk from your cabinets.

Break a Bad Habit in 4 Steps

  1. Define the habit.
  2. Find a replacement.
  3. Find your motivation.
  4. Change your environment.

That’s it. It’s all about self-discipline from here, but these steps will make it as easy as possible. Once you’ve laid out your plan for breaking the habit with the above steps, it really doesn’t stand a chance.  You’ve got this.

10 steps to breaking bad habits

There aren’t many of us who don’t have some bad habit we’d like to quit: smoking, sweets, shopping, nail-biting, porn, excessive checking of phones or social media, other distractions …

The problem is that we think we don’t have the willpower, faced with past evidence of failure after failure when we’ve tried to quit before.

We don’t think we can quit, so we don’t even try. Or if we do try, we give ourselves an “out,” and don’t fully commit ourselves.

Let me tell you this: quitting a bad habit takes everything you’ve got.

It’s hard, but doable — if you put your entire being into it.

But if you’re ready to finally quit something, here’s a short guide to doing just that.

10-Steps — Just as Good as the 12-Step Folk

You don’t actually need to follow every single one of these steps to quit a habit, but the more of them you do, the higher your chances. I recommend all of them if you want to be all in.

  1. Have a big motivation. Lots of times people quit things because it sounds nice: “It would be nice to quit caffeine.” But that’s a weak motivation. What you really want is strong motivation: I quit smoking because I knew it was killing me, and I knew my kids would smoke as adults if I didn’t quit. Know your Why, and connect with it throughout your quit. Write it down at the top of a document called your “Quit Plan.”
  2. Make a big commitment. Now that you know your motivation, be fully committed. A common mistake is say, “I’ll do this today,” but then letting yourself off the hook when the urges get strong. Instead, tell everyone about it. Ask for their help. Give them regular updates and be accountable. Have a support partner you can call on when you need help. Ask people not to let you off the hook. Be all in.
  3. Be aware of your triggers. What events trigger your bad habit? The habit doesn’t just happen, but is triggered by something else: you smoke when other people smoke, or you shop when you’re stressed out, or you eat junk food when you’re bored, or you watch porn when you’re lonely, or you check your social media when you feel the need to fill space in your day. Watch yourself for a few days and notice what triggers your habit, make a list of triggers on your Quit Plan, and then develop an awareness of when those triggers happen.
  4. Know what need the habit is meeting. We have bad habits for a reason — they meet some kind of need. For every trigger you wrote down, look at what need the habit might be meeting in that case. The habit might be helping you cope with stress. For some of the other triggers, it might help you to socialize, or cope with sadness, boredom, loneliness, feeling bad about yourself, being sick, dealing with a crisis, needing a break or treat or comfort. Write these needs down on your Quit Plan, and think of other ways you might cope with them.
  5. Have a replacement habit for each trigger. So what will you do when you face the trigger of stress? You can’t just not do your old bad habit — it will leave an unfilled need, a hole that you will fill with your old bad habit if you don’t meet the need somehow. So have a good habit to do when you get stressed, or when someone gets angry at you, etc. Make a list of all your triggers on your Quit Plan, with a new habit for each one (one new, good habit can serve multiple triggers if you like).
  6. Watch the urges, and delay. You will get urges to do your bad habit, when the triggers happen. These urges are dangerous if you just act on them without thinking. Learn to recognize them as they happen, and just sit there watch the urge rise and get stronger, and then and fall. Delay yourself, if you really want to act on the urge. Breathe. Drink some water. Call someone for help. Go for a walk. Get out of the situation. The urge will go away, if you just delay.
  7. Do the new habit each time the trigger happens. This will take a lot of conscious effort — be very aware of when the trigger happens, and very aware of doing the new habit instead of the old automatic one. If you mess up, forgive yourself, but you need to be very conscious of being consistent here, so the new habit will start to become automatic. This is one reason it’s difficult to start with bad habits — if there are multiple triggers that happen randomly throughout the day, it means you need to be conscious of your habit change all day, every day, for weeks or more.
  8. Be aware of your thinking. We justify bad habits with thinking. You have to watch your thoughts and realize when you’re making excuses for doing your old bad habit, or when you start feeling like giving up instead of sticking to your change. Don’t believe your rationalizations.
  9. Quit gradually. Until recently, I was a fan of the Quit Cold Turkey philosophy, but I now believe you can quit gradually. That means cut back from 20 cigarettes to 15, then 10, then 5, then zero. If you do this a week at a time, it won’t seem so difficult, and you might have a better chance of succeeding.
  10. Learn from mistakes. We all mess up sometimes — if you do, be forgiving, and don’t let one mistake derail you. See what happened, accept it, figure out a better plan for next time. Write this on your Quit Plan. Your plan will get better and better as you continually improve it. In this way, mistakes are helping you improve the method.

I’m not saying this is an easy method, but many people have failed because they ignored the ideas here. Don’t be one of them. Put yourself all into this effort, find your motivation, and replace your habit with a better habit for each trigger. You got this.

Self-Discipline

Mindset

Time Management

Reading

Goal Setting

Learning

Mornings

Sleep

Traveling

Healthy Eating

Email

What I Do

Learn From Other People

Habit Trackers

Apps to keep you on track with your habits

Books on Creating Habits

These are my favorite books on creating habits. I’ve read all of them.

  1. The Slight Edge by Jeff Olson
  2. The Power of Habit by Charles Duhigg
  3. Mini Habits by Stephen Guise
  4. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People by Stephen Covey
  5. The 8th Habit by Stephen Covey
  6. The 5 A.M. Miracle by Jeff Sanders (read my review)
  7. Manage Your Day-to-Day by Jocelyn K. Glei
  8. The Miracle Morning by Hal Elrod
  9. 23 Anti-Procrastination Habits by S.J. Scott
  10. The One Thing by Gary Keller and Jay Papasan
  11. Ready Aim Fire! by Erik Fisher and Jim Woods
  12. How Successful People Grow by John Maxwell
  13. Willpower by Roy F. Baumeister and John Tierney
  14. The Now Habit by Neil Fiore
  15. Changeology by John Norcross
  16. Sticky Habits by Barrie Davenport
  17. Take the Stairs by Rory Vaden
  18. Procrastinate on Purpose by Rory Vaden
  19. Failing Forward by John Maxwell
  20. Making Habits, Breaking Habits by Jeremy Dean
  21. Succeed by Heidi Grant Halvorson
  22. Redirect by Timothy D. Wilson
  23. Habit Stacking by S.J. Scott
  24. Smart Change by Art Markman
  25. Changing for Good by James Prochaska, John Norcross and Carlo DiClemente

The post The Complete Guide to Creating Positive Habits appeared first on MoneyMiniBlog.

]]>